summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/listings/listings-1.3.dtx
blob: 2776eae2b541d90b688adf21c024498d2b1725c5 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
10743
10744
10745
10746
10747
10748
10749
10750
10751
10752
10753
10754
10755
10756
10757
10758
10759
10760
10761
10762
10763
10764
10765
10766
10767
10768
10769
10770
10771
10772
10773
10774
10775
10776
10777
10778
10779
10780
10781
10782
10783
10784
10785
10786
10787
10788
10789
10790
10791
10792
10793
10794
10795
10796
10797
10798
10799
10800
10801
10802
10803
10804
10805
10806
10807
10808
10809
10810
10811
10812
10813
10814
10815
10816
10817
10818
10819
10820
10821
10822
10823
10824
10825
10826
10827
10828
10829
10830
10831
10832
10833
10834
10835
10836
10837
10838
10839
10840
10841
10842
10843
10844
10845
10846
10847
10848
10849
10850
10851
10852
10853
10854
10855
10856
10857
10858
10859
10860
10861
10862
10863
10864
10865
10866
10867
10868
10869
10870
10871
10872
10873
10874
10875
10876
10877
10878
10879
10880
10881
10882
10883
10884
10885
10886
10887
10888
10889
10890
10891
10892
10893
10894
10895
10896
10897
10898
10899
10900
10901
10902
10903
10904
10905
10906
10907
10908
10909
10910
10911
10912
10913
10914
10915
10916
10917
10918
10919
10920
10921
10922
10923
10924
10925
10926
10927
10928
10929
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936
10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
10944
10945
10946
10947
10948
10949
10950
10951
10952
10953
10954
10955
10956
10957
10958
10959
10960
10961
10962
10963
10964
10965
10966
10967
10968
10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
10976
10977
10978
10979
10980
10981
10982
10983
10984
10985
10986
10987
10988
10989
10990
10991
10992
10993
10994
10995
10996
10997
10998
10999
11000
11001
11002
11003
11004
11005
11006
11007
11008
11009
11010
11011
11012
11013
11014
11015
11016
11017
11018
11019
11020
11021
11022
11023
11024
11025
11026
11027
11028
11029
11030
11031
11032
11033
11034
11035
11036
11037
11038
11039
11040
11041
11042
11043
11044
11045
11046
11047
11048
11049
11050
11051
11052
11053
11054
11055
11056
11057
11058
11059
11060
11061
11062
11063
11064
11065
11066
11067
11068
11069
11070
11071
11072
11073
11074
11075
11076
11077
11078
11079
11080
11081
11082
11083
11084
11085
11086
11087
11088
11089
11090
11091
11092
11093
11094
11095
11096
11097
11098
11099
11100
11101
11102
11103
11104
11105
11106
11107
11108
11109
11110
11111
11112
11113
11114
11115
11116
11117
11118
11119
11120
11121
11122
11123
11124
11125
11126
11127
11128
11129
11130
11131
11132
11133
11134
11135
11136
11137
11138
11139
11140
11141
11142
11143
11144
11145
11146
11147
11148
11149
11150
11151
11152
11153
11154
11155
11156
11157
11158
11159
11160
11161
11162
11163
11164
11165
11166
11167
11168
11169
11170
11171
11172
11173
11174
11175
11176
11177
11178
11179
11180
11181
11182
11183
11184
11185
11186
11187
11188
11189
11190
11191
11192
11193
11194
11195
11196
11197
11198
11199
11200
11201
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11207
11208
11209
11210
11211
11212
11213
11214
11215
11216
11217
11218
11219
11220
11221
11222
11223
11224
11225
11226
11227
11228
11229
11230
11231
11232
11233
11234
11235
11236
11237
11238
11239
11240
11241
11242
11243
11244
11245
11246
11247
11248
11249
11250
11251
11252
11253
11254
11255
11256
11257
11258
11259
11260
11261
11262
11263
11264
11265
11266
11267
11268
11269
11270
11271
11272
11273
11274
11275
11276
11277
11278
11279
11280
11281
11282
11283
11284
11285
11286
11287
11288
11289
11290
11291
11292
11293
11294
11295
11296
11297
11298
11299
11300
11301
11302
11303
11304
11305
11306
11307
11308
11309
11310
11311
11312
11313
11314
11315
11316
11317
11318
11319
11320
11321
11322
11323
11324
11325
11326
11327
11328
11329
11330
11331
11332
11333
11334
11335
11336
11337
11338
11339
11340
11341
11342
11343
11344
11345
11346
11347
11348
11349
11350
11351
11352
11353
11354
11355
11356
11357
11358
11359
11360
11361
11362
11363
11364
11365
11366
11367
11368
11369
11370
11371
11372
11373
11374
11375
11376
11377
11378
11379
11380
11381
11382
11383
11384
11385
11386
11387
11388
11389
11390
11391
11392
11393
11394
11395
11396
11397
11398
11399
11400
11401
11402
11403
11404
11405
11406
11407
11408
11409
11410
11411
11412
11413
11414
11415
11416
11417
11418
11419
11420
11421
11422
11423
11424
11425
11426
11427
11428
11429
11430
11431
11432
11433
11434
11435
11436
11437
11438
11439
11440
11441
11442
11443
11444
11445
11446
11447
11448
11449
11450
11451
11452
11453
11454
11455
11456
11457
11458
11459
11460
11461
11462
11463
11464
11465
11466
11467
11468
11469
11470
11471
11472
11473
11474
11475
11476
11477
11478
11479
11480
11481
11482
11483
11484
11485
11486
11487
11488
11489
11490
11491
11492
11493
11494
11495
11496
11497
11498
11499
11500
11501
11502
11503
11504
11505
11506
11507
11508
11509
11510
11511
11512
11513
11514
11515
11516
11517
11518
11519
11520
11521
11522
11523
11524
11525
11526
11527
11528
11529
11530
11531
11532
11533
11534
11535
11536
11537
11538
11539
11540
11541
11542
11543
11544
11545
11546
11547
11548
11549
11550
11551
11552
11553
11554
11555
11556
11557
11558
11559
11560
11561
11562
11563
11564
11565
11566
11567
11568
11569
11570
11571
11572
11573
11574
11575
11576
11577
11578
11579
11580
11581
11582
11583
11584
11585
11586
11587
11588
11589
11590
11591
11592
11593
11594
11595
11596
11597
11598
11599
11600
11601
11602
11603
11604
11605
11606
11607
11608
11609
11610
11611
11612
11613
11614
11615
11616
11617
11618
11619
11620
11621
11622
11623
11624
11625
11626
11627
11628
11629
11630
11631
11632
11633
11634
11635
11636
11637
11638
11639
11640
11641
11642
11643
11644
11645
11646
11647
11648
11649
11650
11651
11652
11653
11654
11655
11656
11657
11658
11659
11660
11661
11662
11663
11664
11665
11666
11667
11668
11669
11670
11671
11672
11673
11674
11675
11676
11677
11678
11679
11680
11681
11682
11683
11684
11685
11686
11687
11688
11689
11690
11691
11692
11693
11694
11695
11696
11697
11698
11699
11700
11701
11702
11703
11704
11705
11706
11707
11708
11709
11710
11711
11712
11713
11714
11715
11716
11717
11718
11719
11720
11721
11722
11723
11724
11725
11726
11727
11728
11729
11730
11731
11732
11733
11734
11735
11736
11737
11738
11739
11740
11741
11742
11743
11744
11745
11746
11747
11748
11749
11750
11751
11752
11753
11754
11755
11756
11757
11758
11759
11760
11761
11762
11763
11764
11765
11766
11767
11768
11769
11770
11771
11772
11773
11774
11775
11776
11777
11778
11779
11780
11781
11782
11783
11784
11785
11786
11787
11788
11789
11790
11791
11792
11793
11794
11795
11796
11797
11798
11799
11800
11801
11802
11803
11804
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
11812
11813
11814
11815
11816
11817
11818
11819
11820
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
11830
11831
11832
11833
11834
11835
11836
11837
11838
11839
11840
11841
11842
11843
11844
11845
11846
11847
11848
11849
11850
11851
11852
11853
11854
11855
11856
11857
11858
11859
11860
11861
11862
11863
11864
11865
11866
11867
11868
11869
11870
11871
11872
11873
11874
11875
11876
11877
11878
11879
11880
11881
11882
11883
11884
11885
11886
11887
11888
11889
11890
11891
11892
11893
11894
11895
11896
11897
11898
11899
11900
11901
11902
11903
11904
11905
11906
11907
11908
11909
11910
11911
11912
11913
11914
11915
11916
11917
11918
11919
11920
11921
11922
11923
11924
11925
11926
11927
11928
11929
11930
11931
11932
11933
11934
11935
11936
11937
11938
11939
11940
11941
11942
11943
11944
11945
11946
11947
11948
11949
11950
11951
11952
11953
11954
11955
11956
11957
11958
11959
11960
11961
11962
11963
11964
11965
11966
11967
11968
11969
11970
11971
11972
11973
11974
11975
11976
11977
11978
11979
11980
11981
11982
11983
11984
11985
11986
11987
11988
11989
11990
11991
11992
11993
11994
11995
11996
11997
11998
11999
12000
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12195
12196
12197
12198
12199
12200
12201
12202
12203
12204
12205
12206
12207
12208
12209
12210
12211
12212
12213
12214
12215
12216
12217
12218
12219
12220
12221
12222
12223
12224
12225
12226
12227
12228
12229
12230
12231
12232
12233
12234
12235
12236
12237
12238
12239
12240
12241
12242
12243
12244
12245
12246
12247
12248
12249
12250
12251
12252
12253
12254
12255
12256
12257
12258
12259
12260
12261
12262
12263
12264
12265
12266
12267
12268
12269
12270
12271
12272
12273
12274
12275
12276
12277
12278
12279
12280
12281
12282
12283
12284
12285
12286
12287
12288
12289
12290
12291
12292
12293
12294
12295
12296
12297
12298
12299
12300
12301
12302
12303
12304
12305
12306
12307
12308
12309
12310
12311
12312
12313
12314
12315
12316
12317
12318
12319
12320
12321
12322
12323
12324
12325
12326
12327
12328
12329
12330
12331
12332
12333
12334
12335
12336
12337
12338
12339
12340
12341
12342
12343
12344
12345
12346
12347
12348
12349
12350
12351
12352
12353
12354
12355
12356
12357
12358
12359
12360
12361
12362
12363
12364
12365
12366
12367
12368
12369
12370
12371
12372
12373
12374
12375
12376
12377
12378
12379
12380
12381
12382
12383
12384
12385
12386
12387
12388
12389
12390
12391
12392
12393
12394
12395
12396
12397
12398
12399
12400
12401
12402
12403
12404
12405
12406
12407
12408
12409
12410
12411
12412
12413
12414
12415
12416
12417
12418
12419
12420
12421
12422
12423
12424
12425
12426
12427
12428
12429
12430
12431
12432
12433
12434
12435
12436
12437
12438
12439
12440
12441
12442
12443
12444
12445
12446
12447
12448
12449
12450
12451
12452
12453
12454
12455
12456
12457
12458
12459
12460
12461
12462
12463
12464
12465
12466
12467
12468
12469
12470
12471
12472
12473
12474
12475
12476
12477
12478
12479
12480
12481
12482
12483
12484
12485
12486
12487
12488
12489
12490
12491
12492
12493
12494
12495
12496
12497
12498
12499
12500
12501
12502
12503
12504
12505
12506
12507
12508
12509
12510
12511
12512
12513
12514
12515
12516
12517
12518
12519
12520
12521
12522
12523
12524
12525
12526
12527
12528
12529
12530
12531
12532
12533
12534
12535
12536
12537
12538
12539
12540
12541
12542
12543
12544
12545
12546
12547
12548
12549
12550
12551
12552
12553
12554
12555
12556
12557
12558
12559
12560
12561
12562
12563
12564
12565
12566
12567
12568
12569
12570
12571
12572
12573
12574
12575
12576
12577
12578
12579
12580
12581
12582
12583
12584
12585
12586
12587
12588
12589
12590
12591
12592
12593
12594
12595
12596
12597
12598
12599
12600
12601
12602
12603
12604
12605
12606
12607
12608
12609
12610
12611
12612
12613
12614
12615
12616
12617
12618
12619
12620
12621
12622
12623
12624
12625
12626
12627
12628
12629
12630
12631
12632
12633
12634
12635
12636
12637
12638
12639
12640
12641
12642
12643
12644
12645
12646
12647
12648
12649
12650
12651
12652
12653
12654
12655
12656
12657
12658
12659
12660
12661
12662
12663
12664
12665
12666
12667
12668
12669
12670
12671
12672
12673
12674
12675
12676
12677
12678
12679
12680
12681
12682
12683
12684
12685
12686
12687
12688
12689
12690
12691
12692
12693
12694
12695
12696
12697
12698
12699
12700
12701
12702
12703
12704
12705
12706
12707
12708
12709
12710
12711
12712
12713
12714
12715
12716
12717
12718
12719
12720
12721
12722
12723
12724
12725
12726
12727
12728
12729
12730
12731
12732
12733
12734
12735
12736
12737
12738
12739
12740
12741
12742
12743
12744
12745
12746
12747
12748
12749
12750
12751
12752
12753
12754
12755
12756
12757
12758
12759
12760
12761
12762
12763
12764
12765
12766
12767
12768
12769
12770
12771
12772
12773
12774
12775
12776
12777
12778
12779
12780
12781
12782
12783
12784
12785
12786
12787
12788
12789
12790
12791
12792
12793
12794
12795
12796
12797
12798
12799
12800
12801
12802
12803
12804
12805
12806
12807
12808
12809
12810
12811
12812
12813
12814
12815
12816
12817
12818
12819
12820
12821
12822
12823
12824
12825
12826
12827
12828
12829
12830
12831
12832
12833
12834
12835
12836
12837
12838
12839
12840
12841
12842
12843
12844
12845
12846
12847
12848
12849
12850
12851
12852
12853
12854
12855
12856
12857
12858
12859
12860
12861
12862
12863
12864
12865
12866
12867
12868
12869
12870
12871
12872
12873
12874
12875
12876
12877
12878
12879
12880
12881
12882
12883
12884
12885
12886
12887
12888
12889
12890
12891
12892
12893
12894
12895
12896
12897
12898
12899
12900
12901
12902
12903
12904
12905
12906
12907
12908
12909
12910
12911
12912
12913
12914
12915
12916
12917
12918
12919
12920
12921
12922
12923
12924
12925
12926
12927
12928
12929
12930
12931
12932
12933
12934
12935
12936
12937
12938
12939
12940
12941
12942
12943
12944
12945
12946
12947
12948
12949
12950
12951
12952
12953
12954
12955
12956
12957
12958
12959
12960
12961
12962
12963
12964
12965
12966
12967
12968
12969
12970
12971
12972
12973
12974
12975
12976
12977
12978
12979
12980
12981
12982
12983
12984
12985
12986
12987
12988
12989
12990
12991
12992
12993
12994
12995
12996
12997
12998
12999
13000
13001
13002
13003
13004
13005
13006
13007
13008
13009
13010
13011
13012
13013
13014
13015
13016
13017
13018
13019
13020
13021
13022
13023
13024
13025
13026
13027
13028
13029
13030
13031
13032
13033
13034
13035
13036
13037
13038
13039
13040
13041
13042
13043
13044
13045
13046
13047
13048
13049
13050
13051
13052
13053
13054
13055
13056
13057
13058
13059
13060
13061
13062
13063
13064
13065
13066
13067
13068
13069
13070
13071
13072
13073
13074
13075
13076
13077
13078
13079
13080
13081
13082
13083
13084
13085
13086
13087
13088
13089
13090
13091
13092
13093
13094
13095
13096
13097
13098
13099
13100
13101
13102
13103
13104
13105
13106
13107
13108
13109
13110
13111
13112
13113
13114
13115
13116
13117
13118
13119
13120
13121
13122
13123
13124
13125
13126
13127
13128
13129
13130
13131
13132
13133
13134
13135
13136
13137
13138
13139
13140
13141
13142
13143
13144
13145
13146
13147
13148
13149
13150
13151
13152
13153
13154
13155
13156
13157
13158
13159
13160
13161
13162
13163
13164
13165
13166
13167
13168
13169
13170
13171
13172
13173
13174
13175
13176
13177
13178
13179
13180
13181
13182
13183
13184
13185
13186
13187
13188
13189
13190
13191
13192
13193
13194
13195
13196
13197
13198
13199
13200
13201
13202
13203
13204
13205
13206
13207
13208
13209
13210
13211
13212
13213
13214
13215
13216
13217
13218
13219
13220
13221
13222
13223
13224
13225
13226
13227
13228
13229
13230
13231
13232
13233
13234
13235
13236
13237
13238
13239
13240
13241
13242
13243
13244
13245
13246
13247
13248
13249
13250
13251
13252
13253
13254
13255
13256
13257
13258
13259
13260
13261
13262
13263
13264
13265
13266
13267
13268
13269
13270
13271
13272
13273
13274
13275
13276
13277
13278
13279
13280
13281
13282
13283
13284
13285
13286
13287
13288
13289
13290
13291
13292
13293
13294
13295
13296
13297
13298
13299
13300
13301
13302
13303
13304
13305
13306
13307
13308
13309
13310
13311
13312
13313
13314
13315
13316
13317
13318
13319
13320
13321
13322
13323
13324
13325
13326
13327
13328
13329
13330
13331
13332
13333
13334
13335
13336
13337
13338
13339
13340
13341
13342
13343
13344
13345
13346
13347
13348
13349
13350
13351
13352
13353
13354
13355
13356
13357
13358
13359
13360
13361
13362
13363
13364
13365
13366
13367
13368
13369
13370
13371
13372
13373
13374
13375
13376
13377
13378
13379
13380
13381
13382
13383
13384
13385
13386
13387
13388
13389
13390
13391
13392
13393
13394
13395
13396
13397
13398
13399
13400
13401
13402
13403
13404
13405
13406
13407
13408
13409
13410
13411
13412
13413
13414
13415
13416
13417
13418
13419
13420
13421
13422
13423
13424
13425
13426
13427
13428
13429
13430
13431
13432
13433
13434
13435
13436
13437
13438
13439
13440
13441
13442
13443
13444
13445
13446
13447
13448
13449
13450
13451
13452
13453
13454
13455
13456
13457
13458
13459
13460
13461
13462
13463
13464
13465
13466
13467
13468
13469
13470
13471
13472
13473
13474
13475
13476
13477
13478
13479
13480
13481
13482
13483
13484
13485
13486
13487
13488
13489
13490
13491
13492
13493
13494
13495
13496
13497
13498
13499
13500
13501
13502
13503
13504
13505
13506
13507
13508
13509
13510
13511
13512
13513
13514
13515
13516
13517
13518
13519
13520
13521
13522
13523
13524
13525
13526
13527
13528
13529
13530
13531
13532
13533
13534
13535
13536
13537
13538
13539
13540
13541
13542
13543
13544
13545
13546
13547
13548
13549
13550
13551
13552
13553
13554
13555
13556
13557
13558
13559
13560
13561
13562
13563
13564
13565
13566
13567
13568
13569
13570
13571
13572
13573
13574
13575
13576
13577
13578
13579
13580
13581
13582
13583
13584
13585
13586
13587
13588
13589
13590
13591
13592
13593
13594
13595
13596
13597
13598
13599
13600
13601
13602
13603
13604
13605
13606
13607
13608
13609
13610
13611
13612
13613
13614
13615
13616
13617
13618
13619
13620
13621
13622
13623
13624
13625
13626
13627
13628
13629
13630
13631
13632
13633
13634
13635
13636
13637
13638
13639
13640
13641
13642
13643
13644
13645
13646
13647
13648
13649
13650
13651
13652
13653
13654
13655
13656
13657
13658
13659
13660
13661
13662
13663
13664
13665
13666
13667
13668
13669
13670
13671
13672
13673
13674
13675
13676
13677
13678
13679
13680
13681
13682
13683
13684
13685
13686
13687
13688
13689
13690
13691
13692
13693
13694
13695
13696
13697
13698
13699
13700
13701
13702
13703
13704
13705
13706
13707
13708
13709
13710
13711
13712
13713
13714
13715
13716
13717
13718
13719
13720
13721
13722
13723
13724
13725
13726
13727
13728
13729
13730
13731
13732
13733
13734
13735
13736
13737
13738
13739
13740
13741
13742
13743
13744
13745
13746
13747
13748
13749
13750
13751
13752
13753
13754
13755
13756
13757
13758
13759
13760
13761
13762
13763
13764
13765
13766
13767
13768
13769
13770
13771
13772
13773
13774
13775
13776
13777
13778
13779
13780
13781
13782
13783
13784
13785
13786
13787
13788
13789
13790
13791
13792
13793
13794
13795
13796
13797
13798
13799
13800
13801
13802
13803
13804
13805
13806
13807
13808
13809
13810
13811
13812
13813
13814
13815
13816
13817
13818
13819
13820
13821
13822
13823
13824
13825
13826
13827
13828
13829
13830
13831
13832
13833
13834
13835
13836
13837
13838
13839
13840
13841
13842
13843
13844
13845
13846
13847
13848
13849
13850
13851
13852
13853
13854
13855
13856
13857
13858
13859
13860
13861
13862
13863
13864
13865
13866
13867
13868
13869
13870
13871
13872
13873
13874
13875
13876
13877
13878
13879
13880
13881
13882
13883
13884
13885
13886
13887
13888
13889
13890
13891
13892
13893
13894
13895
13896
13897
13898
13899
13900
13901
13902
13903
13904
13905
13906
13907
13908
13909
13910
13911
13912
13913
13914
13915
13916
13917
13918
13919
13920
13921
13922
13923
13924
13925
13926
13927
13928
13929
13930
13931
13932
13933
13934
13935
13936
13937
13938
13939
13940
13941
13942
13943
13944
13945
13946
13947
13948
13949
13950
13951
13952
13953
13954
13955
13956
13957
13958
13959
13960
13961
13962
13963
13964
13965
13966
13967
13968
13969
13970
13971
13972
13973
13974
13975
13976
13977
13978
13979
13980
13981
13982
13983
13984
13985
13986
13987
13988
13989
13990
13991
13992
13993
13994
13995
13996
13997
13998
13999
14000
14001
14002
14003
14004
14005
14006
14007
14008
14009
14010
14011
14012
14013
14014
14015
14016
14017
14018
14019
14020
14021
14022
14023
14024
14025
14026
14027
14028
14029
14030
14031
14032
14033
14034
14035
14036
14037
14038
14039
14040
14041
14042
14043
14044
14045
14046
14047
14048
14049
14050
14051
14052
14053
14054
14055
14056
14057
14058
14059
14060
14061
14062
14063
14064
14065
14066
14067
14068
14069
14070
14071
14072
14073
14074
14075
14076
14077
14078
14079
14080
14081
14082
14083
14084
14085
14086
14087
14088
14089
14090
14091
14092
14093
14094
14095
14096
14097
14098
14099
14100
14101
14102
14103
14104
14105
14106
14107
14108
14109
14110
14111
14112
14113
14114
14115
14116
14117
14118
14119
14120
14121
14122
14123
14124
14125
14126
14127
14128
14129
14130
14131
14132
14133
14134
14135
14136
14137
14138
14139
14140
14141
14142
14143
14144
14145
14146
14147
14148
14149
14150
14151
14152
14153
14154
14155
14156
14157
14158
14159
14160
14161
14162
14163
14164
14165
14166
14167
14168
14169
14170
14171
14172
14173
14174
14175
14176
14177
14178
14179
14180
14181
14182
14183
14184
14185
14186
14187
14188
14189
14190
14191
14192
14193
14194
14195
14196
14197
14198
14199
14200
14201
14202
14203
14204
14205
14206
14207
14208
14209
14210
14211
14212
14213
14214
14215
14216
14217
14218
14219
14220
14221
14222
14223
14224
14225
14226
14227
14228
14229
14230
14231
14232
14233
14234
14235
14236
14237
14238
14239
14240
14241
14242
14243
14244
14245
14246
14247
14248
14249
14250
14251
14252
14253
14254
14255
14256
14257
14258
14259
14260
14261
14262
14263
14264
14265
14266
14267
14268
14269
14270
14271
14272
14273
14274
14275
14276
14277
14278
14279
14280
14281
14282
14283
14284
14285
14286
14287
14288
14289
14290
14291
14292
14293
14294
14295
14296
14297
14298
14299
14300
14301
14302
14303
14304
14305
14306
14307
14308
14309
14310
14311
14312
14313
14314
14315
14316
14317
14318
14319
14320
14321
14322
14323
14324
14325
14326
14327
14328
14329
14330
14331
14332
14333
14334
14335
14336
14337
14338
14339
14340
14341
14342
14343
14344
14345
14346
14347
14348
14349
14350
14351
14352
14353
14354
14355
14356
14357
14358
14359
14360
14361
14362
14363
14364
14365
14366
14367
14368
14369
14370
14371
14372
14373
14374
14375
14376
14377
14378
14379
14380
14381
14382
14383
14384
14385
14386
14387
14388
14389
14390
14391
14392
14393
14394
14395
14396
14397
14398
14399
14400
14401
14402
14403
14404
14405
14406
14407
14408
14409
14410
14411
14412
14413
14414
14415
14416
14417
14418
14419
14420
14421
14422
14423
14424
14425
14426
14427
14428
14429
14430
14431
14432
14433
14434
14435
14436
14437
14438
14439
14440
14441
14442
14443
14444
14445
14446
14447
14448
14449
14450
14451
14452
14453
14454
14455
14456
14457
14458
14459
14460
14461
14462
14463
14464
14465
14466
14467
14468
14469
14470
14471
14472
14473
14474
14475
14476
14477
14478
14479
14480
14481
14482
14483
14484
14485
14486
14487
14488
14489
14490
14491
14492
14493
14494
14495
14496
14497
14498
14499
14500
14501
14502
14503
14504
14505
14506
14507
14508
14509
14510
14511
14512
14513
14514
14515
14516
14517
14518
14519
14520
14521
14522
14523
14524
14525
14526
14527
14528
14529
14530
14531
14532
14533
14534
14535
14536
14537
14538
14539
14540
14541
14542
14543
14544
14545
14546
14547
14548
14549
14550
14551
14552
14553
14554
14555
14556
14557
14558
14559
14560
14561
14562
14563
14564
14565
14566
14567
14568
14569
14570
14571
14572
14573
14574
14575
14576
14577
14578
14579
14580
14581
14582
14583
14584
14585
14586
14587
14588
14589
14590
14591
14592
14593
14594
14595
14596
14597
14598
14599
14600
14601
14602
14603
14604
14605
14606
14607
14608
14609
14610
14611
14612
14613
14614
14615
14616
14617
14618
14619
14620
14621
14622
14623
14624
14625
14626
14627
14628
14629
14630
14631
14632
14633
14634
14635
14636
14637
14638
14639
14640
14641
14642
14643
14644
14645
14646
14647
14648
14649
14650
14651
14652
14653
14654
14655
14656
14657
14658
14659
14660
14661
14662
14663
14664
14665
14666
14667
14668
14669
14670
14671
14672
14673
14674
14675
14676
14677
14678
14679
14680
14681
14682
14683
14684
14685
14686
14687
14688
14689
14690
14691
14692
14693
14694
14695
14696
14697
14698
14699
14700
14701
14702
14703
14704
14705
14706
14707
14708
14709
14710
14711
14712
14713
14714
14715
14716
14717
14718
14719
14720
14721
14722
14723
14724
14725
14726
14727
14728
14729
14730
14731
14732
14733
14734
14735
14736
14737
14738
14739
14740
14741
14742
14743
14744
14745
14746
14747
14748
14749
14750
14751
14752
14753
14754
14755
14756
14757
14758
14759
14760
14761
14762
14763
14764
14765
14766
14767
14768
14769
14770
14771
14772
14773
14774
14775
14776
14777
14778
14779
14780
14781
14782
14783
14784
14785
14786
14787
14788
14789
14790
14791
14792
14793
14794
14795
14796
14797
14798
14799
14800
14801
14802
14803
14804
14805
14806
14807
14808
14809
14810
14811
14812
14813
14814
14815
14816
14817
14818
14819
14820
14821
14822
14823
14824
14825
14826
14827
14828
14829
14830
14831
14832
14833
14834
14835
14836
14837
14838
14839
14840
14841
14842
14843
14844
14845
14846
14847
14848
14849
14850
14851
14852
14853
14854
14855
14856
14857
14858
14859
14860
14861
14862
14863
14864
14865
14866
14867
14868
14869
14870
14871
14872
14873
14874
14875
14876
14877
14878
14879
14880
14881
14882
14883
14884
14885
14886
14887
14888
14889
14890
14891
14892
14893
14894
14895
14896
14897
14898
14899
14900
14901
14902
14903
14904
14905
14906
14907
14908
14909
14910
14911
14912
14913
14914
14915
14916
14917
14918
14919
14920
14921
14922
14923
14924
14925
14926
14927
14928
14929
14930
14931
14932
14933
14934
14935
14936
14937
14938
14939
14940
14941
14942
14943
14944
14945
14946
14947
14948
14949
14950
14951
14952
14953
14954
14955
14956
14957
14958
14959
14960
14961
14962
14963
14964
14965
14966
14967
14968
14969
14970
14971
14972
14973
14974
14975
14976
14977
14978
14979
14980
14981
14982
14983
14984
14985
14986
14987
14988
14989
14990
14991
14992
14993
14994
14995
14996
14997
14998
14999
15000
15001
15002
15003
15004
15005
15006
15007
15008
15009
15010
15011
15012
15013
15014
15015
15016
15017
15018
15019
15020
15021
15022
15023
15024
15025
15026
15027
15028
15029
15030
15031
15032
15033
15034
15035
15036
15037
15038
15039
15040
15041
15042
15043
15044
15045
15046
15047
15048
15049
15050
15051
15052
15053
15054
15055
15056
15057
15058
15059
15060
15061
15062
15063
15064
15065
15066
15067
15068
15069
15070
15071
15072
15073
15074
15075
15076
15077
15078
15079
15080
15081
15082
15083
15084
15085
15086
15087
15088
15089
15090
15091
15092
15093
15094
15095
15096
15097
15098
15099
15100
15101
15102
15103
15104
15105
15106
15107
15108
15109
15110
15111
15112
15113
15114
15115
15116
15117
15118
15119
15120
15121
15122
15123
15124
15125
15126
15127
15128
15129
15130
15131
15132
15133
15134
15135
15136
15137
15138
15139
15140
15141
15142
15143
15144
15145
15146
15147
15148
15149
15150
15151
15152
15153
15154
15155
15156
15157
15158
15159
15160
15161
15162
15163
15164
15165
15166
15167
15168
15169
15170
15171
15172
15173
15174
15175
15176
15177
15178
15179
15180
15181
15182
15183
15184
15185
15186
15187
15188
15189
15190
15191
15192
15193
15194
15195
15196
15197
15198
15199
15200
15201
15202
15203
15204
15205
15206
15207
15208
15209
15210
15211
15212
15213
15214
15215
15216
15217
15218
15219
15220
15221
15222
15223
15224
15225
15226
15227
15228
15229
15230
15231
15232
15233
15234
15235
15236
15237
15238
15239
15240
15241
15242
15243
15244
15245
15246
15247
15248
15249
15250
15251
15252
15253
15254
15255
15256
15257
15258
15259
15260
15261
15262
15263
15264
15265
15266
15267
15268
15269
15270
15271
15272
15273
15274
15275
15276
15277
15278
15279
15280
15281
15282
15283
15284
15285
15286
15287
15288
15289
15290
15291
15292
15293
15294
15295
15296
15297
15298
15299
15300
15301
15302
15303
15304
15305
15306
15307
15308
15309
15310
15311
15312
15313
15314
15315
15316
15317
15318
15319
15320
15321
15322
15323
15324
15325
15326
15327
15328
15329
15330
15331
15332
15333
15334
15335
15336
15337
15338
15339
15340
15341
15342
15343
15344
15345
15346
15347
15348
15349
15350
15351
15352
15353
15354
15355
15356
15357
15358
15359
15360
15361
15362
15363
15364
15365
15366
15367
15368
15369
15370
15371
15372
15373
15374
15375
15376
15377
15378
15379
15380
15381
15382
15383
15384
15385
15386
15387
15388
15389
15390
15391
15392
15393
15394
15395
15396
15397
15398
15399
15400
15401
15402
15403
15404
15405
15406
15407
15408
15409
15410
15411
15412
15413
15414
15415
15416
15417
15418
15419
15420
15421
15422
15423
15424
15425
15426
15427
15428
15429
15430
15431
15432
15433
15434
15435
15436
15437
15438
15439
15440
15441
15442
15443
15444
15445
15446
15447
15448
15449
15450
15451
15452
15453
15454
15455
15456
15457
15458
15459
15460
15461
15462
15463
15464
15465
15466
15467
15468
15469
15470
15471
15472
15473
15474
15475
15476
15477
15478
15479
15480
15481
15482
15483
15484
15485
15486
15487
15488
15489
15490
15491
15492
15493
15494
15495
15496
15497
15498
15499
15500
15501
15502
15503
15504
15505
15506
15507
15508
15509
15510
15511
15512
15513
15514
15515
15516
15517
15518
15519
15520
15521
15522
15523
15524
15525
15526
15527
15528
15529
15530
15531
15532
15533
15534
15535
15536
15537
15538
15539
15540
15541
15542
15543
15544
15545
15546
15547
15548
15549
15550
15551
15552
15553
15554
15555
15556
15557
15558
15559
15560
15561
15562
15563
15564
15565
15566
15567
15568
15569
15570
15571
15572
15573
15574
15575
15576
15577
15578
15579
15580
15581
15582
15583
15584
15585
15586
15587
15588
15589
15590
15591
15592
15593
15594
15595
15596
15597
15598
15599
15600
15601
15602
15603
15604
15605
15606
15607
15608
15609
15610
15611
15612
15613
15614
15615
15616
15617
15618
15619
15620
15621
15622
15623
15624
15625
15626
15627
15628
15629
15630
15631
15632
15633
15634
15635
15636
15637
15638
15639
15640
15641
15642
15643
15644
15645
15646
15647
15648
15649
15650
15651
15652
15653
15654
15655
15656
15657
15658
15659
15660
15661
15662
15663
15664
15665
15666
15667
15668
15669
15670
15671
15672
15673
15674
15675
15676
15677
15678
15679
15680
15681
15682
15683
15684
15685
15686
15687
15688
15689
15690
15691
15692
15693
15694
15695
15696
15697
15698
15699
15700
15701
15702
15703
15704
15705
15706
15707
15708
15709
15710
15711
15712
15713
15714
15715
15716
15717
15718
15719
15720
15721
15722
15723
15724
15725
15726
15727
15728
15729
15730
15731
15732
15733
15734
15735
15736
15737
15738
15739
15740
15741
15742
15743
15744
15745
15746
15747
15748
15749
15750
15751
15752
15753
15754
15755
15756
15757
15758
15759
15760
15761
15762
15763
15764
15765
15766
15767
15768
15769
15770
15771
15772
15773
15774
15775
15776
15777
15778
15779
15780
15781
15782
15783
15784
15785
15786
15787
15788
15789
15790
15791
15792
15793
15794
15795
15796
15797
15798
15799
15800
15801
15802
15803
15804
15805
15806
15807
15808
15809
15810
15811
15812
15813
15814
15815
15816
15817
15818
15819
15820
15821
15822
15823
15824
15825
15826
15827
15828
15829
15830
15831
15832
15833
15834
15835
15836
15837
15838
15839
15840
15841
15842
15843
15844
15845
15846
15847
15848
15849
15850
15851
15852
15853
15854
15855
15856
15857
15858
15859
15860
15861
15862
15863
15864
15865
15866
15867
15868
15869
15870
15871
15872
15873
15874
15875
15876
15877
15878
15879
15880
15881
15882
15883
15884
15885
15886
15887
15888
15889
15890
15891
15892
15893
15894
15895
15896
15897
15898
15899
15900
15901
15902
15903
15904
15905
15906
15907
15908
15909
15910
15911
15912
15913
15914
15915
15916
15917
15918
15919
15920
15921
15922
15923
15924
15925
15926
15927
15928
15929
15930
15931
15932
15933
15934
15935
15936
15937
15938
15939
15940
15941
15942
15943
15944
15945
15946
15947
15948
15949
15950
15951
15952
15953
15954
15955
15956
15957
15958
% \iffalse
%
% Trademarks appear throughout this documentation without any trademark
% symbol, so you can't assume that a name is free. There is no intention
% of infringement; the usage is to the benefit of the trademark owner.
%
%
%  S O F T W A R E   L I C E N S E
% =================================
%
% The files  listings.dtx  and  listings.ins  and all files generated
% from only these two files are referred to as `the listings package'
% or simply `the package'. lstdrvrs.dtx  and the files generated from
% that file are `drivers'.
%
% The listings package is copyright 1996--2004 Carsten Heinz, and 
% continued maintenance on the package is copyright 2006 Brooks Moses.
% The drivers are copyright 1997/1998/1999/2000/2001/2002/2003/2004 any
% individual author listed in the driver files.
%
% The listings package and its drivers may be distributed and/or modified
% under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version
% 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in
%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2003/12/01 or later.
%
% The package has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
%
% The Current Maintainer is Brooks Moses <bmoses@dpdx.net>.
%
% end of software license
%
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
\DisableCrossrefs
\OnlyDescription

\usepackage{lstdoc,textcomp}
\makeindex

\begin{document}
    \DocInput{listings-1.3.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
%^^A
%^^A  Command/key to aspect relation
%^^A ================================
%^^A
%\lstisaspect[strings]{string,morestring,deletestring,stringstyle,showstringspaces}
%\lstisaspect[comments]{comment,morecomment,deletecomment,commentstyle}
%\lstisaspect[pod]{printpod,podcomment}
%\lstisaspect[escape]{texcl,escapebegin,escapeend,escapechar,escapeinside,mathescape}
%\lstisaspect[keywords]{sensitive,classoffset,keywords,morekeywords,deletekeywords,keywordstyle,ndkeywords,morendkeywords,deletendkeywords,ndkeywordstyle,keywordsprefix,otherkeywords}
%\lstisaspect[emph]{emph,moreemph,deleteemph,emphstyle}
%\lstisaspect[tex]{texcs,moretexcs,deletetexcs,texcsstyle}
%\lstisaspect[directives]{directives,moredirectives,deletedirectives,directivestyle}
%\lstisaspect[html]{tag,usekeywordsintag,tagstyle,markfirstintag}
%\lstisaspect[keywordcomments]{keywordcomment,morekeywordcomment,deletekeywordcomment,keywordcommentsemicolon}
%\lstisaspect[index]{index,moreindex,deleteindex,indexstyle,\string\lstindexmacro}
%\lstisaspect[procnames]{procnamestyle,indexprocnames,procnamekeys,moreprocnamekeys,deleteprocnamekeys}
%\lstisaspect[style]{style,\string\lstdefinestyle,\string\lst@definestyle,\string\lststylefiles}
%\lstisaspect[language]{language,alsolanguage,defaultdialect,\string\lstalias,\string\lstdefinelanguage,\string\lst@definelanguage,\string\lstloadlanguages,\string\lstlanguagefiles}
%\lstisaspect[formats]{format,fmtindent,\string\lstdefineformat,\string\lst@defineformat,\string\lstformatfiles}
%\lstisaspect[labels]{numbers,numberstyle,numbersep,stepnumber,numberblanklines,firstnumber,\string\thelstnumber,numberfirstline}
%\lstisaspect[lineshape]{xleftmargin,xrightmargin,resetmargins,linewidth,lineskip,breaklines,breakindent,breakautoindent,prebreak,postbreak,breakatwhitespace}
%\lstisaspect[frames]{framexleftmargin,framexrightmargin,framextopmargin,framexbottommargin,backgroundcolor,fillcolor,rulecolor,rulesepcolor,rulesep,framerule,framesep,frameshape,frameround,frame}
%\lstisaspect[make]{makemacrouse}
%\lstisaspect[fancyvrb]{fancyvrb,fvcmdparams,morefvcmdparams}
%\lstisaspect[lgrind]{lgrindef,\string\lstlgrindeffile}
%\lstisaspect[hyper]{hyperref,morehyperref,deletehyperref,hyperanchor,hyperlink}
%\lstisaspect[kernel]{basewidth,fontadjust,columns,flexiblecolumns,identifierstyle,^^A
%   tabsize,showtabs,tab,showspaces,keepspaces,formfeed,SelectCharTable,^^A
%   MoreSelectCharTable,extendedchars,alsoletter,alsodigit,alsoother,excludedelims,^^A
%   literate,basicstyle,print,firstline,lastline,linerange,nolol,captionpos,abovecaptionskip,^^A
%   belowcaptionskip,label,title,caption,\string\lstlistingname,boxpos,float,^^A
%   floatplacement,aboveskip,belowskip,everydisplay,showlines,emptylines,gobble,name,^^A
%   \string\lstname,\string\lstlistlistingname,\string\lstlistoflistings,^^A
%   \string\lstnewenvironment,\string\lstinline,\string\lstinputlisting,lstlisting,^^A
%   \string\lstloadaspects,\string\lstset,\string\thelstlisting,\string\lstaspectfiles,^^A
%   inputencoding,delim,moredelim,deletedelim,upquote}
%\lstisaspect[doc]{lstsample,lstxsample}^^A environment
%\lstisaspect[experimental]{includerangemarker,rangebeginprefix,rangebeginsuffix,rangeendprefix,rangeendsuffix,rangeprefix,rangesuffix}
%
%^^A
%^^A  The long awaited beginning of documentation
%^^A =============================================
%^^A
%\newbox\abstractbox
%\setbox\abstractbox=\vbox{
%	\begin{abstract}
%	The \packagename{listings} package is a source code printer for \LaTeX.
%	You can typeset stand alone files as well as listings with an environment
%   similar to \texttt{verbatim} as well as you can print code snippets using
%   a command similar to |\verb|.
%	Many parameters control the output and if your preferred programming
%   language isn't already supported, you can make your own definition.
%	\end{abstract}}
%
% \title{\vspace*{-2\baselineskip}The \textsf{Listings} Package}
% \author{Copyright 1996--2004, Carsten Heinz%
%    \\ Maintainer: Brooks Moses%
%       \thanks{Brooks Moses became the maintainer of the \packagename{listings}
%       package in 2006; see the Preface for details.} %
%    \textless\lstemail\textgreater}
% \date{2006/05/08\enspace\enspace Version 1.3c\\ \box\abstractbox}
% \def\lstemail{\href{mailto:bmoses@dpdx.net}{\texttt{bmoses@dpdx.net}}}
% \ifhyper
%    \hypersetup{pdfsubject=Package guide,pdfauthor=Brooks Moses <bmoses@dpdx.net>}
% \fi
%
% \csname @twocolumntrue\endcsname
% \maketitle
%^^A \enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}
% \csname @starttoc\endcsname{toc}
% \onecolumn
%
%
% \section*{Preface}
%
% \paragraph{Transition of package maintenance}
% The \TeX\ world lost contact with Carsten Heinz in late 2004, shortly after 
% he released version 1.3b of the \packagename{listings} package.  After many
% attempts to reach him had failed, Hendri Adriaens took over maintenance of
% the package in accordance with the LPPL's procedure for abandoned packages.
% He then passed the maintainership of the package to Brooks Moses, who had
% volunteered for the position while this procedure was going through.
%
% This release, version 1.3c, is not yet a long-awaited bugfix release, as I
% have neither a list of bugs that have been reported since 1.3b, nor a good 
% comprehensive test suite to make sure that my fixes don't break things.
% (It does have some very minor corrections to the Erlang and Octave language
% definitions that were reported to the Debian bug system, and a minor 
% internal spped improvement placed in \texttt{lstpatch.sty}, but other than that
% the only changes are the alteration of the maintanence information and the 
% inclusion of this prefatory note.)  I would very much appreciate it if users
% would email any outstanding bug reports to me at \lstemail, along with any
% examples of tricky uses of the package that should be included in the test
% suite.
%
% \paragraph{Reading this manual}
% If you are experienced with the \packagename{listings} package, you should
% read the next paragraph ``\emph{News and changes}''. Otherwise read section
% \lstref{uGettingStarted} step by step and go on with section
% \ref{uTheNextSteps}.
%
% \paragraph{News and changes}
% Version 1.3 is the third bugfix release. The most noteworthy news for the
% tortured\,---\,I mean experienced\,---\,user is a new |\output| routine,
% which improves the compatibility to other packages. Therefore the temporary
% key |noxoutput| has been removed.
%
% |texcs| became a family, i.e.~you can highlight your own control sequences
% diffently from the already defined ones: |texcsstyle=|[|*|]\oarg{class number}\ldots\space
% and |texcs=|\oarg{classnumber}\ldots\space
% Note the added optional star, which also highlights the backslash in front of
% the control sequence name. And don't forget to check page \pageref{roption:texcsstyle}
% for a bug.
%
% |keywordstyle| has a small add-on (see page \pageref{roption:keywordstyle})
% and |extendedchars| is turned on by default.
%
%^^A undocumented:
%^^A   inputpath=<single, relative path>
%^^A   useoutput=0|1|2
%^^A      uses no (0), old (1), or new (2) output routine
%\iffalse
% \begin{table}[hbp]
% \footnotesize
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabular}{@{}rlrl@{}}
% \emph{new to 1.2}&&&\\[1ex]
% \multicolumn{4}{l}{\texttt{breakatwhitespace} (page \pageref{uoption:breakatwhitespace})}\\
% \multicolumn{4}{l}{\texttt{linerange} (page \pageref{uoption:linerange})}\\
% & & \\
% \emph{1.0}&\emph{1.1 and later}&\emph{1.0}&\emph{1.1 and later}\\[1ex]
%   \texttt{keywordsinside} & \texttt{tag} (page \pageref{uoption:tag})
% & ---                     & \texttt{final}$^*$ (p.\,\pageref{uoption:final})\\
%   ---                     & \texttt{tagstyle} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:tagstyle})
% & ---                     & \texttt{numberfirstline} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:numberfirstline})\\
%   ---                     & \texttt{markfirstintag} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:markfirstintag})
% & ---                     & \texttt{upquote} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:upquote})\\
% \texttt{usekeywordsinside}& \texttt{usekeywordsintag} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:usekeywordsintag})
% & & \\
% & & --- & \texttt{fvcmdparams} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:fvcmdparams})\\
% & & --- & \texttt{morefvcmdparams} (p.\,\pageref{uoption:morefvcmdparams})\\[2ex]
% \emph{0.21}&\emph{1.x}&\emph{0.21}&\emph{1.x}\\[1ex]
% \texttt{first}          & \texttt{firstline}          & ---                     & \texttt{numbers}\\
% \texttt{last}           & \texttt{lastline}           & \texttt{labelstep}      & \texttt{stepnumber}\\
% \texttt{stringspaces}   & \texttt{showstringspaces}   & \texttt{labelstyle}     & \texttt{numberstyle}\\
% \texttt{visiblespaces}  & \texttt{showspaces}         & \cs{thelstlabel}        & \cs{thelstnumber}\\
% \texttt{visibletabs}    & \texttt{showtabs}           & \texttt{labelsep}       & \texttt{numbersep}\\
% \texttt{framerulewidth} & \texttt{framerule}          & \texttt{firstlabel}     & \texttt{firstnumber}\\
% \texttt{framerulesep}   & \texttt{rulesep}            & \texttt{advancelabel}   & ---\\
% \texttt{frametextsep}   & \texttt{framesep}           & \texttt{spread}         & ---\\
% \texttt{framespread}    & superceded by               & \texttt{indent}         & \texttt{xleftmargin}$^3$\\
%                         & \texttt{framexleftmargin}   &  ---                    & \texttt{xrightmargin}\\
%                         & \texttt{framexrightmargin}  & \texttt{wholeline}      & \texttt{resetmargins}\\
%                         & \texttt{framextopmargin}    & \texttt{defaultclass}   & \texttt{classoffset}\\
%                         & \texttt{framexbottommargin} & \texttt{stringtest}     & ---\\
% \texttt{framerulecolor} & \texttt{rulecolor}$^1$      & \texttt{outputpos}      & ---\\
%  ---                    & \texttt{columns}$^2$
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
% \parindent=20pt\relax
% \par\indent $^*$ This is an option for package loading only.
% \par\indent $^1$ \emph{All} color-keys require now an explicit \cs{color} command in the value.
% \par\indent $^2$ Please look at section \ref{uFixedAndFlexibleColumns}.
% \par\indent $^3$ Now frames are also moved!
% \end{table}
%\fi
% The following languages were added: Awk (Gnu and Posix), Gnuplot, Handel-C,
% ByteCode Java (\texttt{JVMIS}), Plasm, Promella, and RSL, refer table~ref{uPredefinedLanguages}.
% Moreover, {\small HTML}, AspectJ, and MetaPost have been improved.
% Thanks go to the contributers.
%
% \vfill
% \paragraph{Thanks}
% There are many people I have to thank for fruitful communication, posting
% their ideas, giving error reports, adding programming languages to
% \texttt{lstdrvrs.dtx}, and so on. Their names are listed in section
% \ref{uClosingAndCredits}.
%
% \paragraph{Trademarks}
% Trademarks appear throughout this documentation without any trademark
% symbol; they are the property of their respective trademark owner.
% There is no intention of infringement; the usage is to the benefit of the
% trademark owner.
%
%
% \clearpage
%
%
% \part{User's guide}
%
%
% \section{Getting started}\label{uGettingStarted}
%
%
% \subsection{A minimal file}\label{uAMinimalFile}
%
% Before using the \packagename{listings} package, you should be familiar with
% the \LaTeX\ typesetting system. You need not to be an expert.
% Here is a minimal file for \packagename{listings}.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \documentclass{article}
%    \usepackage{listings}
%
%    \begin{document}
%    \lstset{language=Pascal}
%
%      % Insert Pascal examples here.
%
%    \end{document}\end{verbatim}
% Now type in this first example and run it through \LaTeX.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Must I do that really?
%       \advisespace
%       Yes and no. Some books about programming say this is good.
%       What a mistake! Typing takes time---wasted if the code is clear to
%       you. And if you need that time to understand what is going on, the
%       author of the book should reconsider the concept of presenting the
%       crucial things---you might want to say that about this guide even---or
%       you're simply unexperienced with programming. If only the latter case
%       applies, you should spend more time on reading (good) books about
%       programming, (good) documentations, and (good) source code from other
%       people. Of course you should also make your own experiments.
%       You will learn a lot. However, running the example through \LaTeX\ 
%       shows whether the \packagename{listings} package is installed.
% \item The example doesn't work.
%       \advisespace
%       Are the two packages \packagename{listings} and \packagename{keyval}
%       installed on your system? Consult the administration tool of your
%       \TeX\ distribution, your system administrator, the local \TeX\ and
%       \LaTeX\ guides, a \TeX\ FAQ, and section \ref{rInstallation}---in
%       the given order. If you've checked \emph{all} these sources and are
%       still helpless, you might want to write a post to a \TeX\ newsgroup
%       like \texttt{comp.text.tex}.
% \item Should I read the software license before using the package?
%       \advisespace
%       Yes, but read this \emph{Getting started} section first to decide
%       whether you are willing to use the package.^^A ;-)
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{Typesetting listings}
%
% Three types of source codes are supported: code snippets, code segments, and
% listings of stand alone files; snippets are placed inside paragraphs and the
% others as separate paragraphs---the difference is the same as between text
% style and display style formulas.
% \begin{advise}
% \item No matter what kind of source you have, if a listing contains national
%       characters like \'e, \L, \"a, or whatever, you must tell it the
%       package! Section \lstref{uSpecialCharacters} discusses this issue.
% \end{advise}
%
% \paragraph{Code snippets}
% The well-known \LaTeX\ command |\verb| typesets code snippets verbatim.
% The new command |\lstinline| pretty-prints the code, for example
%`\lstinline!var i:integer;!' is typeset by
%`{\rstyle|\lstinline|}|!var i:integer;!|'. The exclamation marks delimit
% the code and can be replaced by any character not in the code;
% |\lstinline$var i:integer;$| gives the same result.
%
% \paragraph{Displayed code}
% The \texttt{lstlisting} environment typesets the enclosed source code. Like
% most examples, the following one shows verbatim \LaTeX\ code on the right
% and the result on the left. You might take the right-hand side, put it into
% the minimal file, and run it through \LaTeX.
% \begin{lstsample}[lstlisting]{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% It can't be easier.
% \begin{advise}
% \item That's not true. The name `\texttt{listing}' is shorter.
%       \advisespace
%       Indeed. But other packages already define environments with that name.
%       To be compatible with such packages, all commands and environments of
%       the \packagename{listings} package use the prefix `\texttt{lst}'.
% \end{advise}
% The environment provides an optional argument. It tells the package to
% perform special tasks, for example, to print only the lines 2--5:
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{frame=trbl,framesep=0pt}\label{gFirstKey=ValueList}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[firstline=2,
%                       lastline=5]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Hold on! Where comes the frame from and what is it good for?
%       \advisespace
%       You can put frames around all listings except code snippets.
%       You will learn it later. The frame shows that empty lines at the end
%       of listings aren't printed. This is line 5 in the example.
% \item Hey, you can't drop my empty lines!
%       \advisespace
%       You can tell the package not to drop them:
%       The key `\ikeyname{showlines}' controls these empty lines and is
%       described in section \ref{rTypesettingListings}. Warning: First
%       read ahead on how to use keys in general.
% \item I get obscure error messages when using `\ikeyname{firstline}'.
%       \advisespace
%       That shouldn't happen. Make a bug report as described in section
%       \lstref{uTroubleshooting}.
% \end{advise}
%
% \paragraph{Stand alone files}
% Finally we come to |\lstinputlisting|, the command used to pretty-print
% stand alone files. It has one optional and one file name argument.
% Note that you possibly need to specify the relative path to the file.
% Here now the result is printed below the verbatim code since both together
% don't fit the text width.
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{comment=[l]\%,columns=fullflexible}}{\lstset{alsoletter=\\,emph=\\lstinputlisting,emphstyle=\rstyle}\lstaspectindex{\lstinputlisting}{}}
%    \lstinputlisting[lastline=4]{listings.sty}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item The spacing is different in this example.
%       \advisespace
%       Yes. The two previous examples have aligned columns, i.e.~columns with
%       identical numbers have the same horizontal position---this package
%       makes small adjustments only. The columns in the example here are not
%       aligned. This is explained in section \ref{uFixedAndFlexibleColumns}
%       (keyword: full flexible column format).
% \end{advise}
%
% Now you know all pretty-printing commands and environments. It remains
% to learn the parameters which control the work of the \packagename{listings}
% package. This is, however, the main task. Here are some of them.
%
%
% \subsection{Figure out the appearance}\label{gFigureOutTheAppearance}
%
% Keywords are typeset bold, comments in italic shape, and spaces in strings
% appear as \textvisiblespace. You don't like these settings? Look at this:
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}[basicstyle,keywordstyle,identifierstyle,commentstyle,stringstyle,showstringspaces]
%    \lstset{% general command to set parameter(s)
%        basicstyle=\small,          % print whole listing small
%        keywordstyle=\color{black}\bfseries\underbar,
%                                    % underlined bold black keywords
%        identifierstyle=,           % nothing happens
%        commentstyle=\color{white}, % white comments
%        stringstyle=\ttfamily,      % typewriter type for strings
%        showstringspaces=false}     % no special string spaces
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
% \begin{lstxsample}[basicstyle,keywordstyle,identifierstyle,commentstyle,stringstyle,showstringspaces]
%    \lstset{% general command to set parameter(s)
%        basicstyle=\small,          % print whole listing small
%        keywordstyle=\bfseries\underbar,
%                                    % underlined bold keywords
%        identifierstyle=,           % nothing happens
%        commentstyle=\itshape,      % default
%        stringstyle=\ttfamily,      % typewriter type for strings
%        showstringspaces=false}     % no special string spaces
% \end{lstxsample}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%\ifcolor
% \begin{advise}
% \item You've requested white coloured comments, but I can see the comment
%       on the left side.
%       \advisespace
%       There are a couple of possible reasons:
%       (1) You've printed the documentation on nonwhite paper.
%       (2) If you are viewing this documentation as a \texttt{.dvi}-file, your
%           viewer seems to have problems with colour specials. Try to print
%           the page on white paper.
%       (3) If a printout on white paper shows the comment, the colour
%           specials aren't suitable for your printer or printer driver.
%           Recreate the documentation and try it again---and ensure that
%           the \packagename{color} package is well-configured.
% \end{advise}
%\fi
% The styles use two different kinds of commands. |\ttfamily| and |\bfseries|
% both take no arguments but |\underbar| does; it underlines the following
% argument. In general, the \emph{very last} command might read exactly one
% argument, namely some material the package typesets. There's one exception.
% The last command of \ikeyname{basicstyle} \emph{must not} read any
% tokens---or you will get deep in trouble.
% \begin{advise}
% \item `|basicstyle=\small|' looks fine, but comments look really bad with
%       `|commentstyle=\tiny|' and empty basic style, say.
%       \advisespace
%       Don't use different font sizes in a single listing.
% \item But I really want it!
%       \advisespace
%       No, you don't.
%^^A       The package adjusts internal data after selecting the basic style at
%^^A       the beginning of each listing. This is a problem if you change the
%^^A       font size for comments or strings, for example.
%^^A       Section \ref{rColumnAlignment} shows how to overcome this.
%^^A       But once again: Don't use different font sizes in a single listing
%^^A       unless you really know what you are doing.
% \end{advise}
%
% \paragraph{Warning}\label{wStrikingStyles}
% You should be very careful with striking styles; the recent example is rather
% moderate---it can get horrible. \emph{Always use decent highlighting.}
% Unfortunately it is difficult to give more recommendations since they depend
% on the type of document you're creating. Slides or other presentations often
% require more striking styles than books, for example.
% In the end, it's \emph{you} who have to find the golden mean!
%
%
% \subsection{Seduce to use}\label{gSeduceToUse}
%
% You know all pretty-printing commands and some main parameters. Here now
% comes a small and incomplete overview of other features. The table of
% contents and the index also provide information.
%
% \paragraph{Line numbers}
% are available for all displayed listings, e.g.~tiny numbers on the left, each
% second line, with 5pt distance to the listing:
% \begin{lstxsample}[numbers,numberstyle,stepnumber,numbersep]
%    \lstset{numbers=left, numberstyle=\tiny, stepnumber=2, numbersep=5pt}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item I can't get rid of line numbers in subsequent listings.
%       \advisespace
%       `|numbers=none|' turns them off.
% \item Can I use these keys in the optional arguments?
%       \advisespace
%       Of course. Note that optional arguments modify values for one
%       particular listing only: you change the appearance, step or distance
%       of line numbers for a single listing. The previous values are
%       restored afterwards.
% \end{advise}
% The environment allows you to interrupt your listings: you can end a listing
% and continue it later with the correct line number even if there are other
% listings in between. Read section \ref{uLineNumbers} for a thorough
% discussion.
%
% \paragraph{Floating listings}
% Displayed listings may float:
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{frame=tb}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[float,caption=A floating example]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Don't care about the parameter \ikeyname{caption} now. And if you put the
% example into the minimal file and run it through \LaTeX, please don't wonder:
% you'll miss the horizontal rules since they are described elsewhere.
% \begin{advise}
% \item \LaTeX's float mechanism allows to determine the placement of floats.
%       What's about that?
%       \advisespace
%       You can write `|float=tp|', for example.
% \end{advise}
%
% \paragraph{Other features}
% There are still features not mentioned so far: automatic breaking of long
% lines, the possibility to use \LaTeX\ code in listings, automated indexing,
% or personal language definitions.
% One more little teaser? Here you are. But note that the result is not
% produced by the \LaTeX\ code on the right alone. The main parameter is
% hidden.
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{literate={:=}{{$\gets$}}1 {<=}{{$\leq$}}1 {>=}{{$\geq$}}1 {<>}{{$\neq$}}1}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    if (i<=0) then i := 1;
%    if (i>=0) then i := 0;
%    if (i<>0) then i := 0;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% You're not sure whether you should use \packagename{listings}?
% Read the next section!
%
%
% \subsection{Alternatives}
%
% \begin{advise}
% \item Why do you list alternatives?
%       \advisespace
%       Well, it's always good to know the competitors.^^A :-)
% \item I've read the descriptions below and the \packagename{listings} package
%       seems to incorporate all the features. Why should I use one of the
%       other programs?
%       \advisespace
%       Firstly, the descriptions give a taste and not a complete overview,
%       secondly, \packagename{listings} lacks some properties, and, eventually,
%       you should use the program matching your needs most precisely.
% \end{advise}
% This package is certainly not the final utility for typesetting source code.
% Other programs do their job very well---if you are not satisfied with
% \packagename{listings}. Some are independent of \LaTeX, other come as
% separate program plus \LaTeX\ package, and other more are packages which
% don't pretty-print the source code. The second type inlcudes converters,
% cross compilers, and preprocessors. Such programs create \LaTeX\ files
% you can use in your document or stand alone ready-to-run \LaTeX\ files.
%
% Note that I'm not dealing with any literate programming tool here, which
% could also be an alternative. However, you should have heard of the
% \texttt{WEB} system, the tool Prof.~Donald E.~Knuth developed and made use
% of to document and implement \TeX.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.infres.enst.fr/~demaille/a2ps}{\packagename{a2ps}}}
% started as `ASCII to PostScript' converter, but today you can invoke the
% program with \texttt{--pretty-print=}\meta{language} option. If your
% favourite programming language is not already supported, you can write your
% own so-called style sheet. You can request line numbers, borders, headers,
% multiple pages per sheet, and many more. You can even print symbols like
% $\forall$ or $\alpha$ instead of their verbose forms. If you just want
% program listings and not a document with some listings, this is the best
% choice.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/nonfree/support/lgrind}{\packagename{LGrind}}}
% is a cross compiler and comes with many predefined programming languages.
% For example, you can put the code on the right in your document, invoke
% \packagename{LGrind} with \texttt{-e} option (and file names), and run the
% created file through \LaTeX. You should get a result similar to the
% left-hand side:
% \begin{center}
% \begin{minipage}{0.45\linewidth}
%\iflgrind
%    \LGindent=0pt
%    \LGinlinefalse\LGbegin\lgrinde
%    \L{\LB{\K{for}_\V{i}:=\V{maxint}_\K{to}_\N{0}_\K{do}}}
%    \L{\LB{\K{begin}}}
%    \L{\LB{____\C{}\{_do_nothing_\}\CE{}}}
%    \L{\LB{\K{end};}}
%    \L{\LB{}}
%    \L{\LB{\V{Write}(\S{}{'}Case_insensitive_{'}\SE{});}}
%    \L{\LB{\V{WritE}(\S{}{'}Pascal_keywords.{'}\SE{});}}
%    \endlgrinde\LGend
%\else
%    \packagename{LGrind} not installed.
%\fi
% \end{minipage}
% \begin{minipage}{0.45\linewidth}
% \begin{verbatim}
% %[
% for i:=maxint to 0 do
% begin
%     { do nothing }
% end;
%
% Write('Case insensitive ');
% WritE('Pascal keywords.');
% %]\end{verbatim}
% \end{minipage}
% \end{center}
% If you use |%(| and |%)| instead of |%[| and |%]|, you get a code snippet
% instead of a displayed listing. Moreover you can get line numbers to the
% left or right, use arbitrary \LaTeX\ code in the source code, print symbols
% instead of verbose names, make font setup, and more. You will (have to)
% like it (if you don't like \packagename{listings}).
%
% Note that \packagename{LGrind} contains code with a no-sell license and is
% thus nonfree software.
%
% \paragraph{\href{ftp://axp3.sv.fh-mannheim.de/cvt2latex}{\packagename{cvt2ltx}}}
% is a family of `source code to \LaTeX' converters for C, Objective C, \Cpp,
% IDL and Perl. Different styles, line numbers and other qualifiers can be
% chosen by command-line option. Unfortunately it isn't documented how other
% programming languages can be added.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/C++2LaTeX-1_1pl1}{\packagename{\Cpp2\LaTeX}}}
% is a C/\Cpp\ to \LaTeX\ converter. You can specify the fonts for comments,
% directives, keywords, and strings, or the size of a tabulator. But as far as
% I know you can't number lines.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/slatex}{\packagename{S\LaTeX}}}
% is a pretty-printing Scheme program (invokes \LaTeX\ automatically)
% especially designed for Scheme and other Lisp dialects. It supports stand
% alone files, text and display listings, and you can even nest the
% commands/environments if you use \LaTeX\ code in comments, for example.
% Keywords, constants, variables, and symbols are definable and use of
% different styles is possible. No line numbers.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/tiny_c2l}{\packagename{tiny\textunderscore c2ltx}}}
% is a C/\Cpp/Java to \LaTeX\ converter based on \packagename{cvt2ltx} (or the
% other way round?). It supports line numbers, block comments, \LaTeX\ code
% in/as comments, and smart line breaking. Font selection and tabulators are
% hard-coded, i.e.~you have to rebuild the program if you want to change the
% appearance.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc}{\packagename{listing}}}
% ---note the missing \packagename{s}---is not a pretty-printer and the
% aphorism about documentation at the end of \texttt{listing.sty} is not
% true.\space ^^A :-)
% It defines |\listoflistings| and a nonfloating environment for listings.
% All font selection and indention must be done by hand. However, it's
% useful if you have another tool doing that work, e.g.~\packagename{LGrind}.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/alg}{\packagename{alg}}}
% provides essentially the same functionality as \packagename{algorithms}.
% So read the next paragraph and note that the syntax will be different.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms}{\packagename{algorithms}}}
% goes a quite different way. You describe an algorithm and the package
% formats it, for example
% \begin{center}
% \begin{minipage}{0.45\linewidth}
%\ifalgorithmic
%    \begin{algorithmic}
%    \IF {$i\leq0$}
%    \STATE $i\gets1$
%    \ELSE\IF {$i\geq0$}
%    \STATE $i\gets0$
%    \ENDIF\ENDIF
%    \end{algorithmic}
%\else
%    \packagename{algorithms} not installed.
%\fi
% \end{minipage}
% \begin{minipage}{0.45\linewidth}
% \begin{verbatim}
%\begin{algorithmic}
%\IF{$i\leq0$}
%\STATE $i\gets1$
%\ELSE\IF{$i\geq0$}
%\STATE $i\gets0$
%\ENDIF\ENDIF
%\end{algorithmic}\end{verbatim}
% \end{minipage}
% \end{center}
% As this example shows, you get a good looking algorithm even from a bad
% looking input. The package provides a lot more constructs like |for|-loops,
% |while|-loops, or comments. You can request line numbers, `ruled', `boxed'
% and floating algorithms, a list of algorithms, and you can customize the
% terms \textbf{if}, \textbf{then}, and so on.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.mimuw.edu.pl/~wolinski/pretprin.html}{\packagename{pretprin}}}
% is a package for pretty-printing texts in formal languages---as the title
% in TUGboat, Volume 19 (1998), No.~3 states. It provides environments which
% pretty-print \emph{and} format the source code. Analyzers for Pascal and
% Prolog are defined; adding other languages is easy---if you are or get a bit
% familiar with automatons and formal languages.
%
% \paragraph{\packagename{alltt}}
% defines an environment similar to \texttt{verbatim} except that |\|, |{| and
% |}| have their usual meanings. This means that you can use commands in the
% verbatims, e.g.~select different fonts or enter math mode.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moreverb}{\packagename{moreverb}}}
% requires \packagename{verbatim} and provides verbatim output to a file,
% `boxed' verbatims and line numbers.
%
% \paragraph{\packagename{verbatim}}
% defines an improved version of the standard \texttt{verbatim} environment and
% a command to input files verbatim.
%
% \paragraph{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb}{\packagename{fancyvrb}}}
% is, roughly spoken, a super set of \packagename{alltt},
% \packagename{moreverb}, and \packagename{verbatim}, but many more parameters
% control the output. The package provides frames, line numbers on the left or
% on the right, automatic line breaking (difficult), and more. For example, an
% interface to \packagename{listings} exists, i.e.~you can pretty-print source
% code automatically.
% The package \packagename{fvrb-ex} builds above \packagename{fancyvrb} and
% defines environments to present examples similar to the ones in this guide.
%
%
% \section{The next steps}\label{uTheNextSteps}
%
% Now, before actually using the \packagename{listings} package, you should
% \emph{really} read the software license. It does not cost much time and
% provides information you probably need to know.
%
%
% \subsection{Software license}\label{uSoftwareLicense}
%
% The files \texttt{listings.dtx} and \texttt{listings.ins} and all
% files generated from only these two files are referred to as `the
% \packagename{listings} package' or simply `the package'.
% \texttt{lstdrvrs.dtx} and the files generated from that file are
% `drivers'.
%
% \paragraph{Copyright}
%   The \packagename{listings} package is copyright 1996--2004 Carsten Heinz,
%   and copyright 2006 Brooks Moses.  The drivers are copyright any individual
%   author listed in the driver files.
%
% \paragraph{Distribution and modification}
%   The \packagename{listings} package and its drivers may be distributed
%   and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License,
%   either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later version.
%   The latest version of this license is in
%      \href{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}
%   and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
%  2003/12/01 or later.
%
% \paragraph{Contacts}
%   Read section \lstref{uTroubleshooting} on how to submit a bug report.
%   Send all other comments, ideas, and additional programming languages to
%   \lstemail\ using \texttt{listings} as part of the subject.
%
%
% \subsection{Package loading}\label{uPackageLoading}
%
% As usual in \LaTeX, the package is loaded by
%    |\usepackage[|\meta{options}|]{listings}|,
% where |[|\meta{options}|]| is optional and gives a comma separated list of
% options. Each either loads an additional \packagename{listings} aspect, or
% changes default properties. Usually you don't have to take care of such
% options. But in some cases it could be necessary: if you want to compile
% documents created with an earlier version of this package or if you use
% special features. Here's an incomplete list of possible options.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Where is a list of all options?
%       \advisespace
%       In the developer's guide since they were introduced to debug the
%       package more easily. Read section \ref{uHowTos} on how to get that
%       guide.
% \end{advise}
% \begin{description}
% \item[\normalfont\texttt{0.21}]\leavevmode
%
%       compiles a document created with version 0.21.
%
% \item[\normalfont\texttt{draft}]\leavevmode
%
%       The package prints no stand alone files, but shows the captions and
%       defines the corresponding labels.
%       Note that a global |\documentclass|-option \texttt{draft} is
%       recognized, so you don't need to repeat it as a package option.
%
% \item[\normalfont\texttt{final}]\leavevmode\label{uoption:final}
%
%       Overwrites a global \texttt{draft} option.
%
% \item[\normalfont\texttt{savemem}]\leavevmode
%
%       tries to save some of \TeX's memory. If you switch between languages
%       often, it could also reduce compile time. But all this depends on the
%       particular document and its listings.
% \end{description}
% Note that various experimental features also need explicit loading via
% options. Read the respective lines in section \ref{rExperimentalFeatures}.
%
% \medbreak
% After package loading it is recommend to load all used dialects of programming
% languages with the following command. It is faster to load several languages
% with one command than loading each language on demand.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item {\rstyle\icmdname\lstloadlanguages}\marg{comma separated list of languages}
%
%       Each language is of the form \oarg{dialect}\meta{language}. Without
%       the optional \oarg{dialect} the package loads a default dialect. So
%       write `|[Visual]C++|' if you want Visual \Cpp\ and `|[ISO]C++|' for
%       ISO \Cpp. Both together can be loaded by the command
%       |\lstloadlanguages{[Visual]C++,[ISO]C++}|.
%
%       Table \ref{uPredefinedLanguages} on page \pageref{uPredefinedLanguages}
%       shows all defined languages and their dialects.
% \end{syntax}
%^^A After or even before language loading, you might want to define default
%^^A dialects---just to be independent of configuration files.
%
%
% \subsection{The key=value interface}\label{uTheKey=ValueInterface}
%
% This package uses the \packagename{keyval} package from the
% \packagename{graphics} bundle by David Carlisle. Each parameter is
% controlled by an associated key and a user supplied value. For example,
% \ikeyname{firstline} is a key and |2| a valid value for this key.
%
% The command {\rstyle\icmdname\lstset} gets a comma separated list of
% ``key|=|value'' pairs. The first list with more than a single entry is on
% page \pageref{gFirstKey=ValueList}: |firstline=2,lastline=5|.
% \begin{advise}
% \item So I can write `|\lstset{firstline=2,lastline=5}|' once for all?
%       \advisespace
%       No. `\ikeyname{firstline}' and `\ikeyname{lastline}' belong to a small
%       set of
%       keys which are used on individual listings. However, your command is
%       not illegal---it has no effect. You have to use these keys inside the
%       optional argument of the environment or input command.
% \item What's about a better example of a key|=|value list?
%       \advisespace
%       There is one in section \ref{gFigureOutTheAppearance}.
% \item `|language=[77]Fortran|' does not work inside an optional argument.
%       \advisespace
%       You must put braces around the value if a value with optional argument
%       is used inside an optional argument. In the case here write
%       `|language={[77]Fortran}|' to select Fortran 77.
% \item If I use the `\ikeyname{language}' key inside an optional argument, the
%       language isn't active when I typeset the next listing.
%       \advisespace
%       All parameters set via `|\lstset|' keep their values up to the end of
%       the current environment or group. Afterwards the previous values are
%       restored. The optional parameters of the two pretty-printing commands
%       and the `\texttt{lstlisting}' environment take effect on the particular
%       listing only, i.e.~values are restored immediately. For example, you
%       can select a main language and change it for special listings.
% \item \icmdname\lstinline\ has an optional argument?
%       \advisespace
%       Yes. And from this fact comes a limitation: you can't use the left
%       bracket `|[|' as delimiter except you specify at least an empty
%       optional argument as in `|\lstinline[][var i:integer;[|'.
%       If you forget this, you will either get a ``runaway argument'' error
%       from \TeX, or an error message from the \packagename{keyval} package.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{Programming languages}\label{uProgrammingLanguages}
%
% You already know how to activate programming languages---at least Pascal.
% An optional parameter selects particular dialects of a language. For example,
% |language=[77]Fortran| selects Fortran 77 and |language=[XSC]Pascal| does the
% same for Pascal XSC. The general form is
%    {\rstyle\ikeyname{language}}|=|\oarg{dialect}\meta{language}.
% If you want to get rid of keyword, comment, and string detection, use
% |language={}| as argument to |\lstset| or as optional argument.
%
% Table \ref{uPredefinedLanguages} shows all predefined languages and dialects.
% Use the listed names as \meta{language} and \meta{dialect}, respectively. If
% no dialect or `empty' is given in the table, just don't specify a dialect.
% Each underlined dialect is default; it is selected if you leave out
% the optional argument. The predefined defaults are the newest language
% versions or standard dialects.
%^^A
%^^A  Make table of predefined languages.
%^^A
%\let\lstlanguages\empty
%\makeatletter
%\@for\lst@temp:={lstlang1.sty,lstlang2.sty,lstlang3.sty}\do
%    {\IfFileExists\lst@temp{}{\let\lstlanguages\relax}}
%\makeatother
%\ifx\lstlanguages\relax
%    \PackageWarningNoLine{Listings}
%        {Standard drivers not available.\MessageBreak
%         Please check your installation.\MessageBreak
%         Compilation aborted}
%    \csname @@end\expandafter\endcsname
%\fi
%\lstscanlanguages\lstlanguages{lstlang1.sty,lstlang2.sty,lstlang3.sty}{}^^A
%\def\topfigrule{\hrule\kern-0.4pt\relax}^^A
%\let\botfigrule\topfigrule
%\belowcaptionskip=\smallskipamount
% \begin{table}[tbhp]
% \small
% \caption{Predefined languages.
%          Note that some definitions are preliminary, for example HTML and XML.
%          Each underlined dialect is default dialect}\label{uPredefinedLanguages}^^A
% \makeatletter
% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{^^A
%    \InputIfFileExists{listings.cfg}{\lst@InputCatcodes}{}}^^A
% \lstprintlanguages\lstlanguages
% \end{table}
%^^A
%^^A end of table
%^^A
%\lstset{defaultdialect=[doc]Pascal}^^A restore
% \begin{advise}
% \item How can I define default dialects?
%       \advisespace
%       Check section \ref{rLanguagesAndStyles} for `\keyname{defaultdialect}'.
% \item I have C code mixed with assembler lines. Can \packagename{listings}
%       pretty-print such source code, i.e.~highlight keywords and comments of
%       both languages?
%       \advisespace
%       `\ikeyname{alsolanguage}|=|\oarg{dialect}\meta{language}' selects a
%       language additionally to the active one. So you only have to write a
%       language definition for your assembler dialect, which doesn't interfere
%       with the definition of C, say. Moreover you might want to use the key
%       `\keyname{classoffset}' described in section \ref{rLanguagesAndStyles}.
% \item How can I define my own language?
%       \advisespace
%       This is discussed in section \ref{rLanguageDefinitions}. And if you
%       think that other people could benefit by your definition, you might
%       want to send it to the address in section \ref{uSoftwareLicense}.
%       Then it will be published under the \LaTeX\ Project Public License.
% \end{advise}
% Note that the arguments \meta{language} and \meta{dialect} are case
% insensitive and that spaces have no effect.
%
%
% \subsection{Special characters}\label{uSpecialCharacters}
%
%
% \paragraph{Tabulators}
% You might get unexpected output if your sources contain tabulators.
% The package assumes tabulator stops at columns 9, 17, 25, 33, and so on.
% This is predefined via |tabsize=8|. If you change the eight to the number
% $n$, you will get tabulator stops at columns $n+1,2n+1,3n+1,$ and so on.
% \begin{lstsample}[tabsize]{}{}
%    \lstset{tabsize=2}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    123456789
%    	{ one tabulator }
%    		{ two tabs }
%    123		{ 123 + two tabs }
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% For better illustration, the left-hand side uses |tabsize=2| but the verbatim
% code |tabsize=4|. Note that |\lstset| modifies the values for all following
% listings in the same environment or group. This is no problem here since the
% examples are typeset inside minipages. If you want to change settings for a
% single listing, use the optional argument.
%
%
% \paragraph{Visible tabulators and spaces}
% One can make spaces and tabulators visible:
% \begin{lstsample}[showspaces,showtabs,tab]{}{}
%    \lstset{showspaces=true,
%            showtabs=true,
%            tab=\rightarrowfill}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%        for i:=maxint to 0 do
%        begin
%    	{ do nothing }
%        end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% If you request \ikeyname{showspaces} but no \ikeyname{showtabs},
% tabulators are converted to visible spaces.
% The default definition of \ikeyname{tab} produces a `wide visible space'
% \lstinline[showtabs]!	!. So you might want to use |$\to$|, |$\dashv$|
% or something else instead.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Some sort of advice: (1) You should really indent lines of source code
%       to make listings more readable. (2) Don't indent some lines with
%       spaces and others via tabulators. Changing the tabulator size (of your
%       editor or pretty-printing tool) completely disturbs the columns.
%       (3) As a consequence, never share your files with differently tab sized
%       people!^^A true only if you use tabulators, just :-)
% \item To make the \LaTeX\ code more readable, I indent the environments'
%       program listings. How can I remove that indention in the output?
%       \advisespace
%       Read `How to gobble characters' in section \ref{uHowTos}.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \paragraph{Form feeds}
% Another special character is a form feed causing an empty line by default.
% {\rstyle\ikeyname{formfeed}}|=\newpage| would result in a new page every
% form feed. Please note that such definitions (even the default) might get
% in conflict with frames.
%
%
% \paragraph{National characters}
% If you type in such characters directly as characters of codes 128--255 and
% use them also in listings, let the package know it---or you'll get really
% funny results. {\rstyle\ikeyname{extendedchars}}|=true| allows and
% |extendedchars=false| prohibits extended characters in listings. If you use
% them, you should load \packagename{fontenc}, \packagename{inputenc} and/or
% any other package which defines the characters.
% \begin{advise}
% \item I have problems using \packagename{inputenc} together with
%       \packagename{listings}.
%       \advisespace
%       This could be a compatibility problem. Make a bug report as described
%       in section \lstref{uTroubleshooting}.
% \end{advise}
% The extended characters don't cover Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, and so
% on. Read section \ref{uNationalCharacters} for details on work-arounds.
%
%
% \subsection{Line numbers}\label{uLineNumbers}
%
% You already know the keys \ikeyname{numbers}, \ikeyname{numberstyle},
% \ikeyname{stepnumber}, and \ikeyname{numbersep} from section
% \ref{gSeduceToUse}. Here now we deal with continued listings.
% You have two options to get consistent line numbering across listings.
%
% \begin{lstsample}[firstnumber]{\lstset{numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[firstnumber=100]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    \end{lstlisting}
%    And we continue the listing:
%    \begin{lstlisting}[firstnumber=last]
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% In the example, \ikeyname{firstnumber} is initially set to 100; some lines
% later the value is \texttt{last}, which continues the numbering of the last
% listing. Note that the empty line at the end of the first part is not printed
% here, but it counts for line numbering. You should also notice that you can
% write |\lstset{firstnumber=last}| once and get consecutively numbered code
% lines---except you specify something different for a particular listing.
%
% On the other hand you can use |firstnumber=auto| and name your listings.
% Listings with identical names (case sensitive!) share a line counter.
% \begin{lstsample}[name]{\lstset{numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[name=Test]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%
%    \end{lstlisting}
%    And we continue the listing:
%    \begin{lstlisting}[name=Test]
%    Write('Case insensitive ');
%    WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% The next |Test| listing goes on with line number {\makeatletter\lstno@Test},
% no matter whether there are other listings in between.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Okay. And how can I get decreasing line numbers?
%       \advisespace
%       Sorry, what?
%       \advisespace
%       Decreasing line numbers as on page \pageref{rDecreasingLabels}.
%       \advisespace
%       May I suggest to demonstrate your individuality by other means?
%       If you differ, you should try a negative `\ikeyname{stepnumber}'
%       (together with `\ikeyname{firstnumber}').
% \end{advise}
%
% Read section \ref{uHowTos} on how to reference line numbers.
%
%
% \subsection{Layout elements}
%
% It's always a good idea to structure the layout by vertical space,
% horizontal lines, or different type sizes and typefaces. The best to stress
% whole listings are---not all at once---colours, frames, vertical space, and
% captions. The latter are also good to refer to listings, of course.
%
% \paragraph{Vertical space}
% The keys {\rstyle\ikeyname{aboveskip}} and {\rstyle\ikeyname{belowskip}}
% control the vertical space above and below displayed listings. Both keys get
% a dimension or skip as value and are initialized to |\medskipamount|.
%
% \paragraph{Frames}
% The key \ikeyname{frame} takes the verbose values \keyvalue{none},
% \keyvalue{leftline}, \keyvalue{topline}, \keyvalue{bottomline},
% \keyvalue{lines} (top and bottom), \keyvalue{single} for single frames, or
% \keyvalue{shadowbox}.
% \begin{lstsample}[frame]{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[frame=single]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item The rules aren't aligned.
%       \advisespace
%       This could be a bug of this package or a problem with your
%       \texttt{.dvi} driver. \emph{Before} sending a bug report to the package
%       author, modify the parameters described in section \ref{rFrames}
%       heavily. And do this step by step!
%       For example, begin with `|framerule=10mm|'. If the rules are
%       misaligned by the same (small) amount as before, the problem does not
%       come from the rule width. So continue with the next parameter.
% \end{advise}
% Alternatively you can control the rules at the \texttt{t}op, \texttt{r}ight,
% \texttt{b}ottom, and \texttt{l}eft directly by using the four initial letters
% for single rules and their upper case versions for double rules.
% \begin{lstsample}[frame]{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[frame=trBL]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Note that a corner is drawn if and only if both adjacent rules are requested.
% You might think that the lines should be drawn up to the edge, but what's
% about round corners? The key \ikeyname{frameround} must get exactly four
% characters as value. The first character is attached to the upper right
% corner and it continues clockwise. `\texttt{t}' as character makes the
% corresponding corner round.
% \begin{lstsample}[frameround]{}{}
%    \lstset{frameround=fttt}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[frame=trBL]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Note that \ikeyname{frameround} has been used together with |\lstset| and thus
% the value affects all following listings in the same group or environment.
% Since the listing is inside a \texttt{minipage} here, this is no problem.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Dont' use frames all the time, in particular not with short listings.
%       This would emphasize nothing. Use frames for $10\%$ or even less of
%       your listings, for your most important ones.
% \item If you use frames on floating listings, do you really want frames?
%       \advisespace
%       No, I want to separate floats from text.
%       \advisespace
%       Then it is better to redefine \LaTeX's `|\topfigrule|' and
%       `|\botfigrule|'. For example, you could write
%       `|\renewcommand*\topfigrule{\hrule\kern-0.4pt\relax}|' and make the
%       same definition for |\botfigrule|.
% \end{advise}
%
% \paragraph{Captions}
% Now we come to \ikeyname{caption} and \ikeyname{label}. You might guess that
% they can be used in the same manner as \LaTeX's |\caption| and |\label|
% commands:
% \begin{lstsample}[caption,label]{\lstset{xleftmargin=.05\linewidth}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[caption={Useless code},label=useless]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Afterwards you could refer to the listing via |\ref{useless}|. By default
% such a listing gets an entry in the list of listings, which can be printed
% with the command {\rstyle\icmdname\lstlistoflistings}. The key
% {\rstyle\ikeyname{nolol}} suppresses an entry for both the environment or
% the input command. Moreover, you can specify a short caption for the list
% of listings:
%    \keyname{caption}|={|\oarg{short}\meta{long}|}|.
% Note that the whole value is enclosed in braces since an optional value is
% used in an optional argument.
%
% If you don't want the label \texttt{\lstlistingname} plus number, you should
% use \ikeyname{title}:
% \begin{lstsample}[title]{\lstset{xleftmargin=.05\linewidth}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[title={`Caption' without label}]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Something goes wrong with `\keyname{title}' in my document: in front of
%       the title is a delimiter.
%       \advisespace
%       The result depends on the document class; some are not compatible.
%       Contact the package author for a work-around.
% \end{advise}
%
% \paragraph{Colours}
% One more element. You need the \packagename{color} package and can then
% request coloured background via
% \ikeyname{backgroundcolor}|=|\meta{color command}.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Great! I love colours.
%       \advisespace
%       Fine, yes, really. And I like to remind you of the warning about
%       striking styles on page \pageref{wStrikingStyles}.
% \end{advise}
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}[backgroundcolor]
%    \lstset{backgroundcolor=\color{yellow}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
% \begin{verbatim}
%    color package not installed\end{verbatim}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[frame=single,
%                       framerule=0pt]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        j:=square(root(i));
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% The example also shows how to get coloured space around the whole listing:
% use a frame whose rules has no width.
%
%
% \subsection{Emphasize identifiers}\label{uEmphasizeIdentifiers}
%
% Recall the pretty-printing commands and environment. |\lstinline| prints
% code snippets, |\lstinputlisting| whole files, and \texttt{lstlisting}
% pieces of code which reside in the \LaTeX\ file. And what are these
% different `types' of source code good for? Well, it just happens that a
% sentence contains a code fragment. Whole files are typically included in or
% as an appendix. Nevertheless some books about programming also include such
% listings in normal text sections---to increase the number of pages.
% Nowadays source code should be shipped on disk or CD-ROM and only the main
% header or interface files should be typeset for reference. So, please, don't
% misuse the \packagename{listings} package. But let's get back to the topic.
%
% Obviously `\texttt{lstlisting} source code' isn't used to make an executable
% program from. Such source code has some kind of educational purpose or even
% didactic.
% \begin{advise}
% \item What's the difference between educational and didactic?
%       \advisespace
%       Something educational can be good or bad, true or false.
%       Didactic is true by definition.^^A :-)
% \end{advise}
% Usually \emph{keywords} are highlighted when the package typesets a piece of
% source code. This isn't necessary for readers knowing the programming
% language well. The main matter is the presentation of interface, library or
% other functions or variables. If this is your concern, here come the right
% keys. Let's say, you want to emphasize the functions |square| and |root|,
% for example, by underlining them. Then you could do it like this:
% \begin{lstxsample}[emph,emphstyle]
%    \lstset{emph={square,root},emphstyle=\underbar}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        j:=square(root(i));
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Note that the list of identifiers |{square,root}| is enclosed in
%       braces. Otherwise the \packagename{keyval} package would complain
%       about an undefined key \keyname{root} since the comma finishes the
%       key=value pair.
%       Note also that you \emph{must} put braces around the value if you
%       use an optional argument of a key inside an optional argument of a
%       pretty-printing command. Though it is not necessary, the following
%       example uses these braces. They are typically forgotten when they
%       become necessary,
% \end{advise}
%
% Both keys have an optional \meta{class number} argument for multiple
% identifier lists:
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}[emph,emphstyle]
%    \lstset{emph={square},      emphstyle=\color{red},
%            emph={[2]root,base},emphstyle={[2]\color{blue}}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
% \begin{lstxsample}[emph,emphstyle]
%    \lstset{emph={square},      emphstyle=\underbar,
%            emph={[2]root,base},emphstyle={[2]\fbox}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        j:=square(root(i));
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item What is the maximal \meta{class number}?
%       \advisespace
%       $2^{31}-1=2\,147\,483\,647$. But \TeX's memory will exceed before you
%       can define so many different classes.
% \end{advise}
%
% One final hint: Keep the lists of identifiers disjoint. Never use a keyword
% in an `emphasize' list or one name in two different lists. Even if your
% source code is highlighted as expected, there is no guarantee that it is
% still the case if you change the order of your listings or if you use the
% next release of this package.
%
%
%\iffalse
% \subsection{*Listing alignment}\label{uListingAlignment}
%
% The examples are typeset with centered \texttt{minipage}s. That's the reason
% why you can't see that line numbers are printed in the margin. Now we
% separate the minipage margin and the minipage by a vertical rule:
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{frame=l,framesep=0pt,numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt}}{}
%    Some text before
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% The listing is lined up with the normal text. The parameter \ikeyname{xleftmargin}
% moves the listing to the right (or left if the dimension is negative).
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{frame=l,framesep=0pt,numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt}}{}
%    Some text before
%    \begin{lstlisting}[xleftmargin=15pt]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
%
%    \begin{lstlisting}{ }
%    Write('Insensitive');
%    WritE('keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Note again that optional arguments change settings for single listings.
%
% If you use environments like \texttt{itemize} or \texttt{enumerate}, there
% is `natural' indention coming from these environments. By default the
% \packagename{listings} package respects this. But you might use
% |resetmargins=true| (or |false|) to make your own decision. You can use it
% together with |xleftmargin|, of course.
% \begin{advise}
% \item I get heavy overfull |\hbox|es from some listings.
%       \advisespace
%       This comes from long lines in your listings. You have some options
%       to get rid of the overful |\hbox|es. Firstly I recommend to typeset
%       listings in smaller fonts than the surrounding text, for example
%       `|basicstyle=\small|'. Secondly you might want to use the flexible
%       column format. Thirdly you can increase the line width or set it
%       explicitly, refer section \ref{rMarginsAndLineShape}.
%       If all this doesn't help, you might want to change
%       `\ikeyname{basewidth}', but be careful! The two unknown items are
%       explained in the next section.
% \end{advise}
%
% You might need to control the vertical position of listings with the
% \ikeyname{boxpos} key, for example, if you use them in \texttt{minipage} or
% \texttt{tabular} environments. Here `listings' means \texttt{lstlisting} or
% |\lstinputlisting|. As the following example shows, you can even place such
% listings inside paragraphs, but you must force the package to do this by
% enclosing the listing in |\hbox{| and |}|.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Is it good form to use the \TeX-primitive `|\hbox|' in a \LaTeX\ 
%       document?
%       \advisespace
%       No, it's not. But \LaTeX's `|\mbox|' does not work in this example:
% \end{advise}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    Here are some multi-line listings inside a paragraph.
%    The `boxpos' key controls their vertical alignment:
%    \hbox{\begin{lstlisting}[boxpos=c]
%    center
%    center
%    \end{lstlisting}}
%    \hbox{\begin{lstlisting}[boxpos=b]
%    bottom baseline
%    bottom baseline
%    \end{lstlisting}}
%    \hbox{\begin{lstlisting}[boxpos=t]
%    top baseline
%    top baseline
%    \end{lstlisting}}
% \end{lstsample}
%\fi
%
%
% \subsection{Indexing}\label{uIndexing}
%
% is just like emphasizing identifiers---I mean the usage:
% \begin{lstxsample}[index]
%    \lstset{index={square},index={[2]root}}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        j:=square(root(i));
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Of course, you can't see anything here. You will have to look at the index.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Why the `\ikeyname{index}' key is able to work with multiple identifier
%       lists?
%       \advisespace
%       This question is strongly related to the `{\rstyle\ikeyname{indexstyle}}'
%       key. Someone might want to create multiple indexes or want to insert
%       prefixes like `|constants|', `|functions|', `|keywords|', and so on.
%       The `\ikeyname{indexstyle}' key works like the other style keys except
%       that the last token \emph{must} take an argument, namely the
%       (printable form of the) current identifier.
%
%       You can define `|\newcommand\indexkeywords[1]{\index{keywords, #1}}|'
%       and make similar definitions for constant or function names. Then
%       `|indexstyle=[1]\indexkeywords|' might meet your purpose. This becomes
%       easier if you want to create multiple indexes with the
%       \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/camel}
%       {\packagename{index}} package.
%       If you have defined appropriate new indexes, it is possible to write
%       `|indexstyle=\index[keywords]|', for example.
%
% \item Let's say, I want to index all keywords. It would be annoying to
%       type in all the keywords again, specifically if the used programming
%       language changes frequently.
%       \advisespace
%       Just read ahead.
% \end{advise}
% The \ikeyname{index} key has in fact two optional arguments. The first is the
% well-known \meta{class number}, the second is a comma separated list of other
% keyword classes whose identifiers are indexed. The indexed identifiers then
% change automatically with the defined keywords---not automagically, it's not
% an illusion.^^A :-)
%
% Eventually you need to know the names of the keyword classes. It's usually
% the key name followed by a class number, for example, |emph2|, |emph3|,
% \ldots, |keywords2| or |index5|. But there is no number for the first order
% classes |keywords|, |emph|, |directives|, and so on.
% \begin{advise}
% \item `|index=[keywords]|' does not work.
%       \advisespace
%       The package can't guess which optional argument you mean. Hence you
%       must specify both if you want to use the second one. You should try
%       `|index=[1][keywords]|'.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{Fixed and flexible columns}\label{uFixedAndFlexibleColumns}
%
% The first thing a reader notices---except different styles for keywords,
% etc.---is the column alignment. Arne John Glenstrup invented the flexible
% column format in 1997. Since then some efforts were made to develop this
% branch farther. Currently three column formats are provided: fixed, flexible,
% and full flexible. Take a close look at the following examples.
% \begin{center}
% \lstset{style={},language={}}
% \def\sample{\begin{lstlisting}^^J WOMEN\ \ are^^A
%                               ^^J \ \ \ \ \ \ \ MEN^^A
%                               ^^J WOMEN are^^A
%                               ^^J better MEN^^J \end{lstlisting}}
% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{\qquad\quad}c@{\qquad\quad}c@{\qquad\quad}c@{}}
% {\rstyle\ikeyname{columns}}|=| & \texttt{fixed} & \texttt{flexible} & \texttt{fullflexible}\\
%          & (at {\makeatletter\lst@widthfixed})
%          & (at {\makeatletter\lst@widthflexible})
%          & (at {\makeatletter\lst@widthflexible})\\
% \noalign{\medskip}
%   \lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily,basewidth=0.51em}\sample
% & \lstset{columns=fixed}\sample
% & \lstset{columns=flexible}\sample
% & \lstset{columns=fullflexible}\sample
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Why are women better men?
%       \advisespace
%       Do you want to philosophize? Well, have I ever said that the
%       statement ``women are better men'' is true? I can't even remember this
%       about ``women are men'' \ldots ^^A ;-))
% \end{advise}
% In the abstract one can say: The fixed column format ruins the spacing
% intended by the font designer, while the flexible formats ruin the column
% alignment (possibly) intended by the programmer. Common to all is that the
% input characters are translated into a sequence of basic output units like
% \begingroup \lstset{gobble=6,xleftmargin=\leftmargini}
% \makeatletter
%^^A  Make \fbox around each output unit.
% \fboxsep=0pt
% \def\lst@alloverstyle#1{\fbox{\kern-\fboxrule\strut#1}\kern-\fboxrule}
% \begin{lstlisting}[basewidth=1em]
%     if x=y then write('align')
%            else print('align');
% \end{lstlisting}
% Now, the fixed format puts $n$ characters into a box of width $n\times{}
% $`base width', where the base width is {\makeatletter\lst@widthfixed} in the
% example. The format shrinks and stretches the space between the characters
% to make them fit the box. As shown in the example, some character strings look
%    \hbox to 2em{b\hss a\hss d}
% or
%    \hbox to 2em{w\hss o\hss r\hss s\hss e},
% but the output is vertically aligned.
% \endgroup
%
% If you don't need or like this, you should use a flexible format. All
% characters are typeset at their natural width. In particular, they never
% overlap. If a word requires more space than reserved, the rest of the line
% simply moves to the right. The difference between the two formats is that the
% full flexible format cares about nothing else and the normal flexible format
% tries to fix the column alignment if a character string needs less space
% than `reserved'. In the flexible example above, the two MENs are vertically
% aligned since some space has been inserted in the fourth line to fix the
% alignment. In the full flexible format, the two MENs are not aligned.
%
% Note that both flexible modes printed the two blanks in the first line as a
% single blank, but for different reasons: the normal flexible format fixes
% the column alignment and the full flexible format doesn't care about the
% second space.
%
%
% \section{Advanced techniques}\label{uAdvancedTechniques}
%
%
% \subsection{Style definitions}
%
% It is obvious that a pretty-printing tool like this requires some kind of
% language selection and definition. The first has already been described and
% the latter is convered by the next section. However, it is very convenient
% to have the same for printing styles: at a central place of your document
% they can be modified easily and the changes take effect on all listings.
%
% Similar to languages,
%    {\rstyle\ikeyname{style}}|=|\meta{style name}
% activates a previously defined style. A definition is as easy:
%    {\rstyle|\lstdefinestyle|}\marg{style name}\marg{key=value list}.
% Keys not used in such a definition are untouched by the corresponding style
% selection, of course. For example, you could write
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \lstdefinestyle{numbers}
%       {numbers=left, stepnumber=1, numberstyle=\tiny, numbersep=10pt}
%   \lstdefinestyle{nonumbers}
%       {numbers=none}\end{verbatim}
% and switch from listings with line numbers to listings without ones and vice
% versa simply by |style=nonumbers| and |style=numbers|, respectively.
% \begin{advise}
% \item You could even write
%           `|\lstdefinestyle{C++}{language=C++,style=numbers}|'.
%       Style and language names are independent of each other and so might
%       coincide. Moreover it is possible to activate other styles.
%
% \item It's easy to crash the package using styles. Write
%       '|\lstdefinestyle{crash}{style=crash}|' and '|\lstset{style=crash}|'.
%       \TeX's capacity will exceed, sorry [parameter stack size]. Only bad
%       boys use such recursive calls, but only good girls use this package.
%       Thus the problem is of minor interest.^^A :-)
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{Language definitions}\label{uLanguageDefinitions}
%
% This is like style definitions except for an optional dialect name and an
% optional base language---and, of course, a different command name and
% specialized keys. In the simple case it's
%    {\rstyle|\lstdefinelanguage|}\marg{language name}\marg{key=value list}.
% For many programming languages it is sufficient to specify keywords and
% standard function names, comments, and strings. Let's look at an example.
% \begin{lstxsample}[morekeywords,sensitive,morecomment,morestring]
%    \lstdefinelanguage{rock}
%      {morekeywords={one,two,three,four,five,six,seven,eight,
%          nine,ten,eleven,twelve,o,clock,rock,around,the,tonight},
%       sensitive=false,
%       morecomment=[l]{//},
%       morecomment=[s]{/*}{*/},
%       morestring=[b]",
%      }
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begingroup \csname lst@EndWriteFile\endcsname
% \bigbreak
%
% \noindent
% There isn't much to say about keywords. They are defined like identifiers
% you want to emphasize. Additionally you need to specify whether they are
% case sensitive or not. And yes: you could insert |[2]| in front of the
% keyword \texttt{one} to define the keywords as `second order' and print them
% in |keywordstyle={[2]...}|.
% \begin{advise}
% \item I get a `\texttt{Missing = inserted for }|\ifnum|' error when I select
%       my language.
%       \advisespace
%       Did you forget the comma after `|keywords={...}|'? And if you encounter
%       unexpected characters after selecting a language (or style), you have
%       probably forgotten a different comma or you have given to many
%       arguments to a key, for example, |morecomment=[l]{--}{!}|.
% \end{advise}
%
% So let's turn to comments and strings. Each value starts with a
% \emph{mandatory} \oarg{type} argument followed by a changing number of
% opening and closing delimiters. Note that each delimiter (pair) requires a
% key=value on its own, even if types are equal. Hence, you'll need to insert
% \texttt{morestring=[b]'} if single quotes open and close string or character
% literals in the same way as double quotes do in the example.
%
% Eventually you need to know the types and their numbers of delimiters. The
% reference guide contains full lists, here we discuss only the most common.
% For strings these are {\rstyle\texttt{b}} and {\rstyle\texttt{d}} with one
% delimiter each. This delimiter opens and closes the string and inside a
% string it is either escaped by a \texttt backslash or it is \texttt doubled.
% The comment type {\rstyle\texttt{l}} requires exactly one delimiter, which
% starts a comment on any column. This comment goes up to the end of line.
% The other two most common comment types are {\rstyle\texttt{s}} and
% {\rstyle\texttt{n}} with two delimiters each. The first delimiter opens a
% comment which is terminated by the second delimiter. In contrast to the
% \texttt s-type, \texttt n-type comments can be nested.
% \begin{lstxsample}[b,d,l,s,n]
%    \lstset{morecomment=[l]{//},
%            morecomment=[s]{/*}{*/},
%            morecomment=[n]{(*}{*)},
%            morestring=[b]",
%            morestring=[d]'}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    "str\"ing "    not a string
%    'str''ing '    not a string
%    // comment line
%    /* comment/**/ not a comment
%    (* nested (**) still comment
%       comment  *) not a comment
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Is it \emph{that} easy?
%       \advisespace
%       Almost. There are some troubles you can run into. For example, if
%       `\texttt{-*}' starts a comment line and `\texttt{-*-}' a string
%       (unlikely but possible), then you must define the shorter delimiter
%       first.
%       Another problem: by default some characters are not allowed inside
%       keywords, for example `\texttt{-}', `\texttt{:}', `\texttt{.}', and
%       so on. The reference guide covers this problem by introducing some
%       more keys, which let you adjust the standard character table
%       appropriately. But note that white space characters are prohibited
%       inside keywords.
% \end{advise}
% Finally remember that this section is only an introduction to language
% definitions. There are more keys and possibilities.
%
%
% \subsection{Delimiters}\label{uDelimiters}
%
% You already know two special delimiter classes: comments and strings.
% However, their full syntax hasn't been described so far. For example,
% \ikeyname{commentstyle} applies to all comments---except you specify
% something different. The \emph{optional} \oarg{style} argument follows the
% \emph{mandatory} \oarg{type} argument.
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{morecomment=[l][keywordstyle]{//},
%            morecomment=[s][\color{white}]{/*}{*/}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{morecomment=[l][keywordstyle]{//},
%            morecomment=[s][\underbar]{/*}{*/}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    // bold comment line
%    a single /* comment */
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% As you can see, you have the choice between specifying the style explicitly
% by \LaTeX\ commands or implicitly by other style keys. But, you're right,
% some implicitly defined styles have no seperate keys, for example the second
% order keyword style. Here---and never with the number 1---you just append
% the order to the base key: \texttt{keywordstyle2}.
%
% You ask for an application? Here you are: one can define different printing
% styles for `subtypes' of a comment, for example
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{morecomment=[s][\color{blue}]{/*+}{*/},
%            morecomment=[s][\color{red}]{/*-}{*/}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{morecomment=[s][\upshape]{/*+}{*/},
%            morecomment=[s][\bfseries]{/*-}{*/}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{morecomment=[s]{/*}{*/}}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    /*  normal comment */
%    /*+    keep cool   */
%    /*-     danger!    */
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Here, the comment style is not applied to the second and third line.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Please remember that both `extra' comments must be defined \emph{after}
%       the normal comment, since the delimiter `\texttt{/*}' is a substring of
%       `\texttt{/*+}' and `\texttt{/*-}'.
%
% \item I have another question. Is `\texttt{language=}\meta{different
%       language}' the only way to remove such additional delimiters?
%       \advisespace
%       Call {\rstyle\ikeyname{deletecomment}} and/or
%       {\rstyle\ikeyname{deletestring}} with the same arguments to remove
%       the delimiters (but you don't need to provide the optional style
%       argument).
% \end{advise}
% Eventually, you might want to use the prefix \texttt{i} on any comment type.
% Then the comment is not only invisible, it is completely discarded from the
% output!
% \begin{lstxsample}[is]
%    \lstset{morecomment=[is]{/*}{*/}}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    begin /* comment */ end
%    begin/* comment */end
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% Okay, and now for the real challenges. More general delimiters can be defined
% by the key {\rstyle\ikeyname{moredelim}}. Legal types are {\rstyle\texttt{l}}
% and {\rstyle\texttt{s}}. These types can be preceded by an \texttt{i}, but
% this time \emph{only the delimiters} are discarded from the output. This way
% you can select styles by markers.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{moredelim=[is][\ttfamily]{|}{|}}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    roman |typewriter|
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% You can even let the package detect keywords, comments, strings, and other
% delimiters inside the contents.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{moredelim=*[s][\itshape]{/*}{*/}}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    /* begin
%      (* comment *)
%       ' string ' */
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Moreover, you can force the styles being applied cumulative.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{moredelim=**[is][\ttfamily]{|}{|}, % cumulative
%            moredelim=*[s][\itshape]{/*}{*/}}  % not so
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    /* begin
%       ' string '
%       |typewriter| */
%
%    | begin
%     ' string '
%     /*typewriter*/ |
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Look carefully at the output and note the differences. The second
% \texttt{begin} is not printed in bold typewriter type since standard
% \LaTeX\ has no such font.
%
% This suffices for an introduction. Now go and find some more applications.
%
%
% \subsection{Closing and credits}\label{uClosingAndCredits}
%
% You've seen a lot of keys but you are far away from knowing all of them.
% The next step is the real use of the \packagename{listings} package.
% Please take the following advices. Firstly, look up the known commands and
% keys in the reference guide to get a notion of the notation there. Secondly,
% poke about around these keys to learn some other parameters. Then, hopefully,
% you'll be prepared if you encounter any problems or need some special things.
%
% \begin{advise}
% \item
% There is one question `you' haven't asked all the last pages: who is to
% blame. The author has written the guides, coded the \packagename{listings}
% package and some language drivers. Other people defined more languages or
% contributed their ideas; many others made bug reports, but only the first
% bug finder is listed.
%^^A
%^^A Thanks for error reports (first bug finder only), new programming
%^^A languages, etc.
%^^A Special thanks for communication which lead to kernel extensions.
%^^A
% Special thanks go to (alphabetical order)
% \begin{quote}
% \hyphenpenalty=10000\relax \rightskip=0pt plus \linewidth
%   \lstthanks{Andreas~Bartelt}{Andreas.Bartelt@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.DE},
%   \lstthanks{Jan~Braun}{Jan.Braun@tu-bs.de},
%   \lstthanks{Denis~Girou}{Denis.Girou@idris.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Arne~John~Glenstrup}{panic@diku.dk},
%   \lstthanks{Frank~Mittelbach}{frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org},
%   \lstthanks{Rolf~Niepraschk}{niepraschk@PTB.DE},
%   \lstthanks{Rui~Oliveira}{rco@di.uminho.pt},
%   \lstthanks{Jens~Schwarzer}{schwarzer@schwarzer.dk}, and
%   \lstthanks{Boris~Veytsman}{boris@plmsc.psu.edu}.
% \end{quote}
% Moreover I wish to thank
% \begin{quote}
% \hyphenpenalty=10000\relax \rightskip=0pt plus \linewidth
%   \lstthanks{Bj{\o}rn~{\AA}dlandsvik}{bjorn@imr.no},
%   \lstthanks{Gaurav~Aggarwal}{gaurav@ics.uci.edu},
%   \lstthanks{Jason~Alexander}{jalex@ea.oac.uci.edu},
%   \lstthanks{Holger~Arndt}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Donald~Arseneau}{ASND@erich.triumf.ca},
%   \lstthanks{David~Aspinall}{David.Aspinall@ed.ac.uk},
%   \lstthanks{Claus~Atzenbeck}{Claus.Atzenbeck@stud.uni-regensburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Michael~Bachmann}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Luca~Balzerani}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Peter~Bartke}{bartke@inf.fu-berlin.de} (big thankyou), ^^A beta tester
%   \lstthanks{Heiko~Bauke}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Oliver~Baum}{oli.baum@web.de},
%   \lstthanks{Ralph~Becket}{rbeck@microsoft.com},
%   \lstthanks{Andres~Becerra~Sandoval}{abecerra@univalle.edu.co},
%   \lstthanks{Kai~Below}{below@tu-harburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Matthias~Bethke}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Javier~Bezos}{javier.bezos@bancoval.es},
%   \lstthanks{Olaf~Trygve~Berglihn}{olafb@pvv.org}, ^^A {1999/11/29}{3-char comment delimiter don't work (Python)}
%   \lstthanks{Geraint~Paul~Bevan}{geraint@users.sf.net},
%   \lstthanks{Peter~Biechele}{peter.biechele@physik.uni-freiburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Beat~Birkhofer}{beat@birkhofer.ch},
%   \lstthanks{Fr\'ed\'eric~Boulanger}{Frederic.Boulanger@supelec.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Martin~Brodbeck}{Martin.Brodbeck@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Walter~E.~Brown}{WB@fnal.gov},
%   \lstthanks{Achim~D.~Brucker}{brucker@informatik.uni-freiburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{J\'an Bu\v{s}a}{-},
%   \lstthanks{David~Carlisle}{davidc@nag.co.uk},
%   \lstthanks{Bradford~Chamberlain}{brad@cs.washington.edu},
%   \lstthanks{Brian~Christensen}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Neil~Conway}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Patrick~Cousot}{Patrick.Cousot@wanadoo.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Xavier~Cr\'egut}{cregut@enseeiht.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Christopher~Creutzig}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Holger~Danielsson}{dani@fbg.schwerte.de},
%   \lstthanks{Andreas~Deininger}{deininger@uni-kassel.de},
%   \lstthanks{Robert~Denham}{Robert.Denham@dnr.qld.gov.au},
%   \lstthanks{Detlev~Dr\"oge}{droege@informatik.uni-koblenz.de},
%   \lstthanks{Anders~Edenbrandt}{Anders.Edenbrandt@dna.lth.se},
%   \lstthanks{Mark~van~Eijk}{mark@luon.net},
%   \lstthanks{Norbert~Eisinger}{Norbert.Eisinger@informatik.uni-muenchen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Brian~Elmegaard}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Jon~Ericson}{Jon.Ericson@jpl.nasa.gov},
%   \lstthanks{Thomas~Esser}{te@dbs.uni-hannover.de},
%   \lstthanks{Chris~Edwards}{edwch00p@infoscience.otago.ac.nz},
%   \lstthanks{David~John~Evans}{Matrix.Software@dial.pipex.com},
%   \lstthanks{Tanguy~Fautr\'e}{tfautre@pandora.be},
%   \lstthanks{Ulrike~Fischer}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Robert~Frank}{rf7@ukc.ac.uk},
%   \lstthanks{Martine~Gautier}{-}
%   \lstthanks{Daniel~Gazard}{gazard_d@epita.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Daniel~Gerigk}{Daniel.Gerigk@ePost.de},
%   \lstthanks{Dr.~Christoph~Giess}{-},
%   \lstthanks{KP~Gores}{kp.gores@web.de},
%   \lstthanks{Adam~Grabowski}{adam@mizar.org},
%   \lstthanks{Jean-Philippe~Grivet}{grivet@cnrs-orleans.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Christian~Gudrian}{Christian.Gudrian@kawo1.rwth-aachen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Jonathan~de~Halleux}{dehalleux@auto.ucl.ac.be},
%   \lstthanks{Carsten~Hamm}{carsten.hamm@siemens.com},
%   \lstthanks{Martina~Hansel}{Martina.Hansel@fhtw-berlin.de},
%   \lstthanks{Harald~Harders}{h.harders@tu-bs.de},
%   \lstthanks{Christian~Haul}{haul@dvs1.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de},
%   \lstthanks{Aidan~Philip~Heerdegen}{Aidan.Heerdegen@anu.edu.au},
%   \lstthanks{Jim~Hefferon}{Hefferon9@aol.com},
%   \lstthanks{Heiko~Heil}{info@heiko-heil.de},
%   \lstthanks{J\"urgen~Heim}{heim@astro.uni-tuebingen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Alvaro~Herrera}{alvherre@dcc.uchile.cl},
%   \lstthanks{Richard~Hoefter}{hoefter@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Dr.~Jobst~Hoffmann}{HOFFMANN@rz.rwth-aachen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Torben~Hoffmann}{toho@it.dtu.dk},
%   \lstthanks{Morten~H\o gholm}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Berthold~H\"ollmann}{bhoel@starship.python.net},
%   \lstthanks{G\'erard~Huet}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Hermann~H\"uttler}{hermann.huettler@gmx.net},
%   \lstthanks{Ralf~Imh\"auser}{snoopy@tribal.line.org},
%   \lstthanks{R.~Isernhagen}{R.Isernhagen@FH-Wolfenbuettel.DE},
%   \lstthanks{Oldrich~Jedlicka}{ojedlick@students.zcu.cz},
%   \lstthanks{Dirk~Jesko}{jesko@iti.cs.uni-magdeburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Lo\"\i c~Joly}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Christian~Kaiser}{chk@combit.net},
%   \lstthanks{Bekir~Karaoglu}{karabekirus@yahoo.com},
%   \lstthanks{Marcin~Kasperski}{Marcin.Kasperski@softax.com.pl},
%   \lstthanks{Christian~Kindinger}{chkind@uni-wuppertal.de},
%   \lstthanks{Steffen~Klupsch}{steffen@vlsi.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de},
%   \lstthanks{Peter~K\"oller}{pkoeller@metaprojekt.de} (big thankyou), ^^A beta tester
%   \lstthanks{Reinhard~Kotucha}{Reinhard.Kotucha@web.de},
%   \lstthanks{Stefan~Lagotzki}{info@lagotzki.de},
%   \lstthanks{Tino~Langer}{langer@tournex.de},
%   \lstthanks{Rene~H.~Larsen}{rhl@traceroute.dk},
%   \lstthanks{Olivier~Lecarme}{ol@i3s.unice.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Thomas~Leduc}{Thomas.Leduc@lsv.ens-cachan.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Dr.~Peter~Leibner}{Peter.Leibner@sta.siemens.de},
%   \lstthanks{Thomas~Leonhardt}{leonhardt@informatik.tu-darmstadt.de} (big thankyou), ^^A beta tester
%   \lstthanks{Magnus~Lewis-Smith}{Magnus.Lewis-Smith@pace.co.uk},
%   \lstthanks{Knut~Lickert}{knut.lickert@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Dan~Luecking}{luecking@uark.edu},
%   \lstthanks{Peter~L\"offler}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Kris~Luyten}{no email available},
%   \lstthanks{Jos\'e~Romildo~Malaquias}{romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br},
%   \lstthanks{Andreas~Matthias}{amat@kabsi.at},
%   \lstthanks{Patrick~TJ~McPhee}{ptjm@interlog.com},
%   \lstthanks{Brooks~Moses}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Riccardo~Murri}{riccardo.murri@gmx.it},
%   \lstthanks{Knut~M\"uller}{knut@physik3.gwdg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Svend~Tollak~Munkejord}{svendm@efisms.energy.sintef.no},
%   \lstthanks{Gerd~Neugebauer}{gerd.neugebauer@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Torsten~Neuer}{tneuer@inwise.de},
%   \lstthanks{Michael~Niedermair}{m.g.n@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Xavier~Noria}{fxn@hashref.com},
%   \lstthanks{Heiko~Oberdiek}{oberdiek@ruf.uni-freiburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Xavier~Olive}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Alessio~Pace}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Markus~Pahlow}{pahlowm@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca},
%   \lstthanks{Morten~H~Pedersen}{mhp@dadlnet.dk},
%   \lstthanks{Zvezdan~V.~Petkovic}{zpetkovic@acm.org},
%   \lstthanks{Michael~Piefel}{piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de},
%   \lstthanks{Michael~Piotrowski}{mxp@linguistik.uni-erlangen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Manfred~Piringer}{sz0490@rrze.uni-erlangen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Vincent~Poirriez}{Vincent.Poirriez@univ-valenciennes.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Adam~Prugel-Bennett}{apb@ecs.soton.ac.uk},
%   \lstthanks{Ralf~Quast}{rquast@hs.uni-hamburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Aslak~Raanes}{araanes@ifi.ntnu.no},
%   \lstthanks{Venkatesh~Prasad~Ranganath}{vranganath@cox.net},
%   \lstthanks{Jeffrey~Ratcliffe}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Georg~Rehm}{Georg.Rehm@germanistik.uni-giessen.de},
%   \lstthanks{Fermin~Reig}{reig@ics.uci.edu},
%   \lstthanks{Detlef~Reimers}{dreimers@aol.com},
%   \lstthanks{Stephen~Reindl}{stephen.reindl@vodafone.com},
%   \lstthanks{Franz~Rinnerthaler}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Peter~Ruckdeschel}{Peter.Ruckdeschel@uni-bayreuth.de},
%   \lstthanks{Magne~Rudshaug}{magne@ife.no},
%   \lstthanks{Jonathan~Sauer}{jonathan.sauer@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Vespe~Savikko}{vespe@cs.tut.fi},
%   \lstthanks{Gunther~Schmidl}{gschmidl@gmx.at},
%   \lstthanks{Andreas~Schmidt}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Walter~Schmidt}{wschmi@arcor.de},
%   \lstthanks{Jochen~Schneider}{jschneider@ds3.etech.haw-hamburg.de},
%   \lstthanks{Benjamin~Schubert}{benjamin.schubert@berlin.de},
%   \lstthanks{Uwe~Siart}{uwe.siart@ei.tum.de},
%   \lstthanks{Axel~Sommerfeldt}{axel@sommerfeldt.net},
%   \lstthanks{Richard~Stallman}{no address},
%   \lstthanks{Nigel~Stanger}{nstanger@infoscience.otago.ac.nz},
%   \lstthanks{Martin~Steffen}{ms@informatik.uni-kiel.de},
%   \lstthanks{Andreas~Stephan}{Andreas.Stephan@victoria.de},
%   \lstthanks{Stefan~Stoll}{stoll@phys.chem.ethz.ch},
%   \lstthanks{Enrico~Straube}{no email available},
%   \lstthanks{Werner~Struckmann}{struck@ips.cs.tu-bs.de},
%   \lstthanks{Martin~S\"u\ss kraut}{Edon.Myder@web.de},
%   \lstthanks{Gabriel~Tauro}{gabriel@informatik.uni-jena.de},
%   \lstthanks{Winfried~Theis}{theis@statistik.uni-dortmund.de},
%   \lstthanks{Jens~T.~Berger~Thielemann}{jensthi@ifi.uio.no},
%   \lstthanks{William~Thimbleby}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Arnaud~Tisserand}{arnaud.tisserand@ens-lyon.fr},
%   \lstthanks{Jens~Troeger}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Kalle~Tuulos}{kalle.tuulos@nic.fi},
%   \lstthanks{Gregory~Van~Vooren}{Gregory.VanVooren@rug.ac.be},
%   \lstthanks{Timothy~Van~Zandt}{tvz@econ.insead.edu},
%   \lstthanks{J\"org~Viermann}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Thorsten~Vitt}{vitt@informatik.hu-berlin.de},
%   \lstthanks{Herbert~Voss}{voss@perce.de} (big thankyou), ^^A beta tester
%   \lstthanks{Edsko~de~Vries}{devriese@tcd.ie},
%   \lstthanks{Herfried~Karl~Wagner}{hirf@gmx.at},
%   \lstthanks{Dominique~de~Waleffe}{ddw@miscrit.be},
%   \lstthanks{Bernhard~Walle}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Jared~Warren}{warren@cs.queensu.ca},
%   \lstthanks{Michael~Weber}{mweber@informatik.hu-berlin.de},
%   \lstthanks{Sonja~Weidmann}{Sonja.Weidmann@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Andreas~Weidner}{-},
%   \lstthanks{Herbert~Weinhandl}{weinhand@grz08u.unileoben.ac.at},
%   \lstthanks{Robert~Wenner}{robert.wenner@gmx.de},
%   \lstthanks{Michael~Wiese}{wiese@itwm.uni-kl.de},
%	\lstthanks{James~Willans}{-},
%   \lstthanks{J\"orn~Wilms}{wilms@rocinante.colorado.edu},
%   \lstthanks{Kai~Wollenweber}{kai@ece.WPI.EDU},
%   \lstthanks{Ulrich~G.~Wortmann}{uliw@erdw.ethz.ch},
%   \lstthanks{Cameron~H.G.~Wright}{-}, and
%   \lstthanks{Andrew~Zabolotny}{-}.
% \end{quote}
% There are probably other people who contributed to this package.
% If I've missed your name, send an email.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \part{Reference guide}
%
%
% \section{Main reference}\label{rMainReference}
%
% Your first training is completed. Now that you've left the User's guide, the
% friend telling you what to do has gone. Get more practice and become a
% journeyman!^^A :-)
% \begin{advise}
% \item Actually, the friend hasn't gone. There are still some advices, but
%       only from time to time.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{How to read the reference}
%
% Commands, keys and environments are presented as follows.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0,default,hints] \texttt{command}, \texttt{environment} or
%       \keyname{key} with \meta{parameters}
%
%       This field contains the explanation; here we describe the other fields.
%
%       If present, the label in the left margin provides extra information:
%       `\textit{addon}' indicates additionally introduced functionality,
%       `\textit{changed}' a modified key, `\textit{data}' a command just
%       containing data (which is therefore adjustable via |\renewcommand|),
%       and so on. Some keys and functionality are `\emph{bug}'-marked or
%       with a \dag-sign. These features might change in future or could be
%       removed, so use them with care.
%
%       If there is verbatim text touching the right margin, it is the
%       predefined value. Note that some keys default to this value every
%       listing, namely the keys which can be used on individual listings only.
%
%       The label in the right margin is the current version number and marks
%       newly introduced features.
% \end{syntax}
% Regarding the parameters, please keep in mind the following:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item A list always means a comma separated list. You must put braces around
%       such a list. Otherwise you'll get in trouble with the
%       \packagename{keyval} package; it complains about an undefined key.
% \item You must put parameter braces around the whole value of a key if you
%       use an \oarg{optional argument} of a key inside an optional
%       \oarg{key=value list}:
%       |\begin{lstlisting}[caption=|{\rstyle|{|}|[one]two|{\rstyle|}|}|]|.
% \item Brackets `|[ ]|' usually enclose optional arguments and must be typed
%       in verbatim. Normal brackets `[ ]' always indicate an optional argument
%       and must not be typed in. Thus |[*]| must be typed in exactly as is,
%       but [|*|] just gets |*| if you use this argument.
% \item A vertical rule indicates an alternative, e.g.~^^A
%       \meta{\alternative{true,false}} allows either \texttt{true} or
%       \texttt{false} as arguments.
% \item If you want to enter one of the special characters |{}#%\|, this
%       character must be escaped with a backslash. This means that you must
%       write |\}| for the single character `right brace'---but of course not
%       for the closing paramater character.
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
% \subsection{Typesetting listings}\label{rTypesettingListings}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] \rcmdname\lstset\marg{key=value list}
%
%       sets the values of the specified keys, see also section
%       \ref{uTheKey=ValueInterface}.
%       The parameters keep their values up to the end of the current group.
%       In opposition, all optional \meta{key=value list}s below modify the
%       parameters for single listings only.
%
% \item[0.18] \rcmdname\lstinline\oarg{key=value list}\meta{character}\meta{source code}\meta{same character}
%
%       works like |\verb| but respects the active language and style. These
%       listings use flexible columns except requested differently in the
%       optional argument. You can write `|\lstinline!var i:integer;!|' and
%       get `\lstinline!var i:integer;!'.
%
%       Since the command first looks ahead for an optional argument, you must
%       provide at least an empty one if you want to use |[| as
%       \meta{character}.
%
%       \dag\ An experimental implementation has been done to support the
%       syntax |\lstinline|\oarg{key=value list}\marg{source code}. Try it if
%       you want and report success and failure. A known limitation is that
%       inside another argument the last source code token must not be an
%       explicit space token---and, of course, using a listing inside another
%       argument is itself experimental, see section \ref{rListingsInsideArguments}.
%
% \item[0.15] |\begin{|\texttt{\rstyle lstlisting}|}|\oarg{key=value list}
%
%       \leavevmode\hspace*{-\leftmargini}|\end{|\texttt{\rstyle lstlisting}|}|
%
%       typesets the code in between as a displayed listing.
%
%       In contrast to the environment of the \packagename{verbatim} package,
%       \LaTeX\ code on the same line and after the end of environment is
%       typeset respectively executed.
%
% \item[0.1] \rcmdname\lstinputlisting\oarg{key=value list}\marg{file name}
%
%       typesets the stand alone source code file as a displayed listing.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Space and placement}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20,floatplacement] \rkeyname{float}|=|[|*|]\meta{subset of \textup{\texttt{tbph}}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{float}
%
%       makes sense on individual displayed listings only and lets them float.
%       The argument controls where \LaTeX\ is \emph{allowed} to put the float:
%       at the top or bottom of the current/next page, on a separate page, or
%       here where the listing is.
%
%       The optional star can be used to get a double-column float in a
%       two-column document.
%
% \item[0.21,tbp] \rkeyname{floatplacement}|=|\meta{place specifiers}
%
%       is used as place specifier if \keyname{float} is used without value.
%
% \item[0.21,\medskipamount] \rkeyname{aboveskip}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[0.21,\medskipamount] \rkeyname{belowskip}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       define the space above and below displayed listings.
%
% \item[0.17,0pt,\dag] \rkeyname{lineskip}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       specifies additional space between lines in listings.
%
% \item[0.18,c,\dag] \rkeyname{boxpos}|=|\meta{\alternative{b,c,t}}
%
%       Sometimes the \packagename{listings} package puts a |\hbox| around a
%       listing---or it couldn't be printed or even processed correctly.
%       The key determines the vertical alignment to the surrounding material:
%       bottom baseline, centered or top baseline.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{The printed range}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.12,true] \rkeyname{print}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{print}
%
%       controls whether an individual displayed listing is typeset. Even if
%       set false, the respective caption is printed and the label is defined.
%
%       Note: If the package is loaded without the \texttt{draft} option, you
%       can use this key together with |\lstset|. In the other case the key
%       can only be used to typeset particular listings despite of the
%       \texttt{draft} option.
%
% \item[0.1,1] \rkeyname{firstline}|=|\meta{number}
% \item[0.1,9999999] \rkeyname{lastline}|=|\meta{number}
%
%       can be used on individual listings only. They determine the physical
%       input lines used to print displayed listings.
%
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{linerange}|={|\meta{first1}\texttt-\meta{last1}\texttt,\meta{first2}\texttt-\meta{last2}\texttt, and so on|}|\label{uoption:linerange}
%
%       can be used on individual listings only. The given line ranges
%       of the listing are displayed. The intervals must be sorted and must
%       not intersect.
%
% \item[0.20,false] \rkeyname{showlines}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{showlines}
%
%       If true, the package prints empty lines at the end of listings.
%       Otherwise these lines are dropped (but they count for line numbering).
%
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{emptylines}|=|[|*|]\meta{number}
%
%       sets the maximum of empty lines allowed. If there is a block of more
%       than \meta{number} empty lines, only \meta{number} ones are printed.
%       Without the optional star, line numbers can be disturb when blank
%       lines are omitted; with the star, the lines keep their original
%       numbers.
%
% \item[0.19,0] \rkeyname{gobble}|=|\meta{number}
%
%       gobbles \meta{number} characters at the beginning of each
%       \emph{environment} code line. This key has no effect on \cs{lstinline}
%       or \cs{lstinputlisting}.
%
%       Tabulators expand to \ikeyname{tabsize} spaces before they are gobbled.
%       Code lines with less than \ikeyname{gobble} characters are considered
%       empty, but never indent the end of environment by more characters.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Languages and styles}\label{rLanguagesAndStyles}
%
% Please note that the arguments \meta{language}, \meta{dialect}, and
% \meta{style name} are case insensitive and that spaces have no effect.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18,{{}}] \rkeyname{style}|=|\meta{style name}
%
%       activates the key=value list stored with |\lstdefinestyle|.
%
% \item[0.19] \rcmdname\lstdefinestyle\marg{style name}\marg{key=value list}
%
%       stores the key=value list.
%
% \item[0.17,{{}}] \rkeyname{language}|=|\oarg{dialect}\meta{language}
%
%       activates a (dialect of a) programming language. The `empty' default
%       language detects no keywords, no comments, no strings, and so on.
%       Without specifying \meta{dialect}, the package chooses a default
%       dialect.
%
%       Table \ref{uPredefinedLanguages} on page \pageref{uPredefinedLanguages}
%       lists all languages and dialects provided by \texttt{lstdrvrs.dtx}.
%       The predefined default dialects are underlined.
%
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{alsolanguage}|=|\oarg{dialect}\meta{language}
%
%       selects the (dialect of a) programming language additionally to the
%       current active one. Note that some language definitions interfere with
%       each other and are plainly incompatible.
%
%       Take a look at the \ikeyname{classoffset} key in section
%       \ref{rFigureOutTheAppearance} if you want to highlight the keywords
%       of the languages differently.
%
% \item[0.19] \rkeyname{defaultdialect}|=|\oarg{dialect}\meta{language}
%
%       defines \meta{dialect} as default dialect for \meta{language}.
%       If you have defined a default dialect other than empty, for example
%       |defaultdialect=[iama]fool|, you can't select the empty dialect, even
%       not with |language=[]fool|.
% \end{syntax}
%
% Eventually here's a small list of language specific keys.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19,false,optional] \rkeyname{printpod}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       prints or drops PODs in Perl.
%
% \item[0.20,true,{renamed,optional}] \rkeyname{usekeywordsintag}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\label{uoption:usekeywordsintag}
%
%       The package either use the first order keywords in tags or prints all
%       identifiers inside |<>| in keyword style.
%
% \item[1.1,{{}},optional] \rkeyname{tagstyle}|=|\meta{style}\label{uoption:tagstyle}
%
%       determines the style in which tags and their content is printed.
%
% \item[1.1,false,optional] \rkeyname{markfirstintag}|=|\meta{style}\label{uoption:markfirstintag}
%
%       prints the first name in tags with keyword style.
%
% \item[0.20,true,optional] \rkeyname{makemacrouse}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       Make specific: Macro use of identifiers, which are defined as first
%       order keywords, also prints the surrounding |$(| and |)| in keyword
%       style. e.g.~you could get
%           \textbf{\textdollar(}\textbf{strip} \textdollar(BIBS)\textbf{)}.
%       If deactivated you get
%           \textdollar(\textbf{strip} \textdollar(BIBS)).
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Figure out the appearance}\label{rFigureOutTheAppearance}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18,{{}}] \rkeyname{basicstyle}|=|\meta{basic style}
%
%       is selected at the beginning of each listing. You could use
%       |\footnotesize|, |\small|, |\itshape|, |\ttfamily|, or something like
%       that. The last token of \meta{basic style} must not read any following
%       characters.
%
% \item[0.18,{{}}] \rkeyname{identifierstyle}|=|\meta{style}
% \item[0.11,\itshape] \rkeyname{commentstyle}|=|\meta{style}
% \item[0.12,{{}}] \rkeyname{stringstyle}|=|\meta{style}
%
%       determine the style for non-keywords, comments, and strings. The
%       \emph{last} token might be an one-parameter command like |\textbf| or
%       |\underbar|.
%
% \item[0.11,\bfseries,addon] \rkeyname{keywordstyle}|=|\oarg{number}[\textasteriskcentered]\meta{style}\label{roption:keywordstyle}
% \item[0.19,keywordstyle,deprecated] \rkeyname{ndkeywordstyle}|=|\meta{style}
%
%       are used to print keywords and second order keywords (if defined).
%       The optional \meta{number} argument is the class number to which the
%       style should be applied.
%       |ndkeywordstyle| has the fixed class number 2.
%
%       Add-on: If you use the optional star after the (optional) class number, the
%       keywords are printed uppercase\,---\,even if a language is case
%       sensitive and defines lowercase keywords only. Maybe there should also be an
%       option for lowercase keywords \ldots
%
% \item[1.0,0] \rkeyname{classoffset}|=|\meta{number}
%
%       is added to all class numbers before the styles, keywords, identifiers,
%       etc.~are assigned. The example below defines the keywords directly;
%       you could do it indirectly by selection two different languages.
% \end{syntax}
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{classoffset=0,
%            morekeywords={one,three,five},keywordstyle=\color{red},
%            classoffset=1,
%            morekeywords={two,four,six},keywordstyle=\color{blue},
%            classoffset=0}% restore default
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{classoffset=0,
%            morekeywords={one,three,five},keywordstyle=\itshape,
%            classoffset=1,
%            morekeywords={two,four,six},keywordstyle=\bfseries},
%            classoffset=0}% restore default
% \end{lstxsample}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    one two three
%    four five six
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20,keywordstyle,{addon,bug,optional}] \rkeyname{texcsstyle}|=|[|*|]\oarg{class number}\meta{style}\label{roption:texcsstyle}
% \item[0.20,keywordstyle,optional] \rkeyname{directivestyle}|=|\meta{style}
%
%       determine the style of \TeX\ control sequences and directives.
%       Note that these key are present only if you've chosen an appropriate
%       language.
%
%       The optional star of |texcsstyle| also highlights the backslash in
%       front of the control sequence name. Note that this option is set for
%       all |texcs| lists.
%
%       Bug: \texttt{texcs\ldots} interferes with other keyword lists. If, for
%       example, \texttt{emph} contains the word \texttt{foo}, then the control
%       sequence |\foo| will show up in \texttt{emphstyle}.
%
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{emph}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{identifier list}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{moreemph}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{identifier list}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{deleteemph}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{identifier list}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{emphstyle}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{style}
%
%       define, add and remove the \meta{identifier list} from `emphasize
%       class \meta{number}' respectively define the style for that class.
%       If you don't give an optional argument, the package assumes
%       \meta{number}$\,=1$.
%
%       These keys are described more detailed in section
%       \ref{uEmphasizeIdentifiers}.
%
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{delim}|=|[\texttt*[\texttt*]]\texttt[\meta{type}\texttt][\texttt[\meta{style}\texttt]]\meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{moredelim}|=|[\texttt*[\texttt*]]\texttt[\meta{type}\texttt][\texttt[\meta{style}\texttt]]\meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{deletedelim}|=|[\texttt*[\texttt*]]\texttt[\meta{type}\texttt]\meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}
%
%       deletes all previously defined delimiters (but neither strings nor
%       comments) and defines the user supplied delimiter, adds the specified
%       delimiter, or removes it.
%
%       In the first two cases \meta{style} is used to print the delimited
%       code (and the delimiters). Here, \meta{style} could be something like
%       |\bfseries| or |\itshape|, or it could refer to other styles via
%       \texttt{keywordstyle}, \texttt{keywordstyle2}, \texttt{emphstyle},
%       etc.
%
%       Supported types are \texttt{l} and \texttt{s}, see the comment keys in
%       section \ref{uLanguageDefinitions} for an explanation. If you use the
%       prefix \texttt i, i.e.~\texttt{il} or \texttt{is}, the delimiters are
%       not printed, which is some kind of invisibility.
%
%       If you use one optional star, the package will detect keywords,
%       comments, and strings inside the delimited code. With both optional
%       stars, aditionally the style is applied cumulative, see section
%       \ref{uDelimiters}.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Getting all characters right}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18,true] \rkeyname{extendedchars}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{extendedchars}
%
%       allows or prohibits extended characters in listings, that means
%       (national) characters of codes 128--255. If you use extended
%       characters, you should load \packagename{fontenc} and/or
%       \packagename{inputenc}, for example.
%
% \item[1.0,{{}}] \rkeyname{inputencoding}|=|\meta{encoding}
%
%       determines the input encoding. The usage of this key requires the
%       \packagename{inputenc} package; nothing happens if it's not loaded.
%
% \item[1.1,false] \rkeyname{upquote}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\label{uoption:upquote}
%
%       determines whether the left and right quote are printed |`'| or
%       \texttt{\textasciigrave\textquotesingle}.
%       This key requires the \packagename{textcomp} package.
%
% \item[0.12,8] \rkeyname{tabsize}|=|\meta{number}
%
%       sets tabulator stops at columns $\meta{number}+1$, $2\cdot\meta{number}+1$, $3\cdot\meta{number}+1$, and so on.
%       Each tabulator in a listing moves the current column to the next
%       tabulator stop.
%
% \item[0.20,false] \rkeyname{showtabs}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       make tabulators visible or invisible. A visible tabulator looks like
%       \lstinline[showtabs]!	!, but that can be changed. If you choose
%       invisible tabulators but visible spaces, tabulators are converted to
%       an appropriate number of spaces.
%
% \item[0.20] \rkeyname{tab}|=|\meta{tokens}
%
%       \meta{tokens} is used to print a visible tabulator. You might want to use |$\to$|, |$\mapsto$|, |$\dashv$| or something like that instead of the strange default definition.
%
% \item[0.20,false] \rkeyname{showspaces}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       lets all blank spaces appear {\textvisiblespace} or as blank spaces.
%
% \item[0.12,true] \rkeyname{showstringspaces}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       lets blank spaces in strings appear {\textvisiblespace} or as blank
%       spaces.
%
% \item[0.19,\bigbreak] \rkeyname{formfeed}|=|\meta{tokens}
%
%       Whenever a listing contains a form feed \meta{tokens} is executed.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Line numbers}\label{rLineNumbers}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0,none] \rkeyname{numbers}|=|\meta{\alternative{none,left,right}}
%
%       makes the package either print no line numbers, or put them on the
%       left or the right side of a listing.
%
% \item[0.16,1] \rkeyname{stepnumber}|=|\meta{number}
%
%       All lines with ``line number $\equiv 0$ modulo \meta{number}'' get a
%       line number. 
%       If you turn line numbers on and off with \keyname{numbers}, the
%       parameter \keyname{stepnumber} will keep its value. Alternatively you
%       can turn them off via |stepnumber=0| and on with a nonzero number and
%       keep the value of \keyname{numbers}.
%
% \item[1.1,false] \rkeyname{numberfirstline}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\label{uoption:numberfirstline}
%
%       The first line of each listing gets numbered (if numbers are on at all)
%       even if the line number is not divisible by \keyname{stepnumber}.
%
% \item[0.16,{{}}] \rkeyname{numberstyle}|=|\meta{style}
%
%       determines the font and size of the numbers.
%
% \item[0.19,10pt] \rkeyname{numbersep}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       is the distance between number and listing.
%
% \item[1.0,true] \rkeyname{numberblanklines}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       If this is set to false, blank lines get no printed line number.
%
% \item[0.20,auto] \rkeyname{firstnumber}|=|\meta{\alternative{auto,last,\normalfont\meta{number}}}
%
%       \texttt{auto} lets the package choose the first number: a new listing
%       starts with number one, a named listing continues the most recent
%       same-named listing (see below), and a stand alone file begins with
%       the number corresponding to the first input line.
%
%       \texttt{last} continues the numbering of the most recent listing and
%       \meta{number} sets it to the number.
%
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{name}|=|\meta{name}
%
%       names a listing. Displayed environment-listings with the same name
%       share a line counter.
%
% \item[0.20,\arabic{lstnumber},data] \rcmdname\thelstnumber
%
%       prints the lines' numbers.
% \end{syntax}
% We show an example on how to redefine |\thelstnumber|. But if you test it,
% you won't get the result shown on the left.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \renewcommand*\thelstnumber{\oldstylenums{\the\value{lstnumber}}}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{stepnumber=-1}\label{rDecreasingLabels}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[numbers=left,
%                       firstnumber=753]
%    begin { empty lines }
%
%
%
%
%
%
%    end; { empty lines }
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% \begin{advise}
% \item
% The example shows a sequence $n,n+1,\ldots,n+7$ of 8 three-digit figures such that the sequence contains each digit $0,1,\ldots,9$.
% But 8 is not minimal with that property.
% Find the minimal number and prove that it is minimal.
% How many minimal sequences do exist?
%
% Now look at the generalized problem:
% Let $k\in\{1,\ldots,10\}$ be given.
% Find the minimal number $m\in\{1,\ldots,10\}$ such that there is a sequence $n,{n+1},\ldots,\allowbreak{n+m-1}$ of $m$ $k$-digit figures which contains each digit $\{0,\ldots,9\}$.
% Prove that the number is minimal.
% How many minimal sequences do exist?
%
% If you solve this problem with a computer, write a \TeX\ program!
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{Captions}
%
% In despite of \LaTeX\ standard behaviour, captions and floats are independent
% from each other here; you can use captions with non-floating listings.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{title}|=|\meta{title text}
%
%       is used for a title without any numbering or label.
%
% \item[0.20] \rkeyname{caption}|={|\oarg{short}\meta{caption text}|}|
%
%       The caption is made of \cs{lstlistingname} followed by a running
%       number, a seperator, and \meta{caption text}. Either the caption text
%       or, if present, \meta{short} will be used for the list of listings.
%
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{label}|=|\meta{name}
%
%       makes a listing referable via |\ref|\marg{name}.
%
% \item[0.16] \rcmdname\lstlistoflistings
%
%       prints a list of listings. Each entry is with descending priority
%       either the short caption, the caption, the file name or the name of the
%       listing, see also the key \keyname{name} in section \ref{rLineNumbers}.
%
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{nolol}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{nolol}
%
%       If true, the listing does not make it into the list of listings.
%
% \item[0.16,Listings,data] \rcmdname\lstlistlistingname
%
%       The header name for the list of listings.
%
% \item[0.20,Listing,data] \rcmdname\lstlistingname
%
%       The caption label for listings.
%
% \item[0.20,\arabic{lstlisting},data] \rcmdname\thelstlisting
%
%       prints the running number of the caption.
%
% \item[0.19] \rcmdname\lstname
%
%		prints the name of the current listing which is either the file name or
%       the name defined by the \keyname{name} key. This command can be used to
%       define a caption or title template, for example by
%       |\lstset{caption=\lstname}|.
%
% \item[0.20,t] \rkeyname{captionpos}|=|\meta{subset of \textup{\texttt{tb}}}
%
%       specifies the positions of the caption: top and/or bottom of the
%       listing.
%
% \item[0.20,\smallskipamount] \rkeyname{abovecaptionskip}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[0.20,\smallskipamount] \rkeyname{belowcaptionskip}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       is the vertical space above respectively below each caption.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Margins and line shape}\label{rMarginsAndLineShape}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21,\linewidth] \rkeyname{linewidth}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       defines the base line width for listings. The following three keys are
%       taken into account additionally.
%
% \item[0.19,0pt] \rkeyname{xleftmargin}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[1.0,0pt] \rkeyname{xrightmargin}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       The dimensions are used as extra margins on the left and right. Line
%       numbers and frames both move respectively shrink or grow accordingly.
%
% \item[0.19,false] \rkeyname{resetmargins}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       If true indention from list environments like \texttt{enumerate} or
%       \texttt{itemize} is reset, i.e.~not used.
%
% \item[0.20,false] \rkeyname{breaklines}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{breaklines}
%
%       activates or deactivates automatic line breaking of long lines.
%
% \item[1.2,false] \rkeyname{breakatwhitespace}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{breakatwhitespace}\label{uoption:breakatwhitespace}
%
%       If true, it allows line breaks only at white space.
%
% \item[0.20,{{}}] \rkeyname{prebreak}|=|\meta{tokens}
% \item[0.20,{{}}] \rkeyname{postbreak}|=|\meta{tokens}
%
%       \meta{tokens} appear at the end of the current line respectively at the beginning of the next (broken part of the) line.
%
%       You must not use dynamic space (in particular spaces) since internally we use |\discretionary|.
%       However |\space| is redefined to be used inside \meta{tokens}.
%
% \item[0.20,20pt] \rkeyname{breakindent}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       is the indention of the second, third, \ldots\ line of broken lines.
%
% \item[0.20,true] \rkeyname{breakautoindent}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{breakautoindent}
%
%       activates or deactivates automatic indention of broken lines. This
%       indention is used additionally to \ikeyname{breakindent}, see the
%       example below.
%       Visible spaces or visible tabulators might set this auto
%       indention to zero.
% \end{syntax}
% In the following example we use tabulators to create long lines, but the
% verbatim part uses |tabsize=1|.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{postbreak=\space, breakindent=5pt, breaklines}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{string=[d]",tabsize=6}}{\lstset{tabsize=1}\hfuzz=1in}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    		"A long string is broken!"
%    			"Another long line."
%    \end{lstlisting}
%
%    \begin{lstlisting}[breakautoindent
%                                 =false]
%    		{ Now auto indention is off. }
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
%
% \subsection{Frames}\label{rFrames}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0,none] \rkeyname{frame}|=|\meta{\alternative{none,leftline,topline,bottomline,lines,single,shadowbox}}
%
%       draws either no frame, a single line on the left, at the top, at the
%       bottom, at the top and bottom, a whole single frame, or a shadowbox.
%
%       Note that \packagename{fancyvrb} supports the same frame types except
%       \texttt{shadowbox}. The shadow color is \keyname{rulesepcolor}, see
%       below.
%
% \item[0.19,{{}}] \rkeyname{frame}|=|\meta{subset of \textup{\texttt{trblTRBL}}}
%
%		The characters \texttt{trblTRBL} are attached to lines at the top and
%       bottom of a listing and to lines on the right and left. Upper case
%       characters are used to draw double rules. So |frame=tlrb| draws a
%       single frame and |frame=TL| double lines at the top and on the left.
%
%       Note that frames usually reside outside the listing's space.
%
% \item[0.20,ffff] \rkeyname{frameround}|=|\meta{\alternative{t,f}}\meta{\alternative{t,f}}\meta{\alternative{t,f}}\meta{\alternative{t,f}}
%
%       The four letters are attached to the top right, bottom right, bottom
%       left and top left corner. In this order. \texttt{t} makes the
%       according corner round. If you use round corners, the rule width is
%       controlled via |\thinlines| and |\thicklines|.
%
%       Note: The size of the quarter circles depends on \keyname{framesep}
%       and is independent of the extra margins of a frame. The size is
%       possibly adjusted to fit \LaTeX's circle sizes.
%
% \item[0.19,3pt] \rkeyname{framesep}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[0.19,2pt] \rkeyname{rulesep}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%		control the space between frame and listing and between double rules.
%
% \item[0.19,0.4pt] \rkeyname{framerule}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%		controls the width of the rules.
%
% \item[1.0,0pt] \rkeyname{framexleftmargin}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[1.0,0pt] \rkeyname{framexrightmargin}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[1.0,0pt] \rkeyname{framextopmargin}|=|\meta{dimension}
% \item[1.0,0pt] \rkeyname{framexbottommargin}|=|\meta{dimension}
%
%       are the dimensions which are used additionally to \keyname{framesep}
%       to make up the margin of a frame.
%
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{backgroundcolor}|=|\meta{color command}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{rulecolor}|=|\meta{color command}
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{fillcolor}|=|\meta{color command}
% \item[1.0] \rkeyname{rulesepcolor}|=|\meta{color command}
%
%       specify the colour of the background, the rules, the space between
%       `text box' and first rule, and of the space between two rules,
%       respectively.
%       Note that the value requires a |\color| command, for example
%       \keyname{rulecolor}|=\color{blue}|.
% \end{syntax}
% \ikeyname{frame} does not work with |fancyvrb=true| or when the package
% internally makes a |\hbox| around the listing! And there are certainly more
% problems with other commands. Take the time to make a (bug) report.
%\ifcolor
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{framexleftmargin=5mm, frame=shadowbox, rulesepcolor=\color{blue}}
% \end{lstxsample}
%\else
%    \lstset{framexleftmargin=5mm, frame=shadowbox}
%\fi
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[numbers=left]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% Do you want exotic frames?
% Try the following key if you want for example
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{frameshape={RYRYNYYYY}{yny}{yny}{RYRYNYYYY}}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20,,\dag] \rkeyname{frameshape}|=|\marg{top shape}\marg{left shape}\marg{right shape}\marg{bottom shape}
%
%       gives you full control over the drawn frame parts.
%       The arguments are not case sensitive.
%
%       Both \meta{left shape} and \meta{right shape} are `left-to-right'
%       \alternative{y,n} character sequences (or empty). Each |y| lets the
%       package draw a rule, otherwise the rule is blank. These vertical rules
%       are drawn `left-to-right' according to the specified shapes.
%       The example above uses |yny|.
%
%       \meta{top shape} and \meta{bottom shape} are `left-rule-right'
%       sequences (or empty). The first `left-rule-right' sequence is attached
%       to the most inner rule, the second to the next, and so on.
%       Each sequence has three characters: `rule' is either |y| or |n|;
%       `left' and `right' are |y|, |n| or |r| (which makes a corner round).
%       The example uses |RYRYNYYYY| for both shapes:
%       |RYR| describes the most inner (top and bottom) frame shape, |YNY|
%       the middle, and |YYY| the most outer.
% \end{syntax}
% To summarize, the example above used
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lstset{frameshape={RYRYNYYYY}{yny}{yny}{RYRYNYYYY}}\end{verbatim}
% Note that you are not resticted to two or three levels.
% However you'll get in trouble if you use round corners when they are too big.
%
%
% \subsection{Indexing}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] \rkeyname{index}|=|\oarg{number}\oarg{keyword classes}\marg{identifiers}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{moreindex}|=|\oarg{number}\oarg{keyword classes}\marg{identifiers}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{deleteindex}|=|\oarg{number}\oarg{keyword classes}\marg{identifiers}
%
%       define, add and remove \meta{identifiers} and \meta{keyword classes}
%       from the index class list \meta{number}. If you don't specify the
%       optional number, the package assumes \meta{number} $=1$.
%
%		Each appearance of the explicitly given identifiers and each appearance
%       of the identifiers of the specified \meta{keyword classes} is indexed.
%       For example, you could write |index=[1][keywords]| to index all
%       keywords. Note that |[1]| is required here---otherwise we couldn't use
%       the second optional argument.
%
% \item[0.19,\lstindexmacro] \rkeyname{indexstyle}|=|\oarg{number}\meta{tokens \textup(one-parameter command\textup)}
%
%       \meta{tokens} actually indexes the identifiers for the list
%       \meta{number}. In contrast to the style keys, \meta{tokens}
%       \emph{must} read exactly one parameter, namely the identifier.
%       Default definition is\icmdname{\lstindexmacro}\vspace*{-\itemsep}
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \newcommand\lstindexmacro[1]{\index{{\ttfamily#1}}}\end{verbatim}
%       \vspace*{-\itemsep}which you shouldn't modify.
%       Define your own indexing commands and use them as argument to this key.
% \end{syntax}
% Section \ref{uIndexing} describes this feature in detail.
%
%
% \subsection{Column alignment}\label{rColumnAlignment}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0,{[c]fixed}] \rkeyname{columns}|=|\oarg{\alternative{c,l,r}}\meta{\alternative{fixed,flexible,fullflexible}}
%
%       selects the respective column format, refer section
%       \ref{uFixedAndFlexibleColumns}.
%
%       The optional |c|, |l|, or |r| controls the horizontal orientation of
%       smallest output units (keywords, identifiers, etc.). The arguments work
%       as follows, where vertical bars visualize the effect:
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[c]fixed}]!listing!$\vert$,
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[l]fixed}]!listing!$\vert$, and
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[r]fixed}]!listing!$\vert$
%       in fixed column mode,
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[c]flexible}]!listing!$\vert$,
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[l]flexible}]!listing!$\vert$, and
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[r]flexible}]!listing!$\vert$
%       with flexible columns, and
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[c]fullflexible}]!listing!$\vert$,
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[l]fullflexible}]!listing!$\vert$, and
%           $\vert$\lstinline[columns={[r]fullflexible}]!listing!$\vert$
%       with full flexible columns.
%
% \item[0.18,false] \rkeyname{flexiblecolumns}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{flexiblecolumns}
%
%       selects the most recently selected flexible or fixed column format,
%       refer to section \ref{uFixedAndFlexibleColumns}.
%
% \item[0.21,false,\dag] \rkeyname{keepspaces}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       |keepspaces=true| tells the package not to drop spaces to fix column
%       alignment and always converts tabulators to spaces.
%
% \item[0.16] \rkeyname{basewidth}|=|\meta{dimension}\syntaxor
% \item[0.18,{{0.6em,0.45em}}] \rkeyname{basewidth}|={|\meta{fixed}|,|\meta{flexible mode}|}|
%
%       sets the width of a single character box for fixed and flexible column
%       mode (both to the same value or individually).
%
% \item[0.20,false] \rkeyname{fontadjust}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{fontadjust}
%
%       If true the package adjusts the base width every font selection.
%       This makes sense only if \ikeyname{basewidth} is given in font specific
%       units like `em' or `ex'---otherwise this boolean has no effect.
%
%       After loading the package, it doesn't adjust the width every font
%       selection: it looks at \ikeyname{basewidth} each listing and uses the
%       value for the whole listing. This is possibly inadequate if the style
%       keys in section \ref{rFigureOutTheAppearance} make heavy font size
%       changes, see the example below.
%
%       Note that this key might disturb the column alignment and might have an
%       effect on the keywords' appearance!
% \end{syntax}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{basicstyle=\normalsize}}{}
%    \lstset{commentstyle=\scriptsize}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    { scriptsize font
%      doesn't look good }
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{basicstyle=\normalsize,commentstyle=\scriptsize}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[fontadjust]
%    { scriptsize font
%      looks better now }
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
%
% \subsection{Escaping to \LaTeX}\label{rEscapingToLaTeX}
%
% \textbf{Note:} {\itshape Any escape to \LaTeX\ may disturb the column
% alignment since the package can't control the spacing there.}
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18,false] \rkeyname{texcl}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}\syntaxor\rkeyname{texcl}
%
%       activates or deactivates \LaTeX\ comment lines. If activated, comment
%       line delimiters are printed as usual, but the comment line text (up to
%       the end of line) is read as \LaTeX\ code and typeset in comment style.
% \end{syntax}
% The example uses \Cpp\ comment lines (but doesn't say how to define them).
% Without |\upshape| we would get \textit{calculate} since the comment style
% is |\itshape|.
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{morecomment=[l]//}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[texcl]
%    // \upshape calculate $a_{ij}$
%      A[i][j] = A[j][j]/A[i][j];
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19,false] \rkeyname{mathescape}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       activates or deactivates special behaviour of the dollar sign.
%       If activated a dollar sign acts as \TeX's text math shift.
%
%       This key is useful if you want to typeset formulas in listings.
%
% \item[0.19,{{}}] \rkeyname{escapechar}|=|\meta{character}\syntaxor\rkeyname{escapechar}|={}|
%
%       If not empty the given character escapes the user to \LaTeX: all code
%       between two such characters is interpreted as \LaTeX\ code. Note that
%       \TeX's special characters must be entered with a preceding backslash,
%       e.g.~|escapechar=\%|.
%
% \item[0.20,{{}}] \rkeyname{escapeinside}|=|\meta{character}\meta{character}\syntaxor\rkeyname{escapeinside}|={}|
%
%       Is a generalization of \ikeyname{escapechar}. If the value is not
%       empty, the package escapes to \LaTeX\ between the first and second
%       character.
%
% \item[0.20,{{}}] \rkeyname{escapebegin}|=|\meta{tokens}
% \item[0.20,{{}}] \rkeyname{escapeend}|=|\meta{tokens}
%
%       The tokens are executed at the beginning respectively at the end of
%       each escape, in particular for \ikeyname{texcl}.
%       See section \ref{uNationalCharacters} for an application.
% \end{syntax}
%
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{morecomment=[l]//}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape]
%    // calculate $a_{ij}$
%      $a_{ij} = a_{jj}/a_{ij}$;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{morecomment=[l]//}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=\%]
%    // calc%ulate $a_{ij}$%
%      %$a_{ij} = a_{jj}/a_{ij}$%;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{morecomment=[l]//}}{}
%    \lstset{escapeinside=`'}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    // calc`ulate $a_{ij}$'
%      `$a_{ij} = a_{jj}/a_{ij}$';
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% In the first example the comment line up to $a_{ij}$ has been typeset by the
% \packagename{listings} package in comment style. The $a_{ij}$ itself is
% typeset in `\TeX\ math mode' without comment style. About the half
% comment line of the second example has been typeset by this package.
% The rest is in `\LaTeX\ mode'.
%
% To avoid problems with the current and future version of this package:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Don't use any command of the \packagename{listings} package when you
%       have escaped to \LaTeX.
% \item Any environment must start and end inside the same escape.
% \item You might use |\def|, |\edef|, etc., but do not assume that the
%       definitions are present later---except they are |\global|.
% \item |\if \else \fi|, groups, math shifts |$| and |$$|, \ldots\ must be
%       balanced each escape.
% \item \ldots
% \end{enumerate}
% Expand that list yourself and mail me about new items.
%
%
% \subsection{Interface to \textsf{fancyvrb}}
%
% The \packagename{fancyvrb} package---fancy verbatims---from Timothy van Zandt
% provides macros for reading, writing and typesetting verbatim code. It has
% some remarkable features the \packagename{listings} package doesn't have.
% (Some are possible, but you must find somebody who implements them ; -- ).
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] \rkeyname{fancyvrb}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       activates or deactivates the interface. If active, verbatim code is
%       read by \packagename{fancyvrb} but typeset by \packagename{listings},
%       i.e.~with emphasized keywords, strings, comments, and so on.
%       Internally we use a very special definition of |\FancyVerbFormatLine|.
%
%       This interface works with |Verbatim|, |BVerbatim| and |LVerbatim|.
%       But you shouldn't use \packagename{fancyvrb}'s \keyname{defineactive}.
%       (As far as I can see it doesn't matter since it does nothing at all,
%       but for safety \ldots)
%       If \packagename{fancyvrb} and \packagename{listings} provide similar
%       functionality, you should use \packagename{fancyvrb}'s.
%
% \item[1.1,{\overlay 1}] \rkeyname{fvcmdparams}|=|\meta{command$_1$}\meta{number$_1$}\ldots\label{uoption:fvcmdparams}
% \item[1.1] \rkeyname{morefvcmdparams}|=|\meta{command$_1$}\meta{number$_1$}\ldots\label{uoption:morefvcmdparams}
%
%       If you use \packagename{fancyvrb}'s \keyname{commandchars}, you must
%       tell the \packagename{listings} package how many arguments each command
%       takes. If a command takes no arguments, there is nothing to do.
%
%       The first (third, fifth, \ldots) parameter to the keys is the command
%       and the second (fourth, sixth, \ldots) is the number of arguments
%       that command takes. So, if you want to use |\textcolor{red}{keyword}|
%       with the \packagename{fancyvrb}-\packagename{listings} interface, you
%       should write |\lstset{morefvcmdparams=\textcolor 2}|.
% \end{syntax}
%
% \iffancyvrb
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \lstset{morecomment=[l]\ }% :-)
%    \fvset{commandchars=\\\{\}}
%
%    \begin{BVerbatim}
%    First verbatim line.
%    \fbox{Second} verbatim line.
%    \end{BVerbatim}
%
%    \par\vspace{72.27pt}
%
%    \lstset{fancyvrb}
%    \begin{BVerbatim}
%    First verbatim line.
%    \fbox{Second} verbatim line.
%    \end{BVerbatim}
%    \lstset{fancyvrb=false}
% \end{lstsample}
% The lines typeset by the \packagename{listings} package are wider since the
% default \ikeyname{basewidth} equals not the width of a single typewriter type
% character. Moreover note that the first space begins a comment as defined at
% the beginning of the example.
% \else
% \begin{center}
%    \packagename{fancyvrb} seems to be unavailable on your platform, thus the
%    example couldn't be printed here.
% \end{center}
% \fi
%
%
% \subsection{Environments}\label{rEnvironments}
%
% If you want to define your own pretty-printing environments, try the
% following command. The syntax comes from \LaTeX's |\newenvironment|.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] \rcmdname\lstnewenvironment\\
%       \marg{name}\oarg{number}\oarg{opt.~default~arg.}\\
%       |{|\meta{starting code}|}|\\
%       |{|\meta{ending code}|}|
% \end{syntax}
% As a simple example we could just select a particular language.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstnewenvironment{pascal}
%        {\lstset{language=pascal}}
%        {}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{pascal}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    \end{pascal}
% \end{lstsample}
% Doing other things is as easy, for example, using more keys and adding an
% optional argument to adjust settings each listing:
% \begin{verbatim}
%\lstnewenvironment{pascalx}[1][]
%    {\lstset{language=pascal,numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny,float,#1}}
%    {}\end{verbatim}
%
%
% \subsection{Language definitions}\label{rLanguageDefinitions}
%
% You should first read section \ref{uLanguageDefinitions} for an introduction
% to language definitions. Otherwise you're probably unprepared for the full
% syntax of |\lstdefinelanguage|.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] \rcmdname\lstdefinelanguage\syntaxnewline[\oarg{dialect}]\marg{language}\syntaxnewline[\oarg{base dialect}\marg{and base language}]\syntaxnewline\marg{key=value list}\syntaxnewline[\oarg{list of required aspects \textup(keywordcomments,texcs,etc.\textup)}]
%
%		defines the (given dialect of the) programming language \meta{language}.
%       If the language definition is based on another definition, you must
%       specify the whole \oarg{base dialect}\marg{and base language}. Note
%       that an empty \meta{base dialect} uses the default dialect!
%
%       The last optional argument should specify all required aspects. This is
%       a delicate point since the aspects are described in the developer's
%       guide. You might use existing languages as templates. For example,
%       ANSI C uses \aspectname{keywords}, \aspectname{comments},
%       \aspectname{strings} and \aspectname{directives}.
%
%       \icmdname{\lst@definelanguage} has the same syntax and is used to
%       define languages in the driver files.
%
% \begin{advise}
% \item Where should I put my language definition?
%       \advisespace
%       If you need the language for one particular document, put it into
%       the preamble of that document. Otherwise create the local file
%       `\texttt{lstlang0.sty}' or add the definition to that file, but use
%       `|\lst@definelanguage|' instead of `|\lstdefinelanguage|'.
%       However, you might want to send the definition to the address in
%       section \ref{uSoftwareLicense}. Then it will be published under the
%       \LaTeX\ Project Public License.
% \end{advise}
%
% \item[0.18] \rcmdname\lstalias\marg{alias}\marg{language}
%
%       defines an alias for a programming language. Each \meta{alias} is
%       redirected to the same dialect of \meta{language}.
%       It's also possible to define an alias for one particular dialect only:
%
% \item[0.18] \rcmdname\lstalias\oarg{alias dialect}\marg{alias}\oarg{dialect}\marg{language}
%
%       Here all four parameters are \emph{nonoptional} and an alias with empty
%       \meta{dialect} will select the default dialect. Note that aliases
%       can't be nested: The two aliases `|\lstalias{foo1}{foo2}|' and
%       `|\lstalias{foo2}{foo3}|' redirect |foo1| \emph{not} to |foo3|.
% \end{syntax}
% All remaining keys in this section are intended to build language
% definitions. \emph{No other key should be used in such a definition!}
%
%
% \paragraph{Keywords}
% We begin with keyword building keys. Note: {\itshape If you want to enter
% {\upshape|\|, |{|, |}|, |%|, |#|} or {\upshape|&|} inside or as an argument
% here or below, you must do it with a preceding backslash!}
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0,,{\dag bug}] \rkeyname{keywordsprefix}|=|\meta{prefix}
%
%       All identifiers starting with \meta{prefix} will be printed as first
%       order keywords.
%
%       Bugs: Currently there are several limitations.
%       (1) The prefix is always case sensitive.
%       (2) Only one prefix can be defined at the same time.
%       (3) If used `standalone', the key might work only after selecting a
%           nonempty language (and switching back to the empty language if
%           necessary).
%       (4) The key does not respect the value of \keyname{classoffset} and
%           has no optional class \meta{number} argument.
%
% \item[0.11] \rkeyname{keywords}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{list of keywords}
% \item[0.11] \rkeyname{morekeywords}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{list of keywords}
% \item[0.18] \rkeyname{deletekeywords}|=|\oarg{number}\marg{list of keywords}
%
%       define, add to or remove the keywords from keyword list \meta{number}.
%       The use of \keyname{keywords} is discouraged since it deletes all
%       previously defined keywords in the list and is thus incompatible with
%       the \keyname{alsolanguage} key.
%
%       Please note the keys \ikeyname{alsoletter} and \ikeyname{alsodigit}
%       below if you use unusual charaters in keywords.
%
% \item[0.19,,deprecated] \rkeyname{ndkeywords}|=|\marg{list of keywords}
% \item[0.19,,deprecated] \rkeyname{morendkeywords}|=|\marg{list of keywords}
% \item[0.19,,deprecated] \rkeyname{deletendkeywords}|=|\marg{list of keywords}
%
%       define, add to or remove the keywords from keyword list 2.
%       The use of \keyname{ndkeywords} is strongly discouraged.
%
% \item[0.19,,{addon,optional}] \rkeyname{texcs}|=|\oarg{class number}\marg{list of control sequences \textup(without backslashes\textup)}
% \item[0.20,,{addon,optional}] \rkeyname{moretexcs}|=|\oarg{class number}\marg{list of control sequences \textup(without backslashes\textup)}
% \item[0.21,,{addon,optional}] \rkeyname{deletetexcs}|=|\oarg{class number}\marg{list of control sequences \textup(without backslashes\textup)}
%
%       Ditto for control sequences in \TeX\ and \LaTeX.
%
% \item[0.18,,optional] \rkeyname{directives}|=|\marg{list of compiler directives}
% \item[0.21,,optional] \rkeyname{moredirectives}|=|\marg{list of compiler directives}
% \item[0.21,,optional] \rkeyname{deletedirectives}|=|\marg{list of compiler directives}
%
%       defines compiler directives in C, \Cpp, Objective-C, and POV.
%
% \item[0.14] \rkeyname{sensitive}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       makes the keywords, control sequences, and directives case sensitive
%       and insensitive, respectively. This key affects the keywords, control
%       sequences, and directives only when a listing is processed. In all
%       other situations they are case sensitive, for example,
%       |deletekeywords={save,Test}| removes `save' and `Test', but neither
%       `SavE' nor `test'.
%
% \item[0.19] \rkeyname{alsoletter}|=|\marg{character sequence}
% \item[0.19] \rkeyname{alsodigit}|=|\marg{character sequence}
% \item[0.19] \rkeyname{alsoother}|=|\marg{character sequence}
%
%       All identifiers (keywords, directives, and such) begin with a letter
%       and goes on with alpha-numeric characters (letters and digits).
%       For example, if you write
%           |keywords={one-two,\#include}|,
%       the minus must become a digit and the sharp a letter since the
%       keywords can't be detected otherwise.
%
%       Table \ref{rStdCharTable} show the standard configuration of the
%       \packagename{listings} package. The three keys overwrite the default
%       behaviour. Each character of the sequence becomes a letter, digit
%       and other, respectively.
%
% \item[0.20] \rkeyname{otherkeywords}|=|\marg{keywords}
%
%       Each given `keyword' is printed in keyword style, but without changing
%       the `letter', `digit' and `other' status of the characters. This key
%       is designed to define keywords like |=>|, |->|, |-->|, |--|, |::|, and
%       so on. If one keyword is a subsequence of another (like |--| and
%       |-->|), you must specify the shorter first.
%
% \item[0.20,,{renamed,optional}] \rkeyname{tag}|=|\meta{character}\meta{character}\syntaxor\rkeyname{tag}|={}|\label{uoption:tag}
%
%       The first order keywords are active only between the first and second
%       character. This key is used for HTML.
% \end{syntax}
%
% \begin{table}[tb]
% \caption{Standard character table}\label{rStdCharTable}
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
% class & characters\\
% \noalign{\smallskip}
% letter & \texttt{A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z}\\
%        & \texttt{a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z}\\
%        & \texttt{@ \textdollar\ } |_|\\
% digit  & \texttt{0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}\\
% other  & \texttt{!\ " \#\ \%\ \&\ ' ( ) * + , - .\ / :\ ; < = > ?}\\
%        & {\catcode`\|=12\texttt{[ \char92\ ] \textasciicircum\ \char123\ | \char125\ \textasciitilde}}\\
% space  & chr(32)\\
% tabulator & chr(9)\\
% form feed & chr(12)\\
% \noalign{\smallskip}
% \end{tabular}
% \par\noindent
% Note: Extended characters of codes 128--255 (if defined) are \emph{currently}
% letters.
% \end{table}
%
%
% \paragraph{Strings}
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.12] \rkeyname{string}|=|\oarg{\alternative{b,d,m,bd}}\marg{delimiter \textup(character\textup)}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{morestring}|=|\oarg{\alternative{b,d,m,bd}}\marg{delimiter}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{deletestring}|=|\oarg{\alternative{b,d,m,bd}}\marg{delimiter}
%
%       define, add to or delete the delimiter from the list of string
%       delimiters. Starting and ending delimiters are the same, i.e.~in the
%       source code the delimiters must match each other.
%
%       The optional argument is the type and controls how the delimiter itself
%       is represented in a string or character literal: it is escaped by a
%       |b|ackslash, |d|oubled (or both is allowed via |bd|) or it is
%       `|m|atlabed'.
%       The latter one is a special type for Ada and Matlab and possibly more
%       languages where the string delimters are also used for other purposes.
%       In general the delimiter is also doubled, but a string does not start
%       after a letter, a right parenthesis, or a right bracket.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \paragraph{Comments}
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.13] \rkeyname{comment}|=|\oarg{type}\meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{morecomment}|=|\oarg{type}\meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}
% \item[0.21] \rkeyname{deletecomment}|=|\oarg{type}\meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}
%
%       Ditto for comments, but some types require more than a single
%       delimiter. The following overview uses \keyname{morecomment} as the
%       only example.
%
% \item[0.13] \keyname{morecomment}|=[l]|\meta{delimiter}
%
%       The delimiter starts a comment line, which in general starts with the
%       delimiter and ends at end of line. If the character sequence |//|
%       should start a comment line (like in \Cpp, Comal 80 or Java),
%       |morecomment=[l]=//| is the correct declaration. For Matlab it
%       would be |morecomment=[l]\%|---note the preceding backslash.
%
% \item[0.13] \keyname{morecomment}|=[s]|\marg{delimiter}\marg{delimiter}
%
%       Here we have two delimiters. The second ends a comment starting with
%       the first delimiter. If you require two such comments you can use this
%       type twice. C, Java, PL/I, Prolog and SQL all define single comments
%       via |morecomment=[s]{/*}{*/}|, and Algol does it with
%       |morecomment=[s]{\#}{\#}|, which means that the sharp delimits both
%       beginning and end of a single comment.
%
% \item[0.13] \keyname{morecomment}|=[n]|\marg{delimiter}\marg{delimiter}
%
%       is similar to type |s|, but comments can be nested. Identical arguments
%       are not allowed---think a while about it!
%       Modula-2 and Oberon-2 use |morecomment=[n]{(*}{*)}|.
%
% \item[0.18] \keyname{morecomment}|=[f][]|\oarg{n=preceding columns}\meta{delimiter}
%
%       The delimiter starts a comment line if and only if it appears on a
%       fixed column-number, namely if it is in column $n$ (zero based).
%
% \item[0.17,,optional] \rkeyname{keywordcomment}|=|\marg{keywords}
% \item[0.21,,optional] \rkeyname{morekeywordcomment}|=|\marg{keywords}
% \item[0.21,,optional] \rkeyname{deletekeywordcomment}|=|\marg{keywords}
%
%       A keyword comment begins with a keyword and ends with the same keyword.
%       Consider |keywordcomment={comment,co}|. Then
%       `\textbf{comment}\allowbreak\ldots\textbf{comment}' and
%       `\textbf{co}\ldots\textbf{co}' are comments.
%
% \item[0.17,,optional] \rkeyname{keywordcommentsemicolon}|=|\marg{keywords}\marg{keywords}\marg{keywords}
%
%       The definition of a `keyword comment semicolon' requires three keyword
%       lists, e.g.~|{end}{else,end}{comment}|. A semicolon always ends such a
%       comment. Any keyword of the first argument begins a comment and any
%       keyword of the second argument ends it (and a semicolon also);
%       a comment starting with any keyword of the third argument is terminated
%       with the next semicolon only. In the example all possible comments are
%       `\textbf{end}\ldots\textbf{else}', `\textbf{end}\ldots\textbf{end}'
%       (does not start a comment again) and `\textbf{comment}\ldots;' and
%       `\textbf{end}\ldots;'.
%       Maybe a curious definition, but Algol and Simula use such comments.
%
%       Note: The keywords here need not to be a subset of the defined
%       keywords. They won't appear in keyword style if they aren't.
%
% \item[0.17,,optional] \rkeyname{podcomment}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       activates or deactivates PODs---Perl specific.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Installation}\label{rInstallation}
%
% \paragraph{Software installation}
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Following the \TeX\ directory structure (TDS), you should put the files
%       of the \packagename{listings} package into directories as follows:
%       \begin{center}
%       \begin{tabular}{lcl}
%       \texttt{listings.pdf}&$\to$&\texttt{texmf/doc/latex/listings}\\
%       \texttt{listings.dtx}, \texttt{listings.ins},\\
%       \texttt{listings.ind}, \texttt{lstpatch.sty},\\
%       \texttt{lstdrvrs.dtx}&$\to$&\texttt{texmf/source/latex/listings}
%       \end{tabular}
%       \end{center}
%       Note that you possibly don't have a patch file \texttt{lstpatch.sty}.
%       If you don't use the TDS, simply adjust the directories below.
% \item	Create the directory \texttt{texmf/tex/latex/listings} or remove all
%       files except \texttt{lst}\meta{whatever}\texttt{0.sty} and
%       \texttt{lstlocal.cfg} from that directory.
% \item	Change the working directory to \texttt{texmf/source/latex/listings}
%       and run \texttt{listings.ins} through \TeX.
% \item Move the generated files to \texttt{texmf/tex/latex/listings} if this
%       is not already done.
%       \begin{center}
%       \begin{tabular}{lcl}
%       \texttt{listings.sty}, \texttt{lstmisc.sty},
%           &&\qquad(kernel and add-ons)\\
%       \texttt{listings.cfg},
%           &&\qquad(configuration file)\\
%       \texttt{lstlang}\meta{number}\texttt{.sty},
%           &&\qquad(language drivers)\\
%       \texttt{lstpatch.sty}&$\to$&\texttt{texmf/tex/latex/listings}
%       \end{tabular}
%       \end{center}
% \item If your \TeX\ implementation uses a file name database, update it.
% \item If you receive a patch file later on, put it where
%       \texttt{listings.sty} is (and update file name database).
% \end{enumerate}
% Note that \packagename{listings} requires at least version 1.10 of the
% \packagename{keyval} package included in the \packagename{graphics} bundle by
% David Carlisle.
%
%
% \paragraph{Software configuration}
% Read this only if you encounter problems with the standard configuration or
% if you want the package to suit foreign languages, for example.
%
% Never modify a file from the \packagename{listings} package, in particular
% not the configuration file. Each new installation or new version overwrites
% it. The software license allows modification, but I can't recommend it.
% It's better to create one or more of the files
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabular}{lcl}
% \texttt{lstmisc0.sty} & for & local add-ons
%                               (see developer's guide),\\
% \texttt{lstlang0.sty} & for & local language definitions
%                               (see \ref{rLanguageDefinitions}), and\\
% \texttt{lstlocal.cfg} & as  & local configuration file
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
% and put it/them to the other \packagename{listings} files. These three files
% are not touched by a new installation except you remove them.
% If \texttt{lstlocal.cfg} exists, it is loaded after \texttt{listings.cfg}.
% You might want to change one of the following parameters.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[,,data] \rcmdname\lstaspectfiles\quad contains~\rlap{\texttt{\lstaspectfiles}}
% \item[,,data] \rcmdname\lstlanguagefiles\quad contains~\rlap{\texttt{\lstlanguagefiles}}
%
%       The package uses the specified files to find add-ons and language
%       definitions.
% \end{syntax}
% Moreover you might want to adjust
%   \icmdname\lstlistlistingname,
%   \icmdname\lstlistingname,
%   \ikeyname{defaultdialect},
%   \icmdname\lstalias, or
%   \icmdname\lstalias
% as described in earlier section.
%
%
% \section{Experimental features}\label{rExperimentalFeatures}
%
% This section describes the more or less unestablished parts of this package.
% It's unlikely that they are all removed (except it is stated explicitly), but
% they are liable to (heavy) changes and improvements. Such features have been
% \dag-marked in the last sections. So, if you find anything \dag-marked here,
% you should be very, very careful.
%
%
% \subsection{Listings inside arguments}\label{rListingsInsideArguments}
%
% There are some things to consider if you want to use |\lstinline| or the
% listing environment inside arguments. Since \TeX\ reads the argument before
% the `\lst-macro' is executed, this package can't do anything to preserve the
% input: spaces shrink to one space, the tabulator and the end of line are
% converted to spaces, \TeX's comment character is not printable, and so on.
% Hence, \emph{you} must work a bit more. You have to put a backslash in front
% of each of the following four characters: |\{}%|. Moreover you must protect
% spaces in the same manner if: (i) there are two or more spaces following each
% other or (ii) the space is the first character in the line.
% That's not enough: Each line must be terminated with a `line feed' |^^J|.
% And you can't escape to \LaTeX\ inside such listings!
%
% The easiest examples are with |\lstinline| since we need no line feed.
% \begin{verbatim}
%\footnote{\lstinline{var i:integer;} and
%          \lstinline!protected\ \ spaces! and
%          \fbox{\lstinline!\\\{\}\%!}}\end{verbatim}
% yields\lstset{language=Pascal}\footnote{\lstinline{var i:integer;} and
%          \lstinline!protected\ \ spaces! and
%          \fbox{\lstinline!\\\{\}\%!}}
% if the current language is Pascal. Note that this example shows another
% experimental feature: use of argument braces as delimiters. This is
% described in section \ref{rTypesettingListings}.
%
% And now an environment example:
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{language={}}}{}
%    \fbox{%
%    \begin{lstlisting}^^J
%    \ !"#$\%&'()*+,-./^^J
%    0123456789:;<=>?^^J
%    @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO^^J
%    PQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_^^J
%    `abcdefghijklmno^^J
%    pqrstuvwxyz\{|\}~^^J
%    \end{lstlisting}}
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item You might wonder that this feature is still experimental. The reason:
%       You shouldn't use listings inside arguments; it's not always safe.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{\dag\ Export of identifiers}\label{rExportOfIdentifiers}
%
% It would be nice to export function or procedure names. In general that's a
% dream so far. The problem is that programming languages use various syntaxes
% for function and procedure declaration or definition. A general interface is
% completely out of the scope of this package---that's the work of a compiler
% and not of a pretty-printing tool. However, it is possible for particular
% languages: in Pascal each function or procedure definition and variable
% declaration is preceded by a particular keyword.
% Note that you must request the following keys with \texttt{procnames} option:
% |\usepackage[procnames]{listings}|.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19,{{}},{\dag optional}] \rkeyname{procnamekeys}|=|\marg{keywords}
% \item[0.21,,\dag optional] \rkeyname{moreprocnamekeys}|=|\marg{keywords}
% \item[0.21,,\dag optional] \rkeyname{deleteprocnamekeys}|=|\marg{keywords}
%
%		each specified keyword indicates a function or procedure definition.
%		Any identifier following such a keyword appears in `procname' style.
%		For Pascal you might use\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}
% \begin{verbatim}
%    procnamekeys={program,procedure,function}\end{verbatim}
%
% \item[0.19,keywordstyle,\dag optional] \rkeyname{procnamestyle}|=|\meta{style}
%
%		defines the style in which procedure and function names appear.
%
% \item[0.19,false,\dag optional] \rkeyname{indexprocnames}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%		If activated, procedure and function names are also indexed.
% \end{syntax}
% \begin{TODO}
% The \aspectname{procnames} aspect is unsatisfactory (since unchanged for more
% than four years). It marks and indexes the function definitions so far, but
% it would be possible to mark also the following function calls, for example.
% A key could control whether function names are added to a special keyword
% class, which then appears in `procname' style. But should these names be
% added globally? There are good reasons for both. Of course, we would also
% need a key to reset the name list.
% \end{TODO}
%
%
% \subsection{\dag\ Hyper references}\label{rHyperReferences}
%
% This very small aspect must be requested via \texttt{hyper} option since it
% is experimental. One perspective for the future is to combine this aspect
% with \aspectname{procnames}. Then it should be possible to click on a
% function name and jump to its definition, for example.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21,,{\dag optional}] \rkeyname{hyperref}|=|\marg{identifiers}
% \item[0.21,,{\dag optional}] \rkeyname{morehyperref}|=|\marg{identifiers}
% \item[0.21,,{\dag optional}] \rkeyname{deletehyperref}|=|\marg{identifiers}
%
%       Hyper references the specified identifiers (via \packagename{hyperref}
%       package). A `click' on such an identifier jumps to the previous
%       occurrence.
%
% \item[0.21,\hyper@@anchor,{\dag optional}] \rkeyname{hyperanchor}|=|\meta{two-parameter macro}
% \item[0.21,\hyperlink,{\dag optional}] \rkeyname{hyperlink}|=|\meta{two-parameter macro}
%
%       The macros are used to set an hyper anchor and link, respectively.
%       The defaults are suited for the \packagename{hyperref} package.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Literate programming}
%
% We begin with an example and hide the crucial key=value list.
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{literate={:=}{{$\gets$}}1 {<=}{{$\leq$}}1 {>=}{{$\geq$}}1 {<>}{{$\neq$}}1}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    var i:integer;
%
%    if (i<=0) i := 1;
%    if (i>=0) i := 0;
%    if (i<>0) i := 0;
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Funny, isn't it? We could write |i := 0| respectively i| |$\gets$| |0
% instead, but that's not literate!^^A :-)
% Now you might want to know how this has been done. Have a \emph{close}
% look at the following key.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20,,\dag] \rkeyname{literate}|=|\meta{replacement item}\ldots\meta{replacement item}
%
%       First note that there are no commas between the items. Each item
%       consists of three arguments:
%           \marg{replace}\marg{replacement text}\marg{length}.
%       \meta{replace} is the original character sequence.
%       Instead of printing these characters, we use \meta{replacement text},
%       which takes the width of \meta{length} characters in the output.
%
%       Each `printing unit' in \meta{replacement text} \emph{must} be braced
%       except it's a single character. For example, you must put braces
%       around |$\leq$|.
%       If you want to replace |<-1->| by |$\leftarrow1\rightarrow$|, the
%       replacement item would be |{<-1->}{{$\leftarrow$}1{$\rightarrow$}}3|.
%       Note the braces around the arrows.
%
%       If one \meta{replace} is a subsequence of another \meta{replace}, you
%       must use the shorter sequence first. For example, |{-}| must be used
%       before |{--}| and this before |{-->}|.
% \end{syntax}
% In the example above I've used
% \begin{verbatim}
%  literate={:=}{{$\gets$}}1 {<=}{{$\leq$}}1 {>=}{{$\geq$}}1 {<>}{{$\neq$}}1\end{verbatim}
% \begin{TODO}
% Of course, it's good to have keys for adding and removing single
% \meta{replacement item}s. Maybe the key(s) should work in the same fashion
% as the string and comment definitions, i.e.~one item per key=value.
% This way it would be easier to provide better auto-detection in case of a
% subsequence.
% \end{TODO}
%
%
% \subsection{\textsf{LGrind} definitions}\label{rLGrindDefinitions}
%
% Yes, it's a nasty idea to steal language definitions from other programs.
% Nevertheless, it's possible for the \packagename{LGrind} definition
% file---at least partially. Please note that this file must be found by
% \TeX.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21,,{optional}] \rkeyname{lgrindef}|=|\meta{language}
%
%       scans the \texttt{lgrindef} language definition file for
%       \meta{language} and activates it if present. Note that not all
%       \packagename{LGrind} capabilities have a \packagename{listings}
%       analogue.
%
%       Note that `Linda' language doesn't work properly since it defines
%       compiler directives with preceding `|#|' as keywords.
%
% \item[0.21,lgrindef.,{data,optional}] \rcmdname\lstlgrindeffile
%
%       contains the (path and) name of the definition file.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{\dag\ Automatic formatting}
%
% \lstloadaspects{formats}^^A
% The automatic source code formatting is far away from being good. First of
% all, there are no general rules on how source code should be formatted. So
% `format definitions' must be flexible. This flexibility requires a complex
% interface, a powerful `format definition' parser, and lots of code lines
% behind the scenes. Currently, format definitions aren't flexible enough
% (possibly not the definitions but the results). A single `format item' has
% the form 
% \begin{itemize}\item[]
%     \meta{input chars}|=|\oarg{exceptional chars}\meta{pre}\oarg{\texttt{\string\string}}\meta{post}
% \end{itemize}
% Whenever \meta{input chars} aren't followed by one of the \meta{exceptional
% chars}, formatting is done according to the rest of the value. If |\string|
% isn't specified, the input characters aren't printed (except it's an
% identifier or keyword). Otherwise \meta{pre} is `executed' before printing
% the original character string and \meta{post} afterwards. These two are
% `subsets' of
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\newline| ---ensuring a new line;
% \item |\space| ---ensuring a whitespace;
% \item |\indent| ---increasing indention;
% \item |\noindent| ---descreasing indention.
% \end{itemize}
% Now we can give an example.\lstaspectindex{\lstdefineformat}{}\lstaspectindex{format}{}
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstdefineformat{C}{%
%        \{=\newline\string\newline\indent,%
%        \}=\newline\noindent\string\newline,%
%        ;=[\ ]\string\space}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{language={}}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[format=C]
%    for (int i=0;i<10; i++){/* wait */};
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Not good. But there is a (too?) simple work-around:
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstdefineformat{C}{%
%        \{=\newline\string\newline\indent,%
%        \}=[;]\newline\noindent\string\newline,%
%        \};=\newline\noindent\string\newline,%
%        ;=[\ ]\string\space}
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{language={}}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[format=C]
%    for (int i=0;i<10; i++){/* wait */};
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Sometimes the problem is just to find a suitable format definition.
% Further formatting is complicated.
% Here are only three examples with increasing level of difficulty.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Insert horizontal space to separate function/procedure name and
%       following parenthesis or to separate arguments of a function,
%       e.g.~add the space after a comma (if inside function call).
% \item Smart breaking of long lines. Consider long `and/or' expressions.
%       Formatting should follow the logical structure!
% \item Context sensitive formatting rules. It can be annoying if empty
%       or small blocks take three or more lines in the output---think of
%       scrolling down all the time. So it would be nice if the block
%       formatting was context sensitive.
% \end{enumerate}
% Note that this is a very first and clumsy attempt to provide automatic
% formatting---clumsy since the problem isn't trivial. Any ideas are welcome.
% Implementations also. Eventually you should know that you must request format
% definitions at package loading, e.g.~via |\usepackage[formats]{listings}|.
%
% \subsection{Arbitrary linerange markers}\label{rArbitraryLinerangeMarkers}
%
% Instead of using \keyname{linerange} with line numbers, one can use text
% markers. Each such marker consists of a \meta{prefix}, a \meta{text}, and a
% \meta{suffix}. You once (or more) define prefixes and suffixes and then use
% the marker text instead of the line numbers.
% \begin{lstxsample}
%    \lstset{rangeprefix=\{\ ,% curly left brace plus space
%            rangesuffix=\ \}}% space plus curly right brace
% \end{lstxsample}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}%
%          [linerange=loop\ 2-end]
%    { loop 1 }
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    { end }
%    { loop 2 }
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    { end }
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Note that \TeX's special characters like the curly braces, the space, the
% percent sign, and such must be escaped with a backslash.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{rangebeginprefix}|=|\meta{prefix}
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{rangebeginsuffix}|=|\meta{suffix}
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{rangeendprefix}|=|\meta{prefix}
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{rangeendsuffix}|=|\meta{suffix}
%
%       define individual prefixes and suffixes for the begin- and end-marker.
%
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{rangeprefix}|=|\meta{prefix}
% \item[1.2] \rkeyname{rangesuffix}|=|\meta{suffix}
%
%       define identical prefixes and suffixes for the begin- and end-marker.
%
% \item[1.2,true] \rkeyname{includerangemarker}|=|\meta{\alternative{true,false}}
%
%       shows or hides the markers in the output.
% \end{syntax}
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{rangeprefix=\{\ ,rangesuffix=\ \}}}{}
%    \begin{lstlisting}%
%          [linerange=loop\ 1-end,
%           includerangemarker=false,
%           frame=single]
%    { loop 1 }
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { do nothing }
%    end;
%    { end }
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
%
%
%\iffalse
% \section{Forthcoming ?}
%
% This section is rather rudimentary. It just lists some things I don't want
% to forget.
%
% First of all, I'd like to support even more languages, for example Maple,
% PostScript, and so on. Fortunately my lifetime is limited, so other
% people may do that work. Please (e-)mail me your language definitions.
%
% Then, there are several ideas for the future. Some have already been stated
% as `to do's; some came from other people and are stated below; some more are
% far from being implemented,
%   e.g.~\keyname{linerange}|=|\oarg{inter}\marg{line range list}
% which prints all lines in the range and executes \meta{inter} when omitting
% some code lines. The main problem here are frames and background colours;
% what should happen to them? In fact, the problem is how this can be coded.
% Another idea is to change the background colour (or the basic style) for
% particular code blocks. This, too, is not easy.
%
%^^A Auto-detect whether surplus space (from spaces and tabs) isn't needed to fix
%^^A alignment of wide character combinations like |==| or |<>|.
%^^A
%^^A Make package compatible to calc package.
%^^A
%^^A Rewrite \lst@LAS, \lst@DefDriver, \lst@Require to distinguish loading
%^^A of languages (which don't need base languages at once) and aspects
%^^A (which need required aspects to be loaded).
%
% \lsthelper{Vincent~Poirriez}{1999/11/18}{code examples inside caml comments}:
% Inside caml comments, |[| and |]| should print the code in
% between in basicstyle (or another newly introduced style). Nesting of these
% `code example delimiters' is allowed, e.g.~|(* [[x;y]] *)|.
%
% \lsthelper{Claus~Atzenbeck}{1999/12/03}{`extendedchars=false' doesn't issue
% warning when extended characters are used}: issue warning in final mode if
% \ikeyname{extendedchars}|=false| but extended chars are used.
%
% \lsthelper{Andreas~Matthias}{2000/01/04}{define header/footer to print
% the listing name}: Make the header/footer print the listing name. Some
% people asked for continued captions.
%\fi
%
%
% \part{Tips and tricks}
%
% Note: This part of the documentation is under construction.
% Section \ref{uHowTos} must be sorted by topic and ordered in some way.
% Moreover a new section `Examples' is planned, but not written.
% Lack of time is the main problem \ldots
%
%
% \section{Troubleshooting}\label{uTroubleshooting}
%
% If you're faced with a \packagename{listings}' package problem, there are
% some steps you should undergo before you make a bug report. First you should
% consult the reference guide whether the problem is already known. If not,
% create a \emph{minimal} file which reproduces the problem. Follow these
% instructions:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Start from the minimal file in section \ref{uAMinimalFile}.
% \item Add the \LaTeX\ code which causes the problem, but keep it short.
%       In particular, keep the number of additional packages small.
% \item Remove some code from the file (and the according packages) until the
%       problem disappears. Then you've found a crucial piece.
% \item Add this piece of code again and start over with step 3 until all code
%       and all packages are substantial.
% \item You now have a minimal file. Send a bug report to the address on the
%       first page of this documentation and include the minimal file together
%       with the created \texttt{.log}-file. If you use a very special package
%       (i.e.~not on CTAN), also include the package if its software license
%       allows it.
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
% \section{How tos}\label{uHowTos}
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to reference line numbers}
% You want to put |\label{|\meta{whatever}|}| into a \LaTeX\ escape which is
% inside a comment whose delimiters aren't printed? The compiler won't see the
% \LaTeX\ code since inside a comment, and the \packagename{listings} package
% won't print anything since the delimiters are dropped and |\label| doesn't
% produce any printable output. Well, your wish is granted.
%
% In Pascal, for example, you could make the package recognize the `special'
% comment delimiters |(*@| and |@*)| as begin-escape and end-escape sequences.
% Then you can use this special comment for |\label|s and other things.
% \begin{lstsample}{\lstset{numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt}}{}
%    \lstset{escapeinside={(*@}{@*)}}
%
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { comment }(*@\label{comment}@*)
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}
%    Line \ref{comment} shows a comment.
% \end{lstsample}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Can I use `|(*@|' and `|*)|' instead?
%       \advisespace
%       Yes.
% \item Can I use `|(*|' and `|*)|' instead?
%       \advisespace
%       Sure. If you want this.
% \item Can I use `|{@|' and `|@}|' instead?
%       \advisespace
%       No, never! The second delimiter is not allowed. The character `|@|' is
%       defined to check whether the escape is over. But reading the lonely
%       `end-argument' brace, \TeX\ encounters the error `\texttt{Argument of @
%       has an extra \char125}'. Sorry.
% \item Can I use `|{|' and `|}|' instead?
%       \advisespace
%       No. Again the second delimiter is not allowed. Here now \TeX\ would
%       give you a `\texttt{Runaway argument}' error. Since `|}|' is defined to
%       check whether the escape is over, it won't work as `end-argument' brace.
% \item And how can I use a comment line?
%       \advisespace
%       For example, write `|escapeinside={//*}{\^^M}|'. Here |\^^M| represents
%       the end of line character.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to gobble characters}
% To make your \LaTeX\ code more readable, you might want to indent your
% \texttt{lstlisting} listings. This indention must be removed for
% pretty-printing. If you indent each code line by three characters, you can
% remove them via |gobble=3|:
% \begin{lstsample}{}{\lstset{showspaces}}
%    \begin{lstlisting}[gobble=3]
%    1  for i:=maxint to 0 do
%     2 begin
%      3    { do nothing }
%    123end;
%
%       Write('Case insensitive ');
%       WritE('Pascal keywords.');
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% Note that empty lines as well as the beginning and the end of the environment
% need not to respect the indention. But never indent the end by more than
% `\ikeyname{gobble}' characters. Moreover note that tabulators expand to
% |tabsize| spaces before we gobble.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Could I use `\ikeyname{gobble}' together with `|\lstinputlisting|'?
%       \advisespace
%       Yes, but it has no effect.
%
% \item Note that `\ikeyname{gobble}' can also be set via `|\lstset|'.
% \end{advise}
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to include graphics}
% \lsthelper{Herbert~Weinhandl}{1999/09/06}{listings + eps} found a very easy
% way to include graphics in listings. Thanks for contributing this idea---an
% idea I never have had.
%
% Some programming languages allow the dollar sign to be part of an identifier.
% But except for intermediate function names or library functions, this
% character is most often unused. The \packagename{listings} package defines
% the \ikeyname{mathescape} key, which lets `|$|' escape to \TeX's math mode.
% This makes the dollar character an excellent candidate for our purpose here:
% use a package which can include a graphic, set \ikeyname{mathescape} true,
% and include the graphic between two dollar signs, which are inside a comment.
%
% The following example is originally from a header file I got from Herbert.
% For the presentation here I use the \texttt{lstlisting} environment and an
% excerpt from the header file. The |\includegraphics| command is from
% David Carlisle's \packagename{graphics} bundle.
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=true]
%   /*
%    $ \includegraphics[height=1cm]{defs-p1.eps} $
%    */
%   typedef struct {
%     Atom_T          *V_ptr;   /* pointer to Vacancy in grid    */
%     Atom_T          *x_ptr;   /* pointer to (A|B) Atom in grid */
%   } ABV_Pair_T;
%   \end{lstlisting}\end{verbatim}
% The result looks pretty good. Unfortunately you can't see it.
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to get closed frames on each page}
% The package supports closed frames only for listings which don't cross pages.
% If a listing is split on two pages, there is neither a bottom rule at the
% bottom of a page, nor a top rule on the following page. If you insist on
% these rules, you might want to use \texttt{framed.sty} by Donald Arseneau.
% Then you could write
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \begin{framed}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%      or \lstinputlisting{...}
%    \end{lstlisting}
%    \end{framed}\end{verbatim}
% The package also provides a \texttt{shaded} environment. If you use it, you
% shouldn't forget to define \texttt{shadecolor} with the \packagename{color}
% package.
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to print national characters with $\Lambda$ and \packagename{listings}}\label{uNationalCharacters}
%
% Apart from typing in national characters directly, you can use the `escape'
% feature described in section \ref{rEscapingToLaTeX}. 
% The keys \ikeyname{escapechar}, \ikeyname{escapeinside}, and \ikeyname{texcl}
% allow partial usage of \LaTeX\ code.
%
% Now, if you use $\Lambda$ (Lambda, the \LaTeX\ pendant to Omega) and want,
% for example, Arabic comment lines, you need not to write |\begin{arab}|
% \ldots\ |\end{arab}| each escaped comment line. This can be automated:
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lstset{escapebegin=\begin{arab},escapeend=\end{arab}}
%
%    \begin{lstlisting}[texcl]
%    // Replace text by Arabic comment.
%    for (int i=0; i<1; i++) { };
%    \end{lstlisting}\end{verbatim}
% If your programming language doesn't have comment lines, you'll have to use
% \ikeyname{escapechar} or \ikeyname{escapeinside}:
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lstset{escapebegin=\begin{greek},escapeend=\end{greek}}
%
%    \begin{lstlisting}[escapeinside=`']
%    /* `Replace text by Greek comment.' */
%    for (int i=0; i<1; i++) { };
%    \end{lstlisting}\end{verbatim}
% Note that the delimiters |`| and |'| are essential here. The example doesn't
% work without them. There is a more clever way if the comment delimiters of
% the programming language are single characters like the braces in Pascal:
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lstset{escapebegin=\textbraceleft\begin{arab},
%            escapeend=\end{arab}\textbraceright}
%
%    \begin{lstlisting}[escapeinside=\{\}]
%    for i:=maxint to 0 do
%    begin
%        { Replace text by Arabic comment. }
%    end;
%    \end{lstlisting}\end{verbatim}
% Please note that the `interface' to $\Lambda$ is completely untested.
% Reports are welcome!
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to get bold typewriter type keywords}
% Use the \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/luximono}{\packagename{LuxiMono}} package.
% 
% \iffalse
% Many people asked for bold typewriter fonts since they aren't included in
% the \LaTeX\ standard distribution. Here now one answer on how to use them
% in spite of that.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Please note that I personally don't regard the following as a good
%       solution. Such a bold typewriter type is too heavy. It would be better
%       to use a light version of \texttt{cmtt} as basic font and \texttt{cmtt}
%       or a \emph{slightly} heavier type for keywords.
%
% \item Why don't you tell us how to use the better solution?
%       \advisespace
%       A light version of \texttt{cmtt} doesn't exist. If it's once available,
%       you can do a similar job as described below.
% \end{advise}
% First of all, you'll need Metafont source files for bold typewriter, e.g.~
% \texttt{cmbtt8.mf}, \texttt{cmbtt9.mf} and \texttt{cmbtt10.mf} from
% \href{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/fonts/cm/mf-extra/bold}
%      {CTAN/fonts/cm/mf-extra/bold}.
% Secondly you have to create \texttt{.tfm}-files, i.e.~run the Metafont
% program on these sources. This is possibly done automatically when you use
% the fonts in a document. Finally you must tell \LaTeX\ that you've installed
% bold typewriter fonts. Just use
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmtt}{bx}{n}
%         {<5><6><7><8>cmbtt8%
%          <9>cmbtt9%
%          <10><10.95>cmbtt10%
%          <12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>cmbtt10%
%          }{}\end{verbatim}
% in the preamble of your document. If you use these fonts often, you might
% want to make a local copy of \texttt{ot1cmtt.fd} and replace the declaration
% there. But note that you're not allowed to distributed the modified file
% under its original name!
% \fi
%
%
% \subsubsection*{How to get the developer's guide}
% In the \emph{source directory} of the listings package, i.e.~where
% the \texttt{.dtx} files are, create the file \texttt{ltxdoc.cfg} with the
% following contents.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \AtBeginDocument{\AlsoImplementation}\end{verbatim}
% Then run \texttt{\jobname.dtx} through \LaTeX\ twice, run Makeindex,
% and one last time \LaTeX\ on \texttt{\jobname.dtx}. This creates the whole
% documentation including User's guide, Reference guide, Developer's guide,
% and Implementation.
%
%
% \makeatletter
% \def\index@prologue{\section*{Index}\markboth{Index}{Index}}
% \makeatother
%^^A \StopEventually{\lstcheckreference\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}\PrintIndex}
% \StopEventually{\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}\PrintIndex}
%
%
% \part{Developer's guide}
%
% First I must apologize for this developer's guide since some parts are not
% explained as good as possible. But note that you are in a pretty good shape:
% this developer's guide exists! ^^A :-)
% You might want to peak into section \ref{dPackageExtensions} before reading
% section \ref{dBasicConcepts}.
%
%
% \section{Basic concepts}\label{dBasicConcepts}
%
% The functionality of the \packagename{listings} package appears to be
% divided into two parts: on the one hand commands which actually typeset
% listings and on the other via |\lstset| adjustable parameters. Both could
% be implemented in terms of \lst-aspects, which are simply collections of
% public keys and commands and internal hooks and definitions. The package
% defines a couple of aspects, in particular the kernel, the main engine.
% Other aspects drive this engine, and language and style definitions tell
% the aspects how to drive. The relations between car, driver and assistant
% driver are exactly reproduced---and I'll be your driving instructor.
%
%
% \subsection{Package loading}\label{dPackageLoading}
%
% Each option in |\usepackage[|\meta{options}|]{listings}| loads an aspect or
% \emph{prevents} the package from loading it if the aspect name is
% \emph{preceded by an exclamation mark}. This mechanism was designed to clear
% up the dependencies of different package parts and to debug the package. For
% this reason there is another option:
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21,,option] \texttt{noaspects}\leavevmode
%
%       deletes the list of aspects to load. Note that, for example, the
%       option lists |0.21,!labels,noaspects| and |noaspects| are essentially
%       the same: the kernel is loaded and no other aspect.
% \end{syntax}
% This is especially useful for aspect-testing since we can load exactly the
% required parts. Note, however, that an aspect is loaded later if a predefined
% programming language requests it. One can load aspects also by hand:
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20] |\lstloadaspects|\marg{comma separated list of aspect names}
%
%       loads the specified aspects if they are not already loaded.
% \end{syntax}
% Here now is a list of all aspects and related keys and commands---in the hope
% that this list is complete.
% \begin{description}
% \hyphenpenalty=10000\relax \rightskip=0pt plus \linewidth\relax
% \item[\aspectname{strings}]\leavevmode
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{strings}
%
% \item[\aspectname{comments}]\leavevmode
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{comments}
%
% \item[\aspectname{pod}]\leavevmode
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{pod}
%
% \item[\aspectname{escape}]\leavevmode
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{escape}
%
% \item[\aspectname{writefile}] requires 1 |\toks|, 1 |\write|
%
%       |\lst@BeginWriteFile|, |\lst@BeginAlsoWriteFile|, |\lst@EndWriteFile|
%
% \item[\aspectname{style}]\leavevmode
%
%       empty style, \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{style}
%
% \item[\aspectname{language}]\leavevmode
%
%       empty language, \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{language}
%
% \item[\aspectname{keywords}]\leavevmode
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{keywords}
%
% \item[\aspectname{emph}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{emph}
%
% \item[\aspectname{html}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{html}
%
% \item[\aspectname{tex}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{tex}
%
% \item[\aspectname{directives}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{directives}
%
% \item[\aspectname{index}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{index}
%
% \item[\aspectname{procnames}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{procnames}
%
% \item[\aspectname{keywordcomments}]
%       requires \aspectname{keywords}, \aspectname{comments}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{keywordcomments}
%
% \item[\aspectname{labels}] requires 2 |\count|
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{labels}
%
% \item[\aspectname{lineshape}] requires 2 |\dimen|
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{lineshape}
%
% \item[\aspectname{frames}] requires \aspectname{lineshape}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{frames}
%
% \item[\aspectname{make}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{make}
%
% \item[\aspectname{doc}] requires \aspectname{writefile} and 1 |\box|
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{doc}
%
% \item[\aspectname{0.21}] defines old keys in terms of the new ones.
% \item[\aspectname{fancyvrb}] requires 1 |\box|
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{fancyvrb}
%
% \item[\aspectname{lgrind}]\leavevmode
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{lgrind}
%
% \item[\aspectname{hyper}] requires \aspectname{keywords}
%
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{hyper}
% \end{description}
% The kernel allocates 6 |\count|, 4 |\dimen| and 1 |\toks|.
% Moreover it defines the following keys, commands, and environments:
% \begin{itemize}\item[]
% \hyphenpenalty=10000\relax \rightskip=0pt plus \linewidth\relax
%       \lstprintaspectkeysandcmds{kernel}, \keyname{fancyvrb}
% \end{itemize}
%
%
% \subsection{How to define \lst-aspects}\label{dHowToDefineLstAspects}
%
% There are at least three ways to add new functionality: (a) you write an
% aspect of general interest, send it to me, and I'll just paste it into the
% implementation; (b) you write a `local' aspect not of general interest; or
% (c) you have an idea for an aspect and make me writing it. (a) and (b) are
% good choices.^^A :-)
%
% An aspect definition starts with |\lst@BeginAspect| plus arguments and ends
% with the next |\lst@EndAspect|. In particular, aspect definitions can't be
% nested.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@BeginAspect|[\oarg{list of required aspects}]\marg{aspect name}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@EndAspect|
% \end{syntax}
% The optional list is a comma separated list of required aspect names.
% The complete aspect is not defined in each of the following cases:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item \meta{aspect name} is empty.
% \item The aspect is already defined.
% \item A required aspect is neither defined nor loadable via
%       |\lstloadaspects|.
% \end{enumerate}
% Consequently you can't define a part of an aspect and later on another part.
% But it is possible to define aspect $A_1$ and later aspect $A_2$ which
% requires $A_1$.
% \begin{advise}
% \item Put local add-ons into `\texttt{lstmisc0.sty}'---this file is searched
%       first by default. If you want to make add-ons for one particular
%       document just replace the surrounding `|\lst@BeginAspect|' and
%       `|\lst@EndAspect|' by `|\makeatletter|' and `|\makeatother|' and use
%       the definitions in the preamble of your document. However, you have to
%       load required aspects on your own.
% \end{advise}
% You can put any \TeX\ material in between the two commands, but note that
% definitions must be |\global| if you need them later---\LaTeX's |\newcommand|
% makes local definitions and can't be preceded by |\global|. So use the
% following commands, |\gdef|, and commands described in later sections.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@UserCommand|\meta{macro}\meta{parameter text}\marg{replacement text}
%
%       The macro is (mainly) equivalent to |\gdef|. The purpose is to
%       distinguish user commands and internal global definitions.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@Key|\marg{key name}\marg{init value}[\oarg{default value}]\marg{definition}
% \item[0.19] |\lst@Key|\marg{key name}|\relax|[\oarg{default value}]\marg{definition}
%
%       defines a key using the \packagename{keyval} package from David
%       Carlisle. \meta{definition} is the replacement text of a macro with
%       one parameter. The argument is either the value from `key=value' or
%       \meta{default value} if no `=value' is given. The helper macros
%       |\lstKV@...| below might simplify \meta{definition}.
%
%       The key is not initialized if the second argument is |\relax|.
%       Otherwise \meta{init value} is the initial value given to the key.
%       Note that we locally switch to |\globalsdefs=1| to ensure that
%       initialization is not effected by grouping.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@AddToHook|\marg{name of hook}\marg{\TeX\ material}
%
%       adds \TeX\ material at predefined points. Section \ref{dHooks} lists
%       all hooks and where they are defined respectively executed.
%       |\lst@AddToHook{A}{\csa}| before |\lst@AddToHook{A}{\csb}|
%       \emph{does not} guarantee that |\csa| is executed before |\csb|.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@AddToHookExe|\marg{name of hook}\marg{\TeX\ material}
%
%       also executes \meta{\TeX\ material} for initialization. You might use
%       local variables---local in the sense of \TeX\ and/or usual programming
%       languages---but when the code is executed for initialization all
%       assignments are global: we set |\globaldefs| locally to one.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@UseHook|\marg{name of hook}
%
%       executes the hook.
% \end{syntax}
% \begin{advise}
% \item Let's look at two examples. The first extends the package by adding
%       some hook-material. If you want status messages, you might write
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lst@AddToHook{Init}{\message{\MessageBreak Processing listing ...}}
%    \lst@AddToHook{DeInit}{\message{complete.\MessageBreak}}\end{verbatim}
%       The second example introduces two keys to let the user control the
%       messages. The macro |\lst@AddTo| is described in section
%       \ref{dGeneralPurposeMacros}.
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \lst@BeginAspect{message}
%   \lst@Key{message}{Annoying message.}{\gdef\lst@message{#1}}
%   \lst@Key{moremessage}\relax{\lst@AddTo\lst@message{\MessageBreak#1}}
%   \lst@AddToHook{Init}{\typeout{\MessageBreak\lst@message}}
%   \lst@EndAspect\end{verbatim}
%       However, there are certainly aspects which are more useful.
% \end{advise}
% The following macros can be used in the \meta{definition} argument of the
% |\lst@Key| command to evaluate the argument. The additional prefix |KV|
% refers to the \packagename{keyval} package.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] |\lstKV@SetIf|\marg{value}\meta{if macro}
%
%       \meta{if macro} becomes |\iftrue| if the first character of
%       \meta{value} equals |t| or |T|. Otherwise it becomes |\iffalse|.
%       Usually you will use |#1| as \meta{value}.
%
% \item[1.0] \cs{lstKV@SwitchCases}\marg{value}\\
%   |{|\meta{string 1}|&|\meta{execute 1}|\\|\\
%   | |\meta{string 2}|&|\meta{execute 2}|\\|\\
%   \hbox to 3em{\hfill\vdots}\\
%   | |\meta{string $n$}|&|\meta{execute $n$}|}|\marg{else}
%
%       Either execute \meta{else} or the \meta{value} matching part.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lstKV@TwoArg|\marg{value}\marg{subdefinition}
% \item[0.20] |\lstKV@ThreeArg|\marg{value}\marg{subdefinition}
% \item[0.20] |\lstKV@FourArg|\marg{value}\marg{subdefinition}
%
%       \meta{subdefinition} is the replacement text of a macro with two,
%       three, and four parameters. We call this macro with the arguments given
%       by \meta{value}. Empty arguments are added if necessary.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lstKV@OptArg|\oarg{default arg.}\marg{value}\marg{subdefinition}
%
%       |[|\meta{default arg.}|]| is \emph{not} optional. \meta{subdefinition}
%       is the replacement text of a macro with parameter text |[##1]##2|.
%       Note that the macro parameter character |#| is doubled since used
%       within another macro. \meta{subdefinition} accesses these arguments
%       via |##1| and |##2|.
%
%       \meta{value} is usually the argument |#1| passed by the
%       \packagename{keyval} package. If \meta{value} has no optional argument,
%       \meta{default arg.} is inserted to provide the arguments to
%       \meta{subdefinition}.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lstKV@XOptArg|\oarg{default arg.}\marg{value}\meta{submacro}
%
%       Same as |\lstKV@OptArg| but the third argument \meta{submacro} is
%       already a definition and not replacement text.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lstKV@CSTwoArg|\marg{value}\marg{subdefinition}
%
%       \meta{value} is a \texttt comma \texttt separated list of one or two
%       arguments. These are given to the subdefinition which is the
%       replacement text of a macro with two parameters. An empty second
%       argument is added if necessary.
% \end{syntax}
% \begin{advise}
% \item One more example. The key `\keyname{sensitive}' belongs to the aspect
%       \aspectname{keywords}. Therefore it is defined in between
%       `|\lst@BeginAspect{keywords}|' and `|\lst@EndAspect|', which is not shown
%       here.
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \lst@Key{sensitive}\relax[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifsensitive}
%   \lst@AddToHookExe{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@ifsensitive\iftrue}\end{verbatim}
%       The last line is equivalent to
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@ifsensitive\iftrue}
%   \global\let\lst@ifsensitive\iftrue\end{verbatim}
%       We initialize the variable globally since the user might request an
%       aspect in a group. Afterwards the variable is used locally---there is
%       no |\global| in \meta{\TeX\ material}. Note that we could define and
%       init the key as follows:
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \lst@Key{sensitive}t[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifsensitive}
%   \lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@ifsensitive\iftrue}\end{verbatim}
%\end{advise}
%
%
% \subsection{Internal modes}\label{dInternalModes}
%
% You probably know \TeX's conditional commands |\ifhmode|, |\ifvmode|,
% |\ifmmode|, and |\ifinner|. They tell you whether \TeX\ is in (restricted)
% horizontal or (internal) vertical or in (nondisplay) mathematical mode. For
% example, true |\ifhmode| and true |\ifinner| indicate restricted horizontal
% mode, which means that you are in a |\hbox|. The typical user doesn't care
% about such modes; \TeX/\LaTeX\ manages all this. But since you're reading the
% developer's guide, we discuss the analogue for the \packagename{listings}
% package now. It uses modes to distinguish comments from strings, `comment
% lines' from `single comments', and so on.
%
% The package is in `no mode' before reading the source code. In the phase of
% initialization it goes to `processing mode'. Afterwards the mode depends on
% the actual source code. For example, consider the line
% \begin{verbatim}
%    "string" // comment\end{verbatim}
% and assume \texttt{language=C++}. Reading the string delimiter, the package
% enters `string mode' and processes the string. The matching closing delimiter
% leaves the mode, i.e.\ switches back to the general `processing mode'. Coming
% to the two slashes, the package detects a comment line; it therefore enters
% `comment line mode' and outputs the slashes. Usually this mode lasts to the
% end of line.
%
% But with \texttt{textcl=true} the \aspectname{escape} aspect immediately
% leaves `comment line mode', interrupts the current mode sequence, and enters
% `\TeX\ comment line mode'. At the end of line we reenter the previous mode
% sequence `no mode' $\to$ 'processing mode'. This escape to \LaTeX\ works
% since `no mode' implies that \TeX's characters and catcodes are present,
% whereas `processing mode' means that \packagename{listings}' characters and
% catcodes are active.
%
% \begin{table}[htbp]
% \caption{Internal modes}\label{dDefinedInternalModes}
% \def\lsttabspace{\hspace*{1em}\hfill}
% \begin{tabular}{@{}lp{0.56\linewidth}@{}}
% aspect\lsttabspace\meta{mode name} & Usage/We are processing \ldots\\
% \noalign{\smallskip}
% kernel\lsttabspace |\lst@nomode| &
%       If this mode is active, \TeX's `character table' is present; the other
%       implication is not true. Any other mode \emph{may} imply that catcodes
%       and\nobreak/\allowbreak or definitions of characters are changed.
% \\
%       \lsttabspace |\lst@Pmode| &
%       is a general processing mode. If active we are processing a listing,
%       but haven't entered a more special mode.
% \\
%       \lsttabspace |\lst@GPmode| &
%       general purpose mode for language definitions.
% \\
% \aspectname{pod}\lsttabspace |\lst@PODmode| &
%       \ldots~a POD---Perl specific.
% \\
% \aspectname{escape}\lsttabspace |\lst@TeXLmode| &
%       \ldots~a comment line, but \TeX's character table is present---except
%       the EOL character, which is needed to terminate this mode.
% \\
%       \lsttabspace |\lst@TeXmode| &
%       indicates that \TeX's character table is present (except one user
%       specified character, which is needed to terminate this mode).
% \\
% \aspectname{directives}\lsttabspace |\lst@CDmode| &
%       indicates that the current line began with a compiler directive.
% \\
% \aspectname{keywordcomments}\lsttabspace |\lst@KCmode| &
%       \ldots~a keyword comment.
% \\
%       \lsttabspace |\lst@KCSmode| &
%       \ldots~a keyword comment which can be terminated by a semicolon only.
% \\
% \aspectname{html}\lsttabspace |\lst@insidemode| &
%       Active if we are between \texttt{<} and \texttt{>}.
% \\
% \aspectname{make}\lsttabspace |\lst@makemode| &
%       Used to indicate a keyword.
% \end{tabular}
% \end{table}
% Table \ref{dDefinedInternalModes} lists all static modes and which aspects
% they belong to. Most features use dynamically created mode numbers, for
% example all strings and comments. Each aspect may define its own mode(s)
% simply by allocating it/\allowbreak them inside the aspect definition.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] |\lst@NewMode|\meta{mode \textup(control sequence\textup)}
%
%       defines a new static mode, which is a nonnegative integer assigned to
%       \meta{mode}. \meta{mode} should have the prefix \texttt{lst@} and
%       suffix \texttt{mode}.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lst@UseDynamicMode|\marg{token\textup(s\textup)}
%
%       inserts a dynamic mode number as argument to the token(s).
%
%       This macro cannot be used to get a mode number when an aspect is
%       loaded or defined. It can only be used every listing in the process
%       of initialization, e.g.~to define comments when the character table
%       is selected.
%
% \item[0.19,,changed] |\lst@EnterMode|\meta{mode}\marg{start tokens}
%
%       opens a group level, enters the mode, and executes \meta{start tokens}.
%
%       Use |\lst@modetrue| in \meta{start tokens} to prohibit future mode
%       changes---except leaving the mode, of course. You must test yourself
%       whether you're allowed to enter, see below.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@LeaveMode|
%
%       returns to the previous mode by closing a group level if and only if
%       the current mode isn't |\lst@nomode| already. You must test yourself
%       whether you're allowed to leave a mode, see below.
%
%\iffalse
% \item[0.19] |\lst@LeaveAllModes|
%
%       returns to |\lst@nomode|.
%       This is some kind of emergency macro, so don't use it!
%\fi
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@InterruptModes|
% \item[0.19] |\lst@ReenterModes|
%
%       The first command returns to |\lst@nomode|, but saves the current mode
%       sequence on a special stack. Afterwards the second macro returns to the
%       previous mode. In between these commands you may enter any mode you
%       want. In particular you can interrupt modes, enter some modes, and say
%       `interrupt modes' again. Then two re-enters will take you back in front
%       of the first `interrupt modes'.
%
%       Remember that |\lst@nomode| implies that \TeX's character table is
%       active.
% \end{syntax}
% Some variables show the internal state of processing. You are allowed to read
% them, but \emph{direct write access is prohibited}. Note: |\lst@ifmode| is
% \emph{not} obsolete since there is no relation between the boolean and the
% current mode. It will happen that we enter a mode without setting
% |\lst@ifmode| true, and we'll set it true without assigning any mode!
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18,,counter] |\lst@mode|
%
%       keeps the current mode number. Use |\ifnum\lst@mode=|\meta{mode name}
%       to test against a mode. Don't modify the counter directly!
%
% \item[0.18,,boolean] |\lst@ifmode|
%
%       No mode change is allowed if this boolean is true---except leaving the
%       current mode. Use |\lst@modetrue| to modify this variable, but do it
%       only in \meta{start tokens}.
%
% \item[1.0,,boolean] |\lst@ifLmode|
%
%       Indicates whether the current mode ends at end of line.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Hooks}\label{dHooks}
%
% Several problems arise if you want to define an aspect.
% You should and/or must
%   (a) find additional functionality (of general interest) and implement it,
%   (b) create the user interface, and
%   (c) interface with the \packagename{listings} package, i.e.~find correct
%       hooks and insert appropriate \TeX\ material.
% (a) is out of the scope of this developer's guide. The commands |\lstKV@...|
% in section \ref{dHowToDefineLstAspects} might help you with (b). Here now we
% describe all hooks of the \packagename{listings} package.
%
% All hooks are executed inside an overall group. This group starts somewhere
% near the beginning and ends somewhere at the end of each listing. Don't make
% any other assumptions on grouping. So define variables globally if it's
% necessary---and be alert of side effects if you don't use your own groups.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item \hookname{AfterBeginComment}
%
%       is executed after the package has entered comment mode.
%       The starting delimiter is usually typeset when the hook is called.
%
% \item \hookname{BoxUnsafe}
%
%       Contains all material to deactivate all commands and registers which
%       are possibly unsafe inside |\hbox|. It is used whenever the package
%       makes a box around a listing and for \packagename{fancyvrb} support.
%
% \item \hookname{DeInit}
%
%       Called at the very end of a listing but before closing the box from
%       \hookname{BoxUnsafe} or ending a float.
%
% \item \hookname{DetectKeywords}
%
%       This \hookname{Output} subhook is executed if and only if mode changes
%       are allowed, i.e.~if and only if the package doesn't process a comment,
%       string, and so on---see section \ref{dInternalModes}.
%
% \item \hookname{DisplayStyle}
%
%       deactivates/activates features for displaystyle listings.
%
% \item \hookname{EmptyStyle}
%
%       Executed to select the `empty' style---except the user has redefined
%       the style.
%
% \item \hookname{EndGroup}
%
%       Executed whenever the package closes a group, e.g.~at end of comment or
%       string.
%
% \item \hookname{EOL}
%
%       Called at each end of \emph{input} line, right before
%       \hookname{InitVarsEOL}.
%
% \item \hookname{EveryLine}
%
%       Executed at the beginning of each \emph{output} line, i.e.~more than
%       once for broken lines. This hook must not change the horizontal or
%       vertical position.
%
% \item \hookname{EveryPar}
%
%       Executed once for each input line when the output starts. This hook
%       must not change the horizontal or vertical position.
%
%^^A \item \hookname{ExcludeDelims}
%^^A
%^^A       Executed by the \keyname{excludedelims} key before the excluded
%^^A       delimiters are determined.
%^^A
% \item \hookname{ExitVars}
%
%       Executed right before \hookname{DeInit}.
%
% \item \hookname{FontAdjust}
%
%       adjusts font specific internal values (currently |\lst@width| only).
%
% \item \hookname{Init}
%
%       Executed once each listing to initialize things before the character
%       table is changed. It is called after \hookname{PreInit} and before
%       \hookname{InitVars}.
%
% \item \hookname{InitVars}
%
%       Called to init variables each listing.
%
% \item \hookname{InitVarsBOL}
%
%       initializes variables at the beginning of each input line.
%
% \item \hookname{InitVarsEOL}
%
%       updates variables at the end of each input line.
%
% \item \hookname{ModeTrue}
%
%       executed by the package when mode changes become illegal.
%       Here keyword detection is switched off for comments and strings.
%
% \item \hookname{OnEmptyLine}
%
%       executed \emph{before} the package outputs an empty line.
%
% \item \hookname{OnNewLine}
%
%       executed \emph{before} the package starts one or more new lines,
%       i.e.~before saying |\par\noindent\hbox{}| (roughly speaking).
%
% \item \hookname{Output}
%
%       Called before an identifier is printed.
%       If you want a special printing style, modify |\lst@thestyle|.
%
% \item \hookname{OutputBox}
%
%       used inside each output box. Currently it is only used to make the
%       package work together with Lambda---hopefully.
%
% \item \hookname{OutputOther}
%
%       Called before other character strings are printed.
%       If you want a special printing style, modify |\lst@thestyle|.
%
% \item \hookname{PostOutput}
%
%       Called after printing an identifier or any other output unit.
%
% \item \hookname{PostTrackKeywords}
%
%       is a very special \hookname{Init} subhook to insert keyword tests and
%       define keywords on demand.
%       This hook is called after \hookname{TrackKeywords}.
%
% \item \hookname{PreInit}
%
%       Called right before \hookname{Init} hook.
%
% \item \hookname{PreSet}
%
%       Each typesetting command/environment calls this hook to initialize
%       internals before any user supplied key is set.
%
% \item \hookname{SelectCharTable}
%
%       is executed after the package has selected the standard character
%       table. Aspects adjust the character table here and define string and
%       comment delimiters, and such.
%
% \item \hookname{SetFormat}
%
%       Called before internal assignments for setting a format are made.
%       This hook determines which parameters are reset every format selection.
%
% \item \hookname{SetStyle}
%
%       Called before internal assignments for setting a style are made.
%       This hook determines which parameters are reset every style selection.
%
% \item \hookname{SetLanguage}
%
%       Called before internal assignments for setting a language are made.
%       This hook determines which parameters are reset every language
%       selection.
%
% \item \hookname{TextStyle}
%
%       deactivates/activates features for textstyle listings.
%
% \item \hookname{TrackKeywords}
%
%       is a very special \hookname{Init} subhook to insert keyword tests and
%       define keywords on demand.
%       This hook is called before \hookname{PostTrackKeywords}.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Character tables}\label{dCharacterTables}
%
% Now you know how a car looks like, and you can get a driving license if you
% take some practice. But you will have difficulties if you want to make heavy
% alterations to the car. So let's take a closer look and come to the most
% difficult part: the engine. We'll have a look at the big picture and fill in
% the details step by step. For our purpose it's good to override \TeX's
% character table. First we define a standard character table which contains
% \begin{itemize}
% \item letters: characters identifiers are out of,
% \item digits: characters for identifiers or numerical constants,
% \item spaces: characters treated as blank spaces,
% \item tabulators: characters treated as tabulators,
% \item form feeds: characters treated as form feed characters, and
% \item others: all other characters.
% \end{itemize}
% This character table is altered depending on the current programming language.
% We may define string and comment delimiters or other special characters.
% Table \ref{rStdCharTable} on page \pageref{rStdCharTable} shows the standard
% character table. It can be modified with the keys \keyname{alsoletter},
% \keyname{alsodigit}, and \keyname{alsoother}.
%
% How do these `classes' work together? Let's say that the current character
% string is `|tr|'. Then letter `|y|' simply appends the letter and we get
% `|try|'. The next nonletter (and nondigit) causes the output of the
% characters. Then we collect all coming nonletters until reaching a letter
% again. This causes the output of the nonletters, and so on. Internally each
% character becomes active in the sense of \TeX\ and is defined to do the right
% thing, e.g.~we say
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \def A{\lst@ProcessLetter A}\end{verbatim}
% where the first `|A|' is active and the second has letter catcode 11.
% The macro |\lst@ProcessLetter| gets one token and treats it as a letter.
% The following macros exist, where the last three get no explicit argument.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18] |\lst@ProcessLetter| \meta{spec.\ token}
% \item[0.18] |\lst@ProcessDigit| \meta{spec.\ token}
% \item[0.18] |\lst@ProcessOther| \meta{spec.\ token}
% \item[0.18] |\lst@ProcessTabulator|
% \item[0.18] |\lst@ProcessSpace|
% \item[0.20] |\lst@ProcessFormFeed|
% \end{syntax}
% \meta{spec.\ token} is supposed to do two things. Usually it expands to
% a printable version of the character. But if |\lst@UM| is equivalent to
% |\@empty|, \meta{spec.\ token} must expand to a \emph{character token}.
% For example, the sharp usually expands to |\#|, which is defined via
% |\chardef| and is not a character token. But if |\lst@UM| is equivalent to
% |\@empty|, the sharp expands to the character `|#|' (catcode 12). Note:
% \emph{Changes to} |\lst@UM| \emph{must be locally.}  However, there should
% be no need to do such basic things yourself. The \packagename{listings}
% package provides advanced macros which use that feature,
% e.g.~|\lst@InstallKeywords| in section \ref{dKeywordsAndWorkingIdentifiers}.
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.18] |\lst@Def|\marg{character code}\meta{parameter text}\marg{definition}
% \item[0.18] |\lst@Let|\marg{character code}\meta{token}
%
%       defines the specified character respectively assigns \meta{token}.
%       The catcode table if not affected. Be careful if your definition has
%       parameters: it is not safe to read more than one character ahead.
%       Moreover, the argument can be \emph{arbitrary}; somtimes it's the next
%       source code character, sometimes it's some code of the
%       \packagename{listings} package, e.g.~|\relax|, |\@empty|, |\else|,
%       |\fi|, and so on. Therefore don't use \TeX's ord-operator |`| on such
%       an argument, e.g.~don't write |\ifnum`#1=65| to test against `|A|'.
%
%       |\lst@Def| and |\lst@Let| are relatively slow. The real definition of
%       the standard character table differs from the following example, but it
%       could begin with
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lst@Def{9}{\lst@ProcessTabulator}
%    \lst@Def{32}{\lst@ProcessSpace}
%    \lst@Def{48}{\lst@ProcessDigit 0}
%    \lst@Def{65}{\lst@ProcessLetter A}\end{verbatim}
%
%\iffalse
% \item[0.20] |\lst@activecharstrue|
% \item[0.20] |\lst@activecharsfalse|
%
%       control whether selecting the character table also makes all characters
%       active (standard/extended). This is usually true and therefore default.
%       Only the \packagename{fancyvrb} interface sets it locally false.
%\fi
% \end{syntax}
% That's enough for the moment. Section \ref{dUsefulInternalDefinitions}
% presents advanced definitions to manipulate the character table, in
% particular how to add new comment or string types.
%
%
% \subsection{On the output}
%
% The \packagename{listings} package uses some variables to keep the output
% data. Write access is not recommended. Let's start with the easy ones.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.17,,data] |\lst@lastother|
%
%       equals \meta{spec.\ token} version of the last processed
%       nonidentifier-character. Since programming languages redefine the
%       standard character table, we use the original \meta{spec.\ token}.
%       For example, if a double quote was processed last, |\lst@lastother|
%       is not equivalent to the macro which enters and leaves string mode.
%       It's equivalent to |\lstum@"|, where |"| belongs to the control
%       sequence. Remember that \meta{spec.\ token} expands either to a
%       printable or to a token character.
%
%       |\lst@lastother| is equivalent to |\@empty| if such a character is not
%       available, e.g.~at the beginning of a line. Sometimes an indentifier
%       has already been printed after processing the last `other' character,
%       i.e.~the character is far, far away. In this case |\lst@lastother|
%       equals |\relax|.
%
% \item[0.17] |\lst@outputspace|
%
%       Use this predefined \meta{spec.\ token} (obviously for character code
%       32) to test against |\lst@lastother|.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lstum@backslash|
%
%       Use this predefined \meta{spec.\ token} (for character code 92) to test
%       against |\lst@lastother|. In the replacement text for |\lst@Def| one
%       could write |\ifx| |\lst@lastother| |\lstum@backslash| \ldots\ to test
%       whether the last character has been a backslash.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@SaveOutputDef|\marg{character code}\meta{macro}
%
%       Stores the \meta{spec.\ token} corresponding to \meta{character code}
%       in \meta{macro}. This is the only safe way to get a correct meaning to
%       test against |\lst@lastother|, for example
%           |\lst@SaveOutputDef{"5C}\lstum@backslash|.
%
%       You'll get a ``runaway argument'' error if \meta{character code} is not
%       between 33 and 126 (inclusive).
% \end{syntax}
% Now let's turn to the macros dealing a bit more with the output data and
% state.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0] |\lst@XPrintToken|
%
%       outputs the current character string and resets it. This macro keeps
%       track of all variables described here.
%
% \item[0.18,,token] |\lst@token|
%
%       contains the current character string. Each `character' usually
%       expands to its printable version, but it must expand to a character
%       token if |\lst@UM| is equivalent to |\@empty|.
%
% \item[0.12,,counter] |\lst@length|
%
%       is the length of the current character string.
%
% \item[0.12,,dimension] |\lst@width|
%
%       is the width of a single character box.
%
% \item[0.20,,global dimension] |\lst@currlwidth|
%
%       is the width of so far printed line.
%
% \item[0.18,,global counter] |\lst@column|
% \item[0.12,,global counter] |\lst@pos| (nonpositive)
%
%       |\lst@column|$-$|\lst@pos| is the length of the so far printed line.
%       We use two counters since this simplifies tabulator handling:
%       |\lst@pos| is a nonpositive representative of `length of so far
%       printed line' modulo \keyname{tabsize}.
%       It's usually not the biggest nonpositive representative.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@CalcColumn|
%
%       |\@tempcnta| gets |\lst@column| $-$ |\lst@pos| $+$ |\lst@length|.
%       This is the current column number minus one, or the current column
%       number zero based.
%
% \item[0.18,,global dimension] |\lst@lostspace|
%
%       equals `lost' space: desired current line width minus real line width.
%       Whenever this dimension is positive the flexible column format can use
%       this space to fix the column alignment.
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \section{Package extensions}\label{dPackageExtensions}
%
%
% \subsection{Keywords and working identifiers}\label{dKeywordsAndWorkingIdentifiers}
%
% The \aspectname{keywords} aspect defines two main macros. Their respective
% syntax is shown on the left. On the right you'll find examples how the
% package actually defines some keys.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21]
%   \cs{lst@InstallFamily}
%
%   \marg{prefix}\syntaxfill \texttt k\\
%   \marg{name}\syntaxfill |{keywords}|\\
%   \marg{style name}\syntaxfill |{keywordstyle}|\\
%   \marg{style init}\syntaxfill |\bfseries|\\
%   \marg{default style name}\syntaxfill |{keywordstyle}|\\
%   \marg{working procedure}\syntaxfill |{}|\\
%   \meta{\alternative{l,o}}\syntaxfill |l|\\
%   \meta{\alternative{d,o}}\syntaxfill |d|
%
%       installs either a keyword or `working' class of identifiers according
%       to whether \meta{working procedure} is empty.
%
%       The three keys \meta{name}, \keyname{more}\meta{name} and
%       \keyname{delete}\meta{name}, and if not empty \meta{style name} are
%       defined. The first order member of the latter one is initialized with
%       \meta{style init} if not equivalent to |\relax|. If the user leaves a
%       class style undefined, \meta{default style name} is used instead.
%       Thus, make sure that this style is always defined. In the example,
%       the first order keywordstyle is set to |\bfseries| and is the default
%       for all other classes.
%
%       If \meta{working procedure} is not empty, this code is executed when
%       reaching such an (user defined) identifier. \meta{working procedure}
%       takes exactly one argument, namely the class number to which the
%       actual identifier belongs to. If the code uses variables and requires
%       values from previous calls, you must define these variables
%       |\global|ly. It's not sure whether working procedures are executed
%       inside a (separate) group or not.
%
%       \texttt l indicates a language key, i.e.~the lists are reset every
%       language selection. \texttt o stands for `other' key.
%       The keyword respectively working test is either installed at the
%       \hookname{DetectKeyword} or \hookname{Output} hook according to
%       \meta{\alternative{d,o}}.
%
% \item[0.20]
%   \cs{lst@InstallKeywords}
%
%   \marg{prefix}\syntaxfill \texttt{cs}\\
%   \marg{name}\syntaxfill |{texcs}|\\
%   \marg{style name}\syntaxfill |{texcsstyle}|\\
%   \marg{style init}\syntaxfill |\relax|\\
%   \marg{default style name}\syntaxfill |{keywordstyle}|\\
%   \marg{working procedure}\syntaxfill see below\\
%   \meta{\alternative{l,o}}\syntaxfill |l|\\
%   \meta{\alternative{d,o}}\syntaxfill |d|
%
%       Same parameters, same functionality with one execption. The macro
%       installs exactly one keyword class and not a whole family. Therefore
%       the argument to \meta{working procedure} is constant (currently empty).
%
%       The working procedure of the example reads as follows.\vspace*{-.5\baselineskip}
% \begin{verbatim}
%    {\ifx\lst@lastother\lstum@backslash
%         \let\lst@thestyle\lst@texcsstyle
%     \fi}\end{verbatim}
%\vspace*{-.5\baselineskip}
%       What does this procedure do? First of all it is called only if a
%       keyword from the user supplied list (or language definition) is found.
%       The procedure now checks for a preceding backslash and sets the output
%       style accordingly.
%
%\iffalse
% \item[0.20] |\lst@InstallTest|\marg{prefix}\syntaxbreak
%       |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list||\lst@|\meta{name}~|\lst@g|\meta{name}|@list||\lst@g|\meta{name}\syntaxbreak
%       |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|~\meta{\alternative{w,s}}\meta{\alternative{d,o}}
%
%       installs a `working identifier' test or keyword style depending on
%       \meta{\alternative{w,s}}. |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty| contains the
%       working procedure or style macro. Note that the behaviour of the tests
%       depends on the \texttt{savemem} option.
%       The keyword respectively working test is either installed at the
%       \hookname{DetectKeyword} or \hookname{Output} hook according to
%       \meta{\alternative{d,o}}.
%
%^^A    Either each call of this macro or each different \meta{prefix} inserts
%^^A    another test (depending on the \texttt{savemem} option).
%
%       |\lst@|\meta{name} contains the current identifier list and
%       |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list| a `|\lst@|\meta{$n_i$}|\lst@g|\meta{$n_i$}'
%       sequence of currently used classes. If no other classes are used,
%       this equals |\lst@|\meta{name}|\lst@g|\meta{name}. The global versions
%       |\lst@g|\ldots\ are used to keep track of the keywords.
%       (This description needs improvement.)
%\fi
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Delimiters}
%
% We describe two stages: adding a new delimiter type to an existing class of
% delimiters and writing a new class. Each class has its name; currently exist
% \texttt{Comment}, \texttt{String}, and \texttt{Delim}. As you know, the
% latter and the first both provide the type \texttt l, but there is no string
% which starts with the given delimiter and ends at end of line. So we'll add
% it now!
%
% First of all we extend the list of string types by
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lst@AddTo\lst@stringtypes{,l}\end{verbatim}
% Then we must provide the macro which takes the user supplied delimiter and
% makes appropriate definitions. The command name consists of the prefix
% |\lst@|, the delimiter name, |DM| for using dynamic modes, and |@| followed
% by the type.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \gdef\lst@StringDM@l#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
%        \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#3{#1}{#5\lst@Lmodetrue}}\end{verbatim}
% You can put these three lines into a \texttt{.sty}-file or surround them by
% |\makeatletter| and |\makeatother| in the preamble of a document.
% And that's all!
%{\makeatletter
%\lst@AddTo\lst@stringtypes{,l}
%\gdef\lst@StringDM@l#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{^^A
%   \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#3{#1}{#5\lst@Lmodetrue}}
%}
% \begin{lstsample}{}{}
%    \lstset{string=[l]//}
%    \begin{lstlisting}
%    // This is a string.
%    This isn't a string.
%    \end{lstlisting}
% \end{lstsample}
% You want more details, of course. Let's begin with the arguments.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item The first argument \emph{after} |\@empty| is used to start the
%       delimiter. It's provided by the delimiter class.
% \item The second argument \emph{after} |\@empty| is used to end the
%       delimiter. It's also provided by the delimiter class. We didn't
%       need it in the example, see the explanation below.
% \item The third argument \emph{after} |\@empty| is
%       \marg{style}\meta{start tokens}.
%       This with a preceding |\def\lst@currstyle| is used as argument to
%       |\lst@EnterMode|. The delimiter class also provides it. In the
%       example we `extended' |#5| by |\lst@Lmodetrue| (line mode true).
%       The mode automatically ends at end of line, so we didn't need the
%       end-delimiter argument.
% \end{itemize}
% And now for the other arguments. In case of dynamic modes, the first argument
% is the mode number. Then follow the user supplied  delimiter(s) whose number
% must match the remaining arguments up to |\@empty|. For non-dynamic modes,
% you must either allocate a static mode yourself or use a predefined mode
% number. The delimiters then start with the first argument.
%
% Eventually let's look at the replacement text of the macro. The sequence
% |\lst@CArg #2\relax| puts two required arguments after |\lst@DefDelimB|.
% The syntax of the latter macro is
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[1.0] \cs{lst@DefDelimB}
%
%   |{|\meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\marg{rest}|}|\syntaxfill |{//{}}|\\
%   \meta{save 1st}\syntaxfill |\lst@c/0|\\
%   \marg{execute}\syntaxfill|{}|\\
%   \marg{delim~exe~modetrue}\syntaxfill|{}|\\
%   \marg{delim~exe~modefalse}\syntaxfill|{}|\\
%   \meta{start-delimiter macro}\syntaxfill|#3|\\
%   \meta{mode number}\syntaxfill |{#1}|\\
%   |{|\marg{style}\meta{start tokens}|}|\syntaxfill |{#5\lst@Lmodetrue}|
%
%       defines \meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\meta{rest} as starting-delimiter.
%       \meta{execute} is executed when the package comes to \meta{1st}.
%       \meta{delim~exe~modetrue} and \meta{delim~exe~modefalse} are
%       executed only if the whole delimiter \meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\meta{rest}
%       is found. Exactly one of them is called depending on |\lst@ifmode|.
%
%       By default the package enters the mode if the delimiter is found
%       \emph{and} |\lst@ifmode| is false. Internally we make an appropriate
%       definition of |\lst@bnext|, which can be gobbled by placing
%       |\@gobblethree| at the very end of \meta{delim exe modefalse}.
%       One can provide an own definition (and gobble the default).
%
%       \meta{save 1st} must be an undefined macro and is used internally to
%       store the previous meaning of \meta{1st}. The arguments \meta{2nd}
%       and/or \meta{rest} are empty if the delimiter has strictly less than
%       three characters. All characters of \meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\meta{rest}
%       must already be active (if not empty).
%       That's not a problem since the macro |\lst@CArgX| does this job.
%   
% \item[1.0] \cs{lst@DefDelimE}
%
%   |{|\meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\marg{rest}|}|\\
%   \meta{save 1st}\\
%   \marg{execute}\\
%   \marg{delim~exe~modetrue}\\
%   \marg{delim~exe~modefalse}\\
%   \meta{end-delimiter macro}\\
%   \meta{mode number}
%
%       Ditto for ending-delimiter with slight differences:
%       \meta{delim~exe~modetrue} and \meta{delim~exe~modefalse} are executed
%       depending on whether |\lst@mode| equals \meta{mode}.
%
%       The package ends the mode if the delimiter is found and |\lst@mode|
%       equals \meta{mode}. Internally we make an appropriate definition of
%       |\lst@enext| (not |\lst@bnext|), which can be gobbled by placing
%       |\@gobblethree| at the very end of \meta{delim exe modetrue}.
%
% \item[1.0] \cs{lst@DefDelimBE}
%
%   followed by the same eight arguments as for |\lst@DefDelimB| and \ldots\\
%   \meta{end-delimiter macro}
%
%       This is a combination of |\lst@DefDelimB| and |\lst@DefDelimE| for the
%       case of starting and ending delimiter being the same.
% \end{syntax}
% We finish the first stage by examining two easy examples.
% \texttt d-type strings are defined by
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \gdef\lst@StringDM@d#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
%        \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimBE{}{}{}#3{#1}{#5}#4}\end{verbatim}
% (and an entry in the list of string types).
% Not a big deal. Ditto \texttt d-type comments:
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \gdef\lst@CommentDM@s#1#2#3\@empty#4#5#6{%
%        \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#4{#1}{#6}%
%        \lst@CArg #3\relax\lst@DefDelimE{}{}{}#5{#1}}\end{verbatim}
% Here we just need to use both |\lst@DefDelimB| and |\lst@DefDelimE|.
% \goodbreak
%
% So let's get to the second stage. For illustration, here's the definition of
% the \texttt{Delim} class. The respective first argument to the service macro
% makes it delete all delimiters of the class, add the delimiter, or delete
% the particular delimiter only.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \lst@Key{delim}\relax{\lst@DelimKey\@empty{#1}}
%    \lst@Key{moredelim}\relax{\lst@DelimKey\relax{#1}}
%    \lst@Key{deletedelim}\relax{\lst@DelimKey\@nil{#1}}\end{verbatim}
% The service macro itself calls another macro with appropriate arguments.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \gdef\lst@DelimKey#1#2{%
%        \lst@Delim{}#2\relax{Delim}\lst@delimtypes #1%
%                    {\lst@BeginDelim\lst@EndDelim}
%            i\@empty{\lst@BeginIDelim\lst@EndIDelim}}\end{verbatim}
% We have to look at those arguments. Above you can see the actual arguments
% for the \texttt{Delim} class, below are the \texttt{Comment} class ones.
% Note that the user supplied value covers the second and third line of
% arguments.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21,,changed]
%   \cs{lst@Delim}
%
%   \meta{default style macro}\syntaxfill \cs{lst@commentstyle}\\ \relax
%   [\texttt*[\texttt*]]\texttt[\meta{type}\texttt][\texttt[\meta{style}\texttt][\texttt[\meta{type option}\texttt]]]\\
%   \meta{delimiter\textup(s\textup)}\cs{relax}\syntaxfill|#2|\cs{relax}\\
%   \marg{delimiter name}\syntaxfill|{Comment}|\\
%   \meta{delimiter types macro}\syntaxfill\texttt{\cs{lst@commenttypes}}\\
%   \alternative{\cs{@empty},\cs{@nil},\cs{relax}}\syntaxfill|#1|\\
%   \marg{begin- and end-delim macro}\syntaxfill|{|\cs{lst@BeginComment}\cs{lst@EndComment}|}|\\
%   \meta{extra prefix}\syntaxfill |i|\\
%   \meta{extra conversion}\syntaxfill |\@empty|\\
%   \marg{begin- and end-delim macro}\syntaxfill|{|\cs{lst@BeginIComment}\cs{lst@EndIComment}|}|
%
%   Most arguments should be clear. We'll discuss the last four. Both
%   \marg{begin- and end-delim macro} must contain exactly two control
%   sequences, which are given to |\lst@|\meta{name}[|DM|]|@|\meta{type}
%   to begin and end a delimiter. These are the arguments |#3| and |#4| in our
%   first example of |\lst@StringDM@l|. Depending on whether the user chosen
%   type starts with \meta{extra prefix}, the first two or the last control
%   sequences are used.
%
%   By default the package takes the delimiter(s), makes the characters active,
%   and places them after |\lst@|\meta{name}[|DM|]|@|\meta{type}. If the user
%   type starts with \meta{extra prefix}, \meta{extra conversion} might change
%   the definition of |\lst@next| to choose a different conversion. The default
%   is equivalent to |\lst@XConvert| with |\lst@false|.
%
%   Note that \meta{type} never starts with \meta{extra prefix} since it is
%   discarded. The functionality must be fully implemented by choosing a
%   different \marg{begin- and end-delim macro} pair.
% \end{syntax}
% You might need to know the syntaxes of the \meta{begin- and end-delim macro}s.
% They are called as follows.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21] |\lst@Begin|\meta{whatever}
%
%   \marg{mode}
%   |{|\marg{style}\meta{start tokens}|}|
%   \meta{delimiter}|\@empty|
%
% \item[0.21] |\lst@End|\meta{whatever}
%
%   \marg{mode}
%   \meta{delimiter}|\@empty|
% \end{syntax}
% The existing macros are internally defined in terms of |\lst@DelimOpen| and
% |\lst@DelimClose|, see the implementation.
%
%
% \subsection{Getting the kernel run}
%
% If you want new pretty-printing environments, you should be happy with
% section \ref{rEnvironments}. New commands like |\lstinline| or
% |\lstinputlisting| are more difficult. Roughly speaking you must follow
% these steps.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Open a group to make all changes local.
% \item \meta{Do whatever you want.}
% \item Call |\lsthk@PreSet| in any case.
% \item Now you \emph{might } want to (but need not) use |\lstset| to set some
%       new values.
% \item \meta{Do whatever you want.}
% \item Execute |\lst@Init\relax| to finish initialization.
% \item \meta{Do whatever you want.}
% \item Eventually comes the source code, which is processed by the kernel.
%       You must ensure that the characters are either not already read or all
%       active. Moreover \emph{you} must install a way to detect the end of the
%       source code. If you've reached the end, you must \ldots
% \item \ldots\ call |\lst@DeInit| to shutdown the kernel safely.
% \item \meta{Do whatever you want.}
% \item Close the group from the beginning.
% \end{enumerate}
% For example, consider the |\lstinline| command in case of being not inside an
% argument. Then the steps are as follows.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item |\leavevmode\bgroup| opens a group.
% \item |\def\lst@boxpos{b}| `baseline' aligns the listing.
% \item |\lsthk@PreSet|
% \item |\lstset{flexiblecolumns,#1}| (|#1| is the user provided
%       key=value list)
% \item |\lsthk@TextStyle| deactivates all features not safe here.
% \item |\lst@Init\relax|
% \item |\lst@Def{`#1}{\lst@DeInit\egroup}| installs the `end inline'
%       detection, where |#1| is the next character after |\lstinline|.
%       Moreover chr(13) is redefined to end the fragment in the same way but
%       also issues an error message.
% \item Now comes the source code and \ldots
% \item \ldots\ |\lst@DeInit| (from |\lst@Def| above) ends the code snippet
%       correctly.
% \item Nothing.
% \item |\egroup| (also from |\lst@Def|) closes the group.
% \end{enumerate}
% The real definition is different since we allow source code inside arguments.
% Read also section \ref{iTheInputCommand} if you really want to write
% pretty-printing commands.
%
%
% \section{Useful internal definitions}\label{dUsefulInternalDefinitions}
%
% This section requires an update.
%
%
% \subsection{General purpose macros}\label{dGeneralPurposeMacros}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] |\lst@AddTo|\meta{macro}\marg{\TeX~material}
%
%       adds \meta{\TeX~material} globally to the contents of \meta{macro}.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@Extend|\meta{macro}\marg{\TeX~material}
%
%       calls |\lst@AddTo| after the first token of \meta{\TeX~material} is
%       |\expand|ed|after|. For example, |\lst@Extend \a \b| merges the
%       contents of the two macros and stores it globally in |\a|.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@lAddTo|\meta{macro}\marg{\TeX~material}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@lExtend|\meta{macro}\marg{\TeX~material}
%
%       are local versions of |\lst@AddTo| and |\lst@Extend|.
%
% \item[0.18] |\lst@DeleteKeysIn|\meta{macro}\meta{macro \textup(keys to remove\textup)}
%
%       Both macros contain a comma separated list of keys (or keywords). All
%       keys appearing in the second macro are removed (locally) from the first.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@ReplaceIn|\meta{macro}\meta{macro \textup(containing replacement list\textup)}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@ReplaceInArg|\meta{macro}\marg{replacement list}
%
%       The replacement list has the form $a_1b_1$\ldots$a_nb_n$, where each
%       $a_i$ and $b_i$ is a character sequence (enclosed in braces if
%       necessary) and may contain macros, but the first token of $b_i$ must
%       not be equivalent to |\@empty|. Each sequence $a_i$ inside the first
%       macro is (locally) replaced by $b_i$.
%       The suffix |Arg| refers to the \emph{braced} second argument instead of
%       a (nonbraced) macro. It's a hint that we get the `real' argument and
%       not a `pointer' to the argument.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@IfSubstring|\marg{character sequence}\meta{macro}\marg{then}\marg{else}
%
%       \meta{then} is executed if \meta{character sequence} is a substring of
%       the contents of \meta{macro}. Otherwise \meta{else} is called.
%
% \item[0.12] |\lst@IfOneOf|\meta{character sequence}|\relax|\meta{macro}\marg{then}\marg{else}
%
%       |\relax| terminates the first parameter here since it is faster than
%       enclosing it in braces. \meta{macro} contains a comma separated list
%       of identifiers. If the character sequence is one of these indentifiers,
%       \meta{then} is executed, and otherwise \meta{else}.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lst@Swap|\marg{tok1}\marg{tok2}
%
%       changes places of the following two tokens or arguments \emph{without}
%       inserting braces. For example, |\lst@Swap{abc}{def}| expands to
%       |defabc|.
%
% \item[0.18] |\lst@IfNextChars|\meta{macro}\marg{then}\marg{else}
% \item[0.19] |\lst@IfNextCharsArg|\marg{character sequence}\marg{then}\marg{else}
%
%       Both macros execute either \meta{then} or \meta{else} according to
%       whether the given character sequence respectively the contents of the
%       given macro is found (after the three arguments). Note an important
%       difference between these macros and \LaTeX's |\@ifnextchar|:
%       We remove the characters behind the arguments until it is possible to
%       decide which part must be executed. However, we save these characters
%       in the macro |\lst@eaten|, so they can be inserted using \meta{then} or
%       \meta{else}.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@IfNextCharActive|\marg{then}\marg{else}
%
%       executes \meta{then} if next character is active, and \meta{else}
%       otherwise.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@DefActive|\meta{macro}\marg{character sequence}
%
%       stores the character sequence in \meta{macro}, but all characters
%       become active. The string \emph{must not} contain a begin group, end
%       group or escape character (|{}\|); it may contain a left brace, right
%       brace or backslash with other meaning (= catcode). This command
%       would be quite surplus if \meta{character sequence} is not already read
%       by \TeX\ since such catcodes can be changed easily. It is explicitly
%       allowed that the charcaters have been read, e.g.~in
%       |\def\test{\lst@DefActive\temp{ABC}}|!
%
%       Note that this macro changes |\lccode|s 0--9 without restoring them.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@DefOther|\meta{macro}\marg{character sequence}
%
%       stores \meta{character sequence} in \meta{macro}, but all characters
%       have catcode 12. Moreover all spaces are removed and control sequences
%       are converted to their name without preceding backslash. For example,
%       |\{ Chip \}| leads to |{Chip}| where all catcodes are 12---internally
%       the primitive |\meaning| is used.
%
% \iffalse
% \item[0.19] |\lst@MakeActive|\marg{character sequence}
%
%       stores the character sequence in |\lst@arg| and has the same
%       restrictions as |\lst@DefActive|. If fact, the latter definition uses
%       this macro here.
% \fi
% \end{syntax}
%
%
% \subsection{Character tables manipulated}\label{dCharacterTablesManipulated}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@SaveDef|\marg{character code}\meta{macro}
%
%       Saves the current definition of the specified character in
%       \meta{macro}. You should always save a character definition before you
%       redefine it! And use the saved version instead of writing directly
%       |\lst@Process|\ldots---the character could already be redefined and
%       thus not equivalent to its standard definition.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@DefSaveDef|\marg{character code}\meta{macro}\meta{parameter text}\marg{definition}
% \item[0.20] |\lst@LetSaveDef|\marg{character code}\meta{macro}\meta{token}
%
%       combine |\lst@SaveDef| and |\lst@Def| respectively |\lst@Let|.
% \end{syntax}
% Of course I shouldn't forget to mention \emph{where} to alter the character
% table. Hook material at \hookname{SelectCharTable} makes permanent changes,
% i.e.~it effects all languages. The following two keys can be used in any
% language definition and effects the particular language only.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.20] |SelectCharTable=|\meta{\TeX\ code}
% \item[0.20] |MoreSelectCharTable=|\meta{\TeX\ code}
%
%       uses \meta{\TeX\ code} (additionally) to select the character table.
%       The code is executed after the standard character table is selected,
%       but possibly before other aspects make more changes. Since previous
%       meanings are always saved and executed inside the new definition, this
%       should be harmless.
% \end{syntax}
% Here come two rather useless examples. Each point (full stop) will cause a
% message `|.|' on the terminal and in the |.log| file if language |useless| is
% active:
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \lstdefinelanguage{useless}
%       {SelectCharTable=\lst@DefSaveDef{46}% save chr(46) ...
%            \lsts@point             % ... in \lsts@point and ...
%            {\message{.}\lsts@point}% ... use new definition
%       }\end{verbatim}
% If you want to count points, you could write
% \begin{verbatim}
%   \newcount\lst@points % \global
%   \lst@AddToHook{Init}{\global\lst@points\z@}
%   \lst@AddToHook{DeInit}{\message{Number of points: \the\lst@points}}
%   \lstdefinelanguage[2]{useless}
%       {SelectCharTable=\lst@DefSaveDef{46}\lsts@point
%            {\global\advance\lst@points\@ne \lsts@point}
%       }\end{verbatim}
% |% \global| indicates that the allocated counter is used globally. We zero
% the counter at the beginning of each listing, display a message about the
% current value at the end of a listing, and each processed point advances the
% counter by one.
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21] |\lst@CArg|\meta{active characters}|\relax|\meta{macro}
%
%       The string of active characters is split into \meta{1st}, \meta{2nd},
%       and \marg{rest}. If one doesn't exist, an empty argument is used. Then
%       \meta{macro} is called with |{|\meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\marg{rest}|}| plus
%       a yet undefined control sequence \meta{save 1st}. This macro is
%       intended to hold the current definition of \meta{1st}, so \meta{1st}
%       can be redefined without loosing information.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@CArgX|\meta{characters}|\relax|\meta{macro}
%
%       makes \meta{characters} active before calling |\lst@CArg|.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lst@CDef{|\meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\marg{rest}|}|\meta{save 1st}\marg{execute}\marg{pre}\marg{post}
%
%       should be used in connection with |\lst@CArg| or |\lst@CArgX|, i.e.~as
%       \meta{macro} there. \meta{1st}, \meta{2nd}, and \meta{rest} must be
%       active characters and \meta{save 1st} must be an undefined control
%       sequence.
%
%       Whenever the package reaches the character \meta{1st} (in a listing),
%       \meta{execute} is executed. If the package detects the whole string
%       \meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\meta{rest}, we additionally execute \meta{pre},
%       then the string, and finally \meta{post}.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lst@CDefX|\meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\marg{rest}\meta{save 1st}\marg{execute}\marg{pre}\marg{post}
%
%       Ditto except that we execute \meta{pre} and \meta{post} without the
%       original string if we reach \meta{1st}\meta{2nd}\meta{rest}.
%       This means that the string is replaced by \meta{pre}\meta{post} (with
%       preceding \meta{execute}).
% \end{syntax}
% As the final example, here's the definition of |\lst@DefDelimB|.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \gdef\lst@DefDelimB#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
%        \lst@CDef{#1}#2%
%            {#3}%
%            {\let\lst@bnext\lst@CArgEmpty
%             \lst@ifmode #4\else
%                 #5%
%                 \def\lst@bnext{#6{#7}{#8}}%
%             \fi
%             \lst@bnext}%
%            \@empty}\end{verbatim}
% You got it?
%
%
% \part{Implementation}
%
%
% \CheckSum{11807}
%^^A
%^^A Don't index TeX-primitives.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\advance,\afterassignment,\aftergroup,\batchmode,\begingroup}
% \DoNotIndex{\box,\catcode,\char,\chardef,\closeout,\copy,\count,\csname,\def}
% \DoNotIndex{\dimen,\discretionary,\divide,\dp,\edef,\else,\end,\endcsname}
% \DoNotIndex{\endgroup,\endinput,\endlinechar,\escapechar,\everypar}
% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\gdef,\global,\globaldefs,\hbadness,\hbox}
% \DoNotIndex{\hrulefill,\hss,\ht}
% \DoNotIndex{\if,\ifdim,\iffalse,\ifhmode,\ifinner,\ifnum,\ifodd,\iftrue}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifvoid,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\immediate,\input,\jobname,\kern}
% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\leftskip,\let,\long,\lower,\lowercase,\meaning,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\multiply,\muskip,\noexpand,\noindent,\openout,\par,\parfillskip}
% \DoNotIndex{\parshape,\parskip,\raise,\read,\relax,\rightskip,\setbox,\skip}
% \DoNotIndex{\string,\the,\toks,\uppercase,\vbox,\vcenter,\vrule,\vtop,\wd}
% \DoNotIndex{\write,\xdef}
%
%^^A
%^^A Don't index LaTeX's private definitions.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\@@end,\@@par,\@M,\@arabic,\@circlefnt,\@currentlabel}
% \DoNotIndex{\@currenvir,\@depth,\@doendpe,\@dottedtocline,\@eha,\@ehc}
% \DoNotIndex{\@empty,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo,\@float,\@for,\@getcirc}
% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@halfwidth,\@height,\@ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\@ifundefined,\@ignoretrue,\@makecaption,\@makeother,\@namedef}
% \DoNotIndex{\@ne,\@noligs,\@notprerr,\@onlypreamble,\@secondoftwo,\@spaces}
% \DoNotIndex{\@starttoc,\@totalleftmargin,\@undefined,\@whilenum}
% \DoNotIndex{\@wholewidth,\@width}
% \DoNotIndex{\c@chapter,\c@figure,\c@page,\end@float,\f@family,\filename@area}
% \DoNotIndex{\filename@base,\filename@ext,\filename@parse,\if@twoside}
% \DoNotIndex{\l@ngrel@x,\m@ne,\new@command,\nfss@catcodes,\tw@,\thr@@}
% \DoNotIndex{\z@,\zap@space}
%
%^^A
%^^A Don't index LaTeX's package definitions.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\AtEndOfPackage}
% \DoNotIndex{\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
% \DoNotIndex{\MessageBreak,\NeedsTeXFormat,\PackageError,\PackageWarning}
% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesFile,\ProvidesPackage,\RequirePackage}
%
%^^A
%^^A Don't index LaTeX's public definitions.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\abovecaptionskip,\active,\addcontentsline,\addtocounter,\begin}
% \DoNotIndex{\belowcaptionskip,\bfseries,\bgroup,\bigbreak,\chapter}
% \DoNotIndex{\contentsname,\do,\egroup,\footnotesize,\index,\itshape}
% \DoNotIndex{\linewidth,\llap,\makeatletter,\newbox,\newcommand,\newcount}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcounter,\newdimen,\newtoks,\newwrite,\nointerlineskip}
% \DoNotIndex{\normalbaselines,\normalfont,\numberline,\pretolerance,\protect}
% \DoNotIndex{\qquad,\refstepcounter,\removelastskip,\renewcommand,\rlap}
% \DoNotIndex{\small,\smallbreak,\smallskipamount,\smash,\space,\strut}
% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox,\tableofcontents,\textasciicircum,\textasciitilde}
% \DoNotIndex{\textasteriskcentered,\textbackslash,\textbar,\textbraceleft}
% \DoNotIndex{\textbraceright,\textdollar,\textendash,\textgreater,\textless}
% \DoNotIndex{\textunderscore,\textvisiblespace,\thechapter,\ttdefault}
% \DoNotIndex{\ttfamily,\typeout,\value,\vphantom}
%
%^^A
%^^A Don't index definitions from other packages.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\MakePercentComment,\MakePercentIgnore}
%
%^^A
%^^A Don't index 0.19 definitions.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\listlistingsname,\listoflistings,\lstbox,\lstbox@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lstlanguage@}
%
%^^A
%^^A Don't index 0.20 subdefinitions.
%^^A
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@ATH@,\lst@BOLGobble@,\lst@BOLGobble@@,\lst@CArg@,\lst@CArg@@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@CBC@,\lst@CBC@@,\lst@CCECUse@,\lst@CCPutMacro@,\lst@DefLang@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@DefLang@@,\lst@DefOther@,\lst@DeleteKeysIn@,\lst@Escape@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lstframe@,\lst@frameH@,\lst@frameL@,\lst@frameR@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@FillFixed@,\lst@FindAlias@,\lst@FVConvert@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@IfNextChars@,\lst@IfNextChars@@,\lst@InsideConvert@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@InstallKeywords@,\lst@Key@,\lst@KeywordTestI@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@MakeActive@,\lst@MakeMoreKeywords@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@RC@,\lst@RC@@,\lst@ReplaceIn@,\lst@ReplaceInput@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@ReportAllocs@,\lst@SKS@,\lst@SKS@@,\lst@UBC@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lst@WorkingTestI@,\lstalias@,\lstalias@@,\lstalso@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lstdefinestyle@,\lstenv@BOLGobble@@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lstenv@ProcessJ@,\lstinline@,\lstKV@OptArg@,\lstKV@SetIf@}
% \DoNotIndex{\lstlang@,\lstnewenvironment@,\lst@outputpos,\lstset@}
%
%
% \section{Overture}
%
% \paragraph{Registers}
% For each aspect, the required numbers of registers are listed in section
% \lstref{dPackageLoading}. Furthermore, the \packagename{keyval} package
% allocates one token register. The macros, boxes and counters
% |\@temp|\ldots|a|/|b|, the dimensions |\@tempdim|\ldots, and the macro
% |\@gtempa| are also used, see the index.
%
% \paragraph{Naming conventions}
% Let's begin with definitions for the user. All these public macros have
% lower case letters and contain |lst|. Private macros and variables use the
% following prefixes (not up-to-date?):
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\lst@| for a general macro or variable,
% \item |\lstenv@| if it is defined for the listing environment,
% \item |\lsts@| for |s|aved character meanings,
% \item |\lsthk@|\meta{name of hook} holds hook material,
% \item |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@| for various kinds of keywords and working
%       identifiers.
% \item |\lstlang@|\meta{language}|@|\meta{dialect} contains a language and
% \item |\lststy@|\meta{the style} contains style definition,
% \item |\lstpatch@|\meta{aspect} to patch an aspect,
%
% \item |\lsta@|\meta{language}|$|\meta{dialect} contains alias,
% \item |\lsta@|\meta{language} contains alias for all dialects of a language,
% \item |\lstdd@|\meta{language} contains default dialect of a language
%       (if present).
% \end{itemize}
% To distinguish procedure-like macros from data-macros, the name of procedure
% macros use upper case letters with each beginning word, e.g.~|\lst@AddTo|.
% A macro with suffix |@| is the main working-procedure for another definition,
% for example |\lstinputlisting@| does the main work for |\lstinputlisting|.
%
% \paragraph{Preamble}
% All files generated from this \texttt{listings.dtx} will get a header.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% Please read the software license in listings-1.3.dtx or listings-1.3.pdf.
%%
%% (w)(c) 1996--2004 Carsten Heinz and/or any other author listed
%% elsewhere in this file.
%% (c) 2006 Brooks Moses
%%
%% Send comments and ideas on the package, error reports and additional
%% programming languages to <bmoses@dpdx.net>.
%%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Identification}
% All files will have same date and version.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\filedate{2004/09/07}
\def\fileversion{1.3}
%    \end{macrocode}
% What we need and who we are.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\AtEndOfPackage{\ProvidesPackage{listings}
             [\filedate\space\fileversion\space(Carsten Heinz)]}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CheckVersion}
% can be used by the various driver files to guarantee the correct version.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CheckVersion#1{\edef\reserved@a{#1}%
    \ifx\lst@version\reserved@a \expandafter\@gobble
                          \else \expandafter\@firstofone \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@version\fileversion
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% For example by the miscellaneous file
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\ProvidesFile{lstmisc.sty}
             [\filedate\space\fileversion\space(Carsten Heinz)]
\lst@CheckVersion\fileversion
    {\typeout{^^J%
     ***^^J%
     *** This file requires `listings.sty' version \fileversion.^^J%
     *** You have a serious problem, so I'm exiting ...^^J%
     ***^^J}%
     \batchmode \@@end}
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% or by the dummy patch.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*patch>
\ProvidesFile{lstpatch.sty}
             [\filedate\space\fileversion\space(Carsten Heinz)]
\lst@CheckVersion\lst@version{}
%</patch>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc>
\ProvidesPackage{lstdoc}
             [\filedate\space\fileversion\space(Carsten Heinz)]
%</doc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Category codes}
% We define two macros to ensure correct catcodes when we input other files of
% the \packagename{listings} package.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InputCatcodes}
% |@| and |"| become letters. Tabulators and EOLs are ignored; this avoids
% unwanted spaces---in the case I've forgotten a comment character.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
\def\lst@InputCatcodes{%
    \makeatletter \catcode`\"12%
    \catcode`\^^@\active
    \catcode`\^^I9%
    \catcode`\^^L9%
    \catcode`\^^M9%
    \catcode`\%14%
    \catcode`\~\active}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@RestoreCatcodes}
% To load the kernel, we will change some catcodes and lccodes. We restore them
% at the end of package loading. \lsthelper{Dr.~Jobst~Hoffmann}{2000/11/17}
% {incompatibility with typehtml package} reported an incompatibility with the
% \packagename{typehtml} package, which is resolved by |\lccode`\/`\/| below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@RestoreCatcodes#1{%
    \ifx\relax#1\else
        \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand#1\the\catcode`#1\relax
        \expandafter\lst@RestoreCatcodes
    \fi}
\edef\lst@RestoreCatcodes{%
    \noexpand\lccode`\noexpand\/`\noexpand\/%
    \lst@RestoreCatcodes\"\^^I\^^M\~\^^@\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we are ready for
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InputCatcodes
\AtEndOfPackage{\lst@RestoreCatcodes}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \paragraph{Statistics}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GetAllocs}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ReportAllocs}
% are used to show the allocated registers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*info>
\def\lst@GetAllocs{%
    \edef\lst@allocs{%
        0\noexpand\count\the\count10,1\noexpand\dimen\the\count11,%
        2\noexpand\skip\the\count12,3\noexpand\muskip\the\count13,%
        4\noexpand\box\the\count14,5\noexpand\toks\the\count15,%
        6\noexpand\read\the\count16,7\noexpand\write\the\count17}}
\def\lst@ReportAllocs{%
    \message{^^JAllocs:}\def\lst@temp{none}%
    \expandafter\lst@ReportAllocs@\lst@allocs,\z@\relax\z@,}
\def\lst@ReportAllocs@#1#2#3,{%
    \ifx#2\relax \message{\lst@temp^^J}\else
        \@tempcnta\count1#1\relax \advance\@tempcnta -#3\relax
        \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\else
            \let\lst@temp\@empty
            \message{\the\@tempcnta \string#2,}%
        \fi
        \expandafter\lst@ReportAllocs@
    \fi}
\lst@GetAllocs
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</info>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \paragraph{Miscellaneous}
% \begin{macro}{\@lst}
% Just a definition to save memory space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
\def\@lst{lst}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \section{General problems}
%
% All definitions in this section belong to the kernel.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%^^A \subsection{Quick `if parameter empty'}
%^^A
%^^A There are many situations where you have to look whether a macro parameter is empty.
%^^A We have at least two possibilities to test |#1|, for example:
%^^A \begin{center}
%^^A \begin{minipage}{0.35\linewidth}
%^^A \begin{verbatim}
%^^A\def\test{#1}%
%^^A\ifx \test\empty
%^^A        % #1 is empty
%^^A\else
%^^A        % #1 is not empty
%^^A\fi\end{verbatim}
%^^A \end{minipage}
%^^A \hskip2em\vrule\hskip2em
%^^A \begin{minipage}{0.35\linewidth}
%^^A \begin{verbatim}
%^^A\ifx \empty#1\empty
%^^A        % #1 is empty
%^^A\else
%^^A        % #1 is not empty
%^^A\fi\end{verbatim}
%^^A \end{minipage}
%^^A \end{center}
%^^A where |\empty| is defined by |\def\empty{}|, of course.
%^^A The left variant should be clear and works in any case.
%^^A The right-hand side works correct if and only if the first token of |#1| is
%^^A not equivalent to |\empty|.
%^^A This granted, the |\ifx| is true if and only if |#1| is empty (since |\empty|
%^^A left from |#1| is (not) compared with |\empty| on the right).
%^^A The two |\empty|s might be replaced by any other macro, which is not
%^^A equivalent to the first token of the argument.
%^^A But the definition of that macro shouldn't be too complex since this would
%^^A slow down the |\ifx|.
%^^A The right example needs about $45\%$ of the left's time.
%^^A Note that this \TeX{}nique lost its importance from version 0.18 on and that
%^^A other packages use |!| or |\relax| instead of |\empty|, for example.
%^^A
%^^A This \TeX nique is described in ``The \TeX book'' on page 376.
%
%
% \subsection{Substring tests}\label{iSubstringTests}
%
% \lstset{language=TeX,gobble=4,xleftmargin=20pt,columns=[l]fullflexible,mathescape,keywordstyle=\ttfamily,texcsstyle=\bfseries}
% \let\texverb\lstinline
% \lstnewenvironment{texcode}[1][]{\lstset{#1}}{}
% \lstset{keywords={def,key}}
%
% It's easy to decide whether a given character sequence is a substring of
% another string. For example, for the substring \texverb|def| we could say
% \begin{texcode}
%   \def \lst@temp#1def#2\relax{%
%       \ifx \@empty#2\@empty
%               % "def" is not a substring
%       \else
%               % "def" is a substring
%       \fi}
%
%   \lst@temp $\meta{another\ string}$def\relax
% \end{texcode}
% When \TeX\ passes the arguments |#1| and |#2|, the second is empty if
% and only if \texverb|def| is not a substring. Without the additional
% \texverb|def\relax|, one would get a ``runaway argument'' error if
% \meta{another string} doesn't contain \texverb|def|.
%
% We use substring tests mainly in the special case of an identifier and a
% comma separated list of keys or keywords:
% \begin{texcode}[keywords=key]
%   \def \lst@temp#1,key,#2\relax{%
%       \ifx \@empty#2\@empty
%               % `key' is not a keyword
%       \else
%               % `key' is a keyword
%       \fi}
%
%   \lst@temp,$\meta{list\ of\ keywords}$,key,\relax
% \end{texcode}
% This works very well and is quite fast. But we can reduce run time in the
% case that \texttt{key} is a keyword. Then |#2| takes the rest of the string,
% namely all keywords after \texttt{key}.
% Since \TeX\ inserts |#2| between the \texverb|\@empty|s, it must drop all of
% |#2| except the first character---which is compared with \texverb|\@empty|.
% We can redirect this rest to a third parameter:
% \begin{texcode}[keywords=key]
%   \def \lst@temp#1,key,#2#3\relax{%
%       \ifx \@empty#2%
%               % "key" is not a keyword
%       \else
%               % "key" is a keyword
%       \fi}
%
%   \lst@temp,$\meta{list\ of\ keywords}$,key,\@empty\relax
% \end{texcode}
% That's a bit faster and an improvement for version 0.20.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfSubstring}
% The implementation should be clear from the discussion above.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfSubstring#1#2{%
    \def\lst@temp##1#1##2##3\relax{%
        \ifx \@empty##2\expandafter\@secondoftwo
                 \else \expandafter\@firstoftwo \fi}%
    \expandafter\lst@temp#2#1\@empty\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfOneOf}
% Ditto.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfOneOf#1\relax#2{%
    \def\lst@temp##1,#1,##2##3\relax{%
        \ifx \@empty##2\expandafter\@secondoftwo
                 \else \expandafter\@firstoftwo \fi}%
    \expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,#2,#1,\@empty\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{REMOVED}
% One day, if there is need for a case insensitive key(word) test again, we
% can use two |\uppercase|s to normalize the first parameter:
%    \begin{verbatim}
%\def\lst@IfOneOfInsensitive#1\relax#2{%
%    \uppercase{\def\lst@temp##1,#1},##2##3\relax{%
%        \ifx \@empty##2\expandafter\@secondoftwo
%                 \else \expandafter\@firstoftwo \fi}%
%    \uppercase{%
%        \expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,#2,#1},\@empty\relax}\end{verbatim}
% Here we assume that macro |#2| already contains capital characters only, see
% the definition of |\lst@MakeMacroUppercase| at the very end of section
% \ref{iMakingTests}. If we \emph{must not} assume that, we could simply
% insert an |\expandafter| between the second |\uppercase| and the following
% brace. But this slows down the tests!
% \end{REMOVED}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DeleteKeysIn}
% The submacro does the main work; we only need to expand the second
% macro---the list of keys to remove---and append the terminator |\relax|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DeleteKeysIn#1#2{%
    \expandafter\lst@DeleteKeysIn@\expandafter#1#2,\relax,}
%    \end{macrocode}
% `Replacing' the very last |\lst@DeleteKeysIn@| by |\lst@RemoveCommas|
% terminates the loop here. Note: The |\@empty| after |#2| ensures that this
% macro also works if |#2| is empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DeleteKeysIn@#1#2,{%
    \ifx\relax#2\@empty
        \expandafter\@firstoftwo\expandafter\lst@RemoveCommas
    \else
        \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we haven't reached the end of the list and if the key is not empty, we
% define a temporary macro which removes all appearances.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \def\lst@temp##1,#2,##2{%
                ##1%
                \ifx\@empty##2\@empty\else
                    \expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,%
                \fi ##2}%
            \edef#1{\expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,#1,#2,\@empty}%
        \fi
    \fi
    \lst@DeleteKeysIn@#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{OLDDEF}
% The following modification needs about $50\%$ more run time.
% It doesn't use |\edef| and thus also works with |\{| inside |#1|.
% However, we don't need that at the moment.
%    \begin{verbatim}
%            \def\lst@temp##1,#2,##2{%
%                \ifx\@empty##2%
%                    \lst@lAddTo#1{##1}%
%                \else
%                    \lst@lAddTo#1{,##1}%
%                    \expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,%
%                \fi ##2}%
%            \let\@tempa#1\let#1\@empty
%            \expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,\@tempa,#2,\@empty\end{verbatim}
% \end{OLDDEF}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@RemoveCommas}
% The macro drops commas at the beginning and assigns the new value to |#1|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@RemoveCommas#1{\edef#1{\expandafter\lst@RC@#1\@empty}}
\def\lst@RC@#1{\ifx,#1\expandafter\lst@RC@ \else #1\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{OLDDEF}
% The following version works with |\{| inside the macro |#1|.
%    \begin{verbatim}
%\def\lst@RemoveCommas#1{\expandafter\lst@RC@#1\@empty #1}
%\def\lst@RC@#1{%
%    \ifx,#1\expandafter\lst@RC@
%      \else\expandafter\lst@RC@@\expandafter#1\fi}
%\def\lst@RC@@#1\@empty#2{\def#2{#1}}\end{verbatim}
% \end{OLDDEF}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ReplaceIn}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ReplaceInArg}
% These macros are similar to |\lst@DeleteKeysIn|, except that \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ReplaceIn#1#2{%
    \expandafter\lst@ReplaceIn@\expandafter#1#2\@empty\@empty}
\def\lst@ReplaceInArg#1#2{\lst@ReplaceIn@#1#2\@empty\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space we replace |#2| by |#3| instead of |,#2,| by a single comma
% (which removed the key |#2| above).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ReplaceIn@#1#2#3{%
    \ifx\@empty#3\relax\else
        \def\lst@temp##1#2##2{%
            \ifx\@empty##2%
                \lst@lAddTo#1{##1}%
            \else
                \lst@lAddTo#1{##1#3}\expandafter\lst@temp
            \fi ##2}%
        \let\@tempa#1\let#1\@empty
        \expandafter\lst@temp\@tempa#2\@empty
        \expandafter\lst@ReplaceIn@\expandafter#1%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Flow of control}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree}
% is defined if and only if undefined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand*\@gobblethree[3]{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GobbleNil}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@GobbleNil#1\@nil{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Swap}
% is just this:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Swap#1#2{#2#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@if}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@true}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@false}
% A general |\if| for temporary use.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@true{\let\lst@if\iftrue}
\def\lst@false{\let\lst@if\iffalse}
\lst@false
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfNextCharsArg}
% is quite easy: We define a macro and call |\lst@IfNextChars|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfNextCharsArg#1{%
    \def\lst@tofind{#1}\lst@IfNextChars\lst@tofind}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfNextChars}
% We save the arguments and start a loop.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfNextChars#1#2#3{%
    \let\lst@tofind#1\def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}%
    \let\lst@eaten\@empty \lst@IfNextChars@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Expand the characters we are looking for.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfNextChars@{\expandafter\lst@IfNextChars@@\lst@tofind\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we can refine |\lst@tofind| and append the input character |#3| to
% |\lst@eaten|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfNextChars@@#1#2\relax#3{%
    \def\lst@tofind{#2}\lst@lAddTo\lst@eaten{#3}%
    \ifx#1#3%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If characters are the same, we either call |\@tempa| or continue the test.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifx\lst@tofind\@empty
            \let\lst@next\@tempa
        \else
            \let\lst@next\lst@IfNextChars@
        \fi
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the characters are different, we call |\@tempb|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\@tempb
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfNextCharActive}
% We compare the character |#3| with its active version |\lowercase{~}|.
% Note that the right brace between |\ifx~| and |#3| ends the |\lowercase|.
% The |\endgroup| restores the |\lccode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfNextCharActive#1#2#3{%
    \begingroup \lccode`\~=`#3\lowercase{\endgroup
    \ifx~}#3%
        \def\lst@next{#1}%
    \else
        \def\lst@next{#2}%
    \fi \lst@next #3}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@for}
% A for-loop with expansion of the loop-variable.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@for#1\do#2{%
    \def\lst@forbody##1{#2}%
    \@for\lst@forvar:=#1\do
	    {\expandafter\lst@forbody\expandafter{\lst@forvar}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Catcode changes}\label{iCatcodeChanges}
%
% A character gets its catcode right after reading it and \TeX\ has no 
% primitive command to change attached catcodes. However, we can replace these
% characters by characters with same ASCII codes and different catcodes.
% It's not the same but suffices since the result is the same.
% Here we treat the very special case that all characters become active.
% If we want \texverb|\lst@arg| to contain an active version of the character
% |#1|, a prototype macro could be
% \begin{texcode}
%   \def\lst@MakeActive#1{\lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\def\lst@arg{~}}}
% \end{texcode}
% The |\lowercase| changes the ASCII code of |~| to the one of |#1| since we
% have said that |~| is the lower case version of |#1|.
% Fortunately the |\lowercase| doesn't change the catcode, so we have an active
% version of |#1|.
% Note that |~| is usually active.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeActive}
% We won't do this character by character.
% To increase speed we change nine characters at the same time (if nine
% characters are left).
% \begin{TODO}
% This was introduced when the delimiters were converted each listings. Now
% this conversion is done only each language selection. So we might want to
% implement a character by character conversion again to decrease the memory
% usage.
% \end{TODO}
% We get the argument, empty |\lst@arg| and begin a loop.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MakeActive#1{%
    \let\lst@temp\@empty \lst@MakeActive@#1%
    \relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% There are nine |\relax|es since |\lst@MakeActive@| has nine parameters and we
% don't want any problems in the case that |#1| is empty.
% We need nine active characters now instead of a single |~|.
% We make these catcode changes local and define the coming macro |\global|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^@=\active \catcode`\^^A=\active \catcode`\^^B=\active
\catcode`\^^C=\active \catcode`\^^D=\active \catcode`\^^E=\active
\catcode`\^^F=\active \catcode`\^^G=\active \catcode`\^^H=\active
%    \end{macrocode}
% First we |\let| the next operation be |\relax|.
% This aborts our loop for processing all characters (default and possibly
% changed later).
% Then we look if we have at least one character.
% If this is not the case, the loop terminates and all is done.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@MakeActive@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{\let\lst@next\relax
    \ifx#1\relax
    \else \lccode`\^^@=`#1%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Otherwise we say that |^^@|=chr(0) is the lower case version of the first
% character.
% Then we test the second character.
% If there is none, we append the lower case |^^@| to |\lst@temp|.
% Otherwise we say that |^^A|=chr(1) is the lower case version of the second
% character and we test the next argument, and so on.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx#2\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^A=`#2%
    \ifx#3\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^B=`#3%
    \ifx#4\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^C=`#4%
    \ifx#5\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B^^C}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^D=`#5%
    \ifx#6\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^E=`#6%
    \ifx#7\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D^^E}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^F=`#7%
    \ifx#8\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D^^E^^F}}%
    \else \lccode`\^^G=`#8%
    \ifx#9\relax
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D^^E^^F^^G}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If nine characters are present, we append (lower case versions of) nine
% active characters and call this macro again via redefining |\lst@next|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \else \lccode`\^^H=`#9%
        \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@temp{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D^^E^^F^^G^^H}}%
        \let\lst@next\lst@MakeActive@
    \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
    \lst@next}
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% This |\endgroup| restores the catcodes of chr(0)--chr(8), but not the
% catcodes of the characters inside |\lst@MakeActive@| since they are already
% read.
%
% Note: A conversion from an arbitrary `catcode--character code' table back to
% \TeX's catcodes is possible if we test against the character codes (either
% via |\ifnum| or |\ifcase|).
% But control sequences and begin and end group characters definitely need
% some special treatment.
% However I haven't checked the details.
% So just ignore this and don't bother me for this note. :\,--\,)
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefActive}
% An easy application of |\lst@MakeActive|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DefActive#1#2{\lst@MakeActive{#2}\let#1\lst@temp}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefOther}
% We use the fact that |\meaning| produces catcode 12 characters except spaces
% stay spaces. |\escapechar| is modified locally to suppress the output of an
% escape character. Finally we remove spaces via \LaTeX's |\zap@space|, which
% was proposed by \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}{1997/04/24}{use \zap@space}---not
% in this context, but that doesn't matter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DefOther#1#2{%
    \begingroup \def#1{#2}\escapechar\m@ne \expandafter\endgroup
    \expandafter\lst@DefOther@\meaning#1\relax#1}
\def\lst@DefOther@#1>#2\relax#3{\edef#3{\zap@space#2 \@empty}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%\ifhyper
% \subsection{Applications to \ref*{iCatcodeChanges}}\label{iApplicationsTo}
%\else
% \subsection{Applications to \ref{iCatcodeChanges}}\label{iApplicationsTo}
%\fi
%
% If an environment is used inside an argument, the listing is already read and
% we can do nothing to preserve the catcodes.
% However, under certain circumstances the environment can be used inside an
% argument---that's at least what I've said in the User's guide.
% And now I have to work for it coming true.
% Moreover we define an analogous conversion macro for the
% \packagename{fancyvrb} mode.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] |\lst@InsideConvert{|\meta{\TeX\ material \textup(already read\textup)}|}|
%
%       \emph{appends} a verbatim version of the argument to |\lst@arg|, but all
%       appended characters are active. Since it's not a character to character
%       conversion, `verbatim' needs to be explained. All characters can be
%       typed in as they are except |\|, |{|, |}| and |%|. If you want one of
%       these, you must write |\\|, |\{|, |\}| and |\%| instead.
%       If two spaces should follow each other, the second (third, fourth,
%       \ldots) space must be entered with a preceding backslash.
%
% \item[0.19] |\lst@XConvert{|\meta{\TeX\ material \textup(already read\textup)}|}|
%
%       \emph{appends} a `verbatim' version of the argument to |\lst@arg|.
%       Here \TeX\ material is allowed to be put inside argument braces like
%       |{(*}{*)}|. The contents of these arguments are converted, the braces
%       stay as curly braces.
%
%       If |\lst@if| is true, each second argument is treated differently.
%       Only the first character (of the delimiter) becomes active.
% \end{syntax}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InsideConvert}
% If \texttt{mathescape} is not on, we call (near the end of this definition) a
% submacro similar to |\zap@space| to replaced single spaces by active spaces.
% Otherwise we check whether the code contains a pair |$...$| and call the
% appropriate macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InsideConvert#1{%
   \lst@ifmathescape
      \lst@InsideConvert@e#1$\@nil
      \lst@if
         \lst@InsideConvert@ey#1\@nil
      \else
         \lst@InsideConvert@#1 \@empty
         \expandafter\@gobbletwo
      \fi
      \expandafter\lst@next
   \else
      \lst@InsideConvert@#1 \@empty
   \fi}
\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\ \relax \lowercase{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We make |#1| active and append these characters (plus an active space) to
% |\lst@arg|.
% If we haven't found the end |\@empty| of the input, we continue the process.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@InsideConvert@#1 #2{%
    \lst@MakeActive{#1}%
    \ifx\@empty#2%
        \lst@lExtend\lst@arg{\lst@temp}%
    \else
        \lst@lExtend\lst@arg{\lst@temp~}%
        \expandafter\lst@InsideConvert@
    \fi #2}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we end the |\lowercase| and close a group.
%    \begin{macrocode}
}\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% The next definition has been used above to check for |$...$| and the following
% one keeps the math contents from being converted. This feature was requested by
% \lsthelper{Dr.~Jobst~Hoffmann}{}{}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InsideConvert@e#1$#2\@nil{%
   \ifx\@empty#2\@empty \lst@false \else \lst@true \fi}
\def\lst@InsideConvert@ey#1$#2$#3\@nil{%
   \lst@InsideConvert@#1 \@empty
   \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{%
      \lst@ifdropinput\else
         \lst@TrackNewLines\lst@OutputLostSpace \lst@XPrintToken
         \setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox\bgroup$\lst@escapebegin
         #2%
         \lst@escapeend$\egroup \lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput
         \lst@whitespacefalse
      \fi}%
   \def\lst@next{\lst@InsideConvert{#3}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@XConvert}
% Check for an argument \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@XConvert{\@ifnextchar\bgroup \lst@XConvertArg\lst@XConvert@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots, convert the argument, add it together with group delimiters to
% |\lst@arg|, and we continue the conversion.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@XConvertArg#1{%
    {\lst@false \let\lst@arg\@empty
     \lst@XConvert#1\@nil
     \global\let\@gtempa\lst@arg}%
    \lst@lExtend\lst@arg{\expandafter{\@gtempa}}%
    \lst@XConvertNext}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Having no |\bgroup|, we look whether we've found the end of the input, and
% convert one token ((non)active character or control sequence) and continue.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@XConvert@#1{%
    \ifx\@nil#1\else
        \begingroup\lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\endgroup
        \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg~}%
        \expandafter\lst@XConvertNext
    \fi}
\def\lst@XConvertNext{%
    \lst@if \expandafter\lst@XConvertX
      \else \expandafter\lst@XConvert \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we make only the first character active.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@XConvertX#1{%
    \ifx\@nil#1\else
        \lst@XConvertX@#1\relax
        \expandafter\lst@XConvert
    \fi}
\def\lst@XConvertX@#1#2\relax{%
    \begingroup\lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\endgroup
    \lst@XCConvertX@@~}{#2}}
\def\lst@XCConvertX@@#1#2{\lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{{#1#2}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Driver file handling*}
%
% The \packagename{listings} package is split into several driver files,
% miscellaneous (= aspect) files, and one kernel file.
% All these files can be loaded partially and on demand---except the kernel
% which provides this functionality.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.21] |\lst@Require|\marg{name}\marg{prefix}\marg{feature list}\meta{alias}\meta{file list macro}
%
%       tries to load all items of \meta{feature list} from the files
%       listed in \meta{file list macro}.
%       Each item has the form [\oarg{sub}]\meta{feature}.
%       |\lst@if| equals |\iftrue| if and only if all items were loadable.
%
%       The macro \meta{alias} gets an item as argument and must define
%       appropriate versions of |\lst@oalias| and |\lst@malias|. In fact
%       the feature associated with these definitions is loaded. You can
%       use \meta{alias}=|\lst@NoAlias| for no substitution.
%
%       \meta{prefix} identifies the type internally and \meta{name} is used
%       for messages.
%
%       For example, |\lstloadaspects| uses the following arguments where |#1|
%       is the list of aspects: |{aspects}|\allowbreak|a|\allowbreak
%       |{#1}|\allowbreak|\lst@NoAlias|\allowbreak|\lstaspectfiles|.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@DefDriver|\marg{name}\marg{prefix}\meta{interface macro}|\if|\alternative{true,false}
%
%       
%
% \item[0.21] |\lst@IfRequired|\oarg{sub}\marg{feature}\marg{then}\marg{else}
%
%       is used inside a driver file by the aspect, language, or whatever
%       else defining commands. \meta{then} is executed if and only if
%       \oarg{sub}\marg{feature} has been requested via |\lst@Require|.
%       Otherwise \meta{else} is executed---which is also the case for
%       subsequent calls with the same \oarg{sub}\marg{feature}.
%
%       \meta{then} and \meta{else} may use |\lst@prefix| (read access only).
%
%       |\lst@BeginAspect| in section \ref{iAspectCommands} and |\lst@DefDriver|
%       serve as examples.
% \end{syntax}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Require}
% Initialize variables (if required items aren't empty), \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Require#1#2#3#4#5{%
    \begingroup
    \aftergroup\lst@true
    \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\else
        \def\lst@prefix{#2}\let\lst@require\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space and for each nonempty item: determine alias and add it to
% |\lst@require| if it isn't loaded.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \edef\lst@temp{\expandafter\zap@space#3 \@empty}%
        \lst@for\lst@temp\do{%
          \ifx\@empty##1\@empty\else \lstKV@OptArg[]{##1}{%
            #4[####1]{####2}%
            \@ifundefined{\@lst\lst@prefix @\lst@malias $\lst@oalias}%
            {\edef\lst@require{\lst@require,\lst@malias $\lst@oalias}}%
            {}}%
          \fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Init things and input files if and as long as it is necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \global\let\lst@loadaspects\@empty
        \lst@InputCatcodes
        \ifx\lst@require\@empty\else
            \lst@for{#5}\do{%
                \ifx\lst@require\@empty\else
                    \InputIfFileExists{##1}{}{}%
                \fi}%
        \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Issue error and call |\lst@false| (after closing the local group) if some
% items weren't loadable.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifx\lst@require\@empty\else
            \PackageError{Listings}{Couldn't load requested #1}%
            {The following #1s weren't loadable:^^J\@spaces
             \lst@require^^JThis may cause errors in the sequel.}%
            \aftergroup\lst@false
        \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Request aspects.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifx\lst@loadaspects\@empty\else
            \lst@RequireAspects\lst@loadaspects
        \fi
    \fi
    \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfRequired}
% uses |\lst@IfOneOf| and adds some code to \meta{then} part:
% delete the now loaded item from the list and define
% |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{feature}|$|\meta{sub}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfRequired[#1]#2{%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@temp{[#1]#2}%
    \expandafter\lst@IfRequired@\lst@temp\relax}
\def\lst@IfRequired@[#1]#2\relax#3{%
    \lst@IfOneOf #2$#1\relax\lst@require
        {\lst@DeleteKeysIn@\lst@require#2$#1,\relax,%
         \global\expandafter\let
             \csname\@lst\lst@prefix @#2$#1\endcsname\@empty
         #3}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@require}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@require\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@NoAlias}
% just defines |\lst@oalias| and |\lst@malias|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NoAlias[#1]#2{%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@oalias{#1}\lst@NormedDef\lst@malias{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LAS}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LAS#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
    \lst@Require{#1}{#2}{#3}#4#5%
    #4#3%
    \@ifundefined{lst#2@\lst@malias$\lst@oalias}%
        {\PackageError{Listings}%
         {#1 \ifx\@empty\lst@oalias\else \lst@oalias\space of \fi
          \lst@malias\space undefined}%
         {The #1 is not loadable. \@ehc}}%
        {#6\csname\@lst#2@\lst@malias $\lst@oalias\endcsname #7}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@RequireAspects}
% \begin{macro}{\lstloadaspects}
% make use of the just developped definitions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@RequireAspects#1{%
    \lst@Require{aspect}{asp}{#1}\lst@NoAlias\lstaspectfiles}
\let\lstloadaspects\lst@RequireAspects
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstaspectfiles}
% This macro is defined if and only if it's undefined yet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{lstaspectfiles}
    {\newcommand\lstaspectfiles{lstmisc0.sty,lstmisc.sty}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefDriver}
% Test the next character and reinsert the arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefDriver#1#2#3#4{%
    \@ifnextchar[{\lst@DefDriver@{#1}{#2}#3#4}%
                 {\lst@DefDriver@{#1}{#2}#3#4[]}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We set |\lst@if| locally true if the item has been requested.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefDriver@#1#2#3#4[#5]#6{%
    \def\lst@name{#1}\let\lst@if#4%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@driver{\@lst#2@#6$#5}%
    \lst@IfRequired[#5]{#6}{\begingroup \lst@true}%
                           {\begingroup}%
    \lst@setcatcodes
    \@ifnextchar[{\lst@XDefDriver{#1}#3}{\lst@DefDriver@@#3}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that |\lst@XDefDriver| takes optional `base' arguments, but eventually
% calls |\lst@DefDriver@@|. We define the item (in case of need), and
% |\endgroup| resets some catcodes and |\lst@if|, i.e.~|\lst@XXDefDriver| knows
% whether called by a public or internal command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefDriver@@#1#2{%
    \lst@if
        \global\@namedef{\lst@driver}{#1{#2}}%
    \fi
    \endgroup
    \@ifnextchar[\lst@XXDefDriver\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We get the aspect argument, and (if not empty) load the aspects immediately
% if called by a public command or extend the list of required aspects or
% simply ignore the argument if the item leaves undefined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@XXDefDriver[#1]{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else
        \lst@if
            \lstloadaspects{#1}%
        \else
            \@ifundefined{\lst@driver}{}%
            {\xdef\lst@loadaspects{\lst@loadaspects,#1}}%
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We insert an additional `also'key=value pair.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@XDefDriver#1#2[#3]#4#5{\lst@DefDriver@@#2{also#1=[#3]#4,#5}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Aspect commands}\label{iAspectCommands}
%
% This section contains commands used in defining `\lst-aspects'.
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UserCommand}
% is mainly equivalent to |\gdef|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<!info>\let\lst@UserCommand\gdef
%<info>\def\lst@UserCommand#1{\message{\string#1,}\gdef#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginAspect}
% A straight-forward implementation:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\lst@BeginAspect[2][]{%
    \def\lst@curraspect{#2}%
    \ifx \lst@curraspect\@empty
        \expandafter\lst@GobbleAspect
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \meta{aspect name} is not empty, there are certain other conditions not to
% define the aspect (as described in section \ref{dHowToDefineLstAspects}).
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<!info>        \let\lst@next\@empty
%<info>        \def\lst@next{%
%<info>            \message{^^JDefine lst-aspect `#2':}\lst@GetAllocs}%
        \lst@IfRequired[]{#2}%
            {\lst@RequireAspects{#1}%
             \lst@if\else \let\lst@next\lst@GobbleAspect \fi}%
            {\let\lst@next\lst@GobbleAspect}%
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndAspect}
% finishes an aspect definition.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@EndAspect{%
    \csname\@lst patch@\lst@curraspect\endcsname
%<info>    \lst@ReportAllocs
    \let\lst@curraspect\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GobbleAspect}
% drops all code up to the next |\lst@EndAspect|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\lst@GobbleAspect#1\lst@EndAspect{\let\lst@curraspect\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Key}
% The command simply defines the key. But we must take care of an optional
% parameter and the initialization argument |#2|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Key#1#2{%
%<info>    \message{#1,}%
    \@ifnextchar[{\lstKV@def{#1}{#2}}%
                 {\def\lst@temp{\lst@Key@{#1}{#2}}
                  \afterassignment\lst@temp
                  \global\@namedef{KV@\@lst @#1}####1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now comes a renamed and modified copy from a \packagename{keyval} macro:
% We need global key definitions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@def#1#2[#3]{%
    \global\@namedef{KV@\@lst @#1@default\expandafter}\expandafter
        {\csname KV@\@lst @#1\endcsname{#3}}%
    \def\lst@temp{\lst@Key@{#1}{#2}}\afterassignment\lst@temp
    \global\@namedef{KV@\@lst @#1}##1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We initialize the key if the first token of |#2| is not |\relax|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Key@#1#2{%
    \ifx\relax#2\@empty\else
        \begingroup \globaldefs\@ne
        \csname KV@\@lst @#1\endcsname{#2}%
        \endgroup
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UseHook}
% is very, very, \ldots, very (hundreds of times) easy.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@UseHook#1{\csname\@lst hk@#1\endcsname}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AddToHook}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AddToHookExe}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AddToHookAtTop}
% All use the same submacro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@AddToHook{\lst@ATH@\iffalse\lst@AddTo}
\def\lst@AddToHookExe{\lst@ATH@\iftrue\lst@AddTo}
\def\lst@AddToHookAtTop{\lst@ATH@\iffalse\lst@AddToAtTop}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If and only if the boolean value is true, the hook material is executed
% globally.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\lst@ATH@#1#2#3#4{%
    \@ifundefined{\@lst hk@#3}{%
%<info>        \message{^^Jnew hook `#3',^^J}%
        \expandafter\gdef\csname\@lst hk@#3\endcsname{}}{}%
    \expandafter#2\csname\@lst hk@#3\endcsname{#4}%
    \def\lst@temp{#4}%
    #1% \iftrue|false
        \begingroup \globaldefs\@ne \lst@temp \endgroup
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AddTo}
% Note that the definition is global!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\lst@AddTo#1#2{%
    \expandafter\gdef\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AddToAtTop}
% We need a couple of |\expandafter|s now. Simply note that we have\\
%   {\small\hspace*{2em}|\expandafter\gdef\expandafter#1\expandafter{\lst@temp|
%    $\langle$\textit{contents of }|#1|$\rangle$|}|}\\
% after the `first phase' of expansion.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@AddToAtTop#1#2{\def\lst@temp{#2}%
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1%
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\lst@temp#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@lAddTo}
% A local version of |\lst@AddTo| \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@lAddTo#1#2{\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Extend}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@lExtend}
% \ldots\space and here we expand the first token of the second argument first.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Extend#1#2{%
    \expandafter\lst@AddTo\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}}
\def\lst@lExtend#1#2{%
    \expandafter\lst@lAddTo\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{TODO}
% This should never be changed to
%    \begin{verbatim}
%    \def\lst@Extend#1{%
%        \expandafter\lst@AddTo\expandafter#1\expandafter}
%    \def\lst@lExtend#1{%
%        \expandafter\lst@lAddTo\expandafter#1}\end{verbatim}
% The first is not equivalent in case that the second argument is a single
% (= non-braced) control sequence, and the second isn't in case of a braced
% second argument.
% \end{TODO}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Interfacing with \textsf{keyval}}
%
% The \packagename{keyval} package passes the value via the one and only
% paramater |#1| to the definition part of the key macro. The following
% commands may be used to analyse the value. Note that we need at least version
% 1.10 of the \packagename{keyval} package. Note also that the package removes
% a naming conflict with AMS classes---reported by \lsthelper{Ralf~Quast}
% {1998/01/08}{\keywords conflicts with AMS classes}.
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10]
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@TwoArg}
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@ThreeArg}
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@FourArg}
% Define temporary macros and call with given arguments |#1|. We add empty
% arguments for the case that the user doesn't provide enough.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@TwoArg#1#2{\gdef\@gtempa##1##2{#2}\@gtempa#1{}{}}
\def\lstKV@ThreeArg#1#2{\gdef\@gtempa##1##2##3{#2}\@gtempa#1{}{}{}}
\def\lstKV@FourArg#1#2{\gdef\@gtempa##1##2##3##4{#2}\@gtempa#1{}{}{}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% There's one question: What are the global definitions good for? |\lst@Key|
% might set |\globaldefs| to one and possibly calls this macro. That's the
% reason why we use global definitions here and below.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@OptArg}
% We define the temporary macro |\@gtempa| and insert default argument if
% necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@OptArg[#1]#2#3{%
    \gdef\@gtempa[##1]##2{#3}\lstKV@OptArg@{#1}#2\@}
\def\lstKV@OptArg@#1{\@ifnextchar[\lstKV@OptArg@@{\lstKV@OptArg@@[#1]}}
\def\lstKV@OptArg@@[#1]#2\@{\@gtempa[#1]{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@XOptArg}
% Here |#3| is already a definition with at least two parameters whose first
% is enclosed in brackets.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@XOptArg[#1]#2#3{%
    \global\let\@gtempa#3\lstKV@OptArg@{#1}#2\@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@CSTwoArg}
% Just define temporary macro and call it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@CSTwoArg#1#2{%
    \gdef\@gtempa##1,##2,##3\relax{#2}%
    \@gtempa#1,,\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@SetIf}
% We simply test the lower case first character of |#1|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@SetIf#1{\lstKV@SetIf@#1\relax}
\def\lstKV@SetIf@#1#2\relax#3{\lowercase{%
    \expandafter\let\expandafter#3%
        \csname if\ifx #1t}true\else false\fi\endcsname}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstKV@SwitchCases}
% is implemented as a substring test.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstKV@SwitchCases#1#2#3{%
    \def\lst@temp##1\\#1&##2\\##3##4\@nil{%
        \ifx\@empty##3%
            #3%
        \else
            ##2%
        \fi
    }%
    \lst@temp\\#2\\#1&\\\@empty\@nil}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstset}
% Finally this main user interface macro.
% We change catcodes for reading the argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstset{\begingroup \lst@setcatcodes \lstset@}
\def\lstset@#1{\endgroup \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else\setkeys{lst}{#1}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@setcatcodes}
% contains all catcode changes for |\lstset|. The equal-sign has been added
% after a bug report by \lsthelper{Bekir~Karaoglu}{2003/09/16}{keyval problems
% with [turkish]{babel}}---babel's active equal sign clashes with keyval's
% usage. |\catcode`\"=12\relax| has been removed after a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Heiko~Bauke}{2004/06/27}{listings und ngerman}\,---\,hopefully
% this introduces no other bugs.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@setcatcodes{\makeatletter \catcode`\==12\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{TODO}
% Change more catcodes?
% \end{TODO}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Internal modes}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@NewMode}
% We simply use |\chardef| for a mode definition. The counter |\lst@mode|
% mainly keeps the current mode number. But it is also used to advance the
% number in the macro |\lst@newmode|---we don't waste another counter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NewMode#1{%
    \ifx\@undefined#1%
        \lst@mode\lst@newmode\relax \advance\lst@mode\@ne
        \xdef\lst@newmode{\the\lst@mode}%
        \global\chardef#1=\lst@mode
        \lst@mode\lst@nomode
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@mode}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@nomode}
% We allocate the counter and the first mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\lst@mode
\def\lst@newmode{\m@ne}% init
\lst@NewMode\lst@nomode % init (of \lst@mode :-)
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UseDynamicMode}
% For dynamic modes we must not use the counter |\lst@mode| (since possibly
% already valued). |\lst@dynamicmode| substitutes |\lst@newmode| and is a local
% definition here, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@UseDynamicMode{%
    \@tempcnta\lst@dynamicmode\relax \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
    \edef\lst@dynamicmode{\the\@tempcnta}%
    \expandafter\lst@Swap\expandafter{\expandafter{\lst@dynamicmode}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ initialized each listing with the current `value' of |\lst@newmode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\let\lst@dynamicmode\lst@newmode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EnterMode}
% Each mode opens a group level, stores the mode number and execute mode
% specific tokens. Moreover we keep all these changes in mind (locally) and
% adjust internal variables if the user wants it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@EnterMode#1#2{%
    \bgroup \lst@mode=#1\relax #2%
    \lst@FontAdjust
    \lst@lAddTo\lst@entermodes{\lst@EnterMode{#1}{#2}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\let\lst@entermodes\@empty}
\let\lst@entermodes\@empty % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% The initialization has been added after a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Herfried~Karl~Wagner}{2002/05/11}{undefined control sequence
% \lst@entermodes}.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LeaveMode}
% We simply close the group and call |\lsthk@EndGroup| if and only if the
% current mode is not |\lst@nomode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@LeaveMode{%
    \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@nomode\else
        \egroup \expandafter\lsthk@EndGroup
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{EndGroup}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InterruptModes}
% We put the current mode sequence on a stack and leave all modes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InterruptModes{%
    \lst@Extend\lst@modestack{\expandafter{\lst@entermodes}}%
    \lst@LeaveAllModes}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\global\let\lst@modestack\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ReenterModes}
% If the stack is not empty, we leave all modes and pop the topmost element
% (which is the last element of |\lst@modestack|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ReenterModes{%
    \ifx\lst@modestack\@empty\else
        \lst@LeaveAllModes
        \global\let\@gtempa\lst@modestack
        \global\let\lst@modestack\@empty
        \expandafter\lst@ReenterModes@\@gtempa\relax
    \fi}
\def\lst@ReenterModes@#1#2{%
    \ifx\relax#2\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we've reached |\relax|, we've also found the last element: we execute |#1|
% and gobble |{#2}|=|{\relax}| after |\fi|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \gdef\@gtempa##1{#1}%
        \expandafter\@gtempa
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Otherwise we just add the element to |\lst@modestack| and continue the loop.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@AddTo\lst@modestack{{#1}}%
        \expandafter\lst@ReenterModes@
    \fi
    {#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LeaveAllModes}
% Leaving all modes means closing groups until the mode equals |\lst@nomode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@LeaveAllModes{%
    \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@nomode
        \expandafter\lsthk@EndGroup
    \else
        \expandafter\egroup\expandafter\lst@LeaveAllModes
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We need that macro to end a listing correctly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{ExitVars}{\lst@LeaveAllModes}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Pmode}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GPmode}
% The `processing' and the general purpose mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@Pmode
\lst@NewMode\lst@GPmode
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@modetrue}
% The usual macro to value a boolean except that we also execute a hook.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@modetrue{\let\lst@ifmode\iftrue \lsthk@ModeTrue}
\let\lst@ifmode\iffalse % init
\lst@AddToHook{ModeTrue}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifLmode}
% Comment lines use a static mode. It terminates at end of line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Lmodetrue{\let\lst@ifLmode\iftrue}
\let\lst@ifLmode\iffalse % init
\lst@AddToHook{EOL}{\@whilesw \lst@ifLmode\fi \lst@LeaveMode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Divers helpers}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@NormedDef}
% works like |\def| (without any parameters!) but normalizes the replacement
% text by making all characters lower case and stripping off spaces.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NormedDef#1#2{\lowercase{\edef#1{\zap@space#2 \@empty}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@NormedNameDef}
% works like |\global\@namedef| (again without any parameters!) but normalizes
% both the macro name and the replacement text.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NormedNameDef#1#2{%
    \lowercase{\edef\lst@temp{\zap@space#1 \@empty}%
    \expandafter\xdef\csname\lst@temp\endcsname{\zap@space#2 \@empty}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GetFreeMacro}
% Initialize |\@tempcnta| and |\lst@freemacro|, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@GetFreeMacro#1{%
    \@tempcnta\z@ \def\lst@freemacro{#1\the\@tempcnta}%
    \lst@GFM@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space and either build the control sequence or advance the counter and
% continue.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@GFM@{%
    \expandafter\ifx \csname\lst@freemacro\endcsname \relax
        \edef\lst@freemacro{\csname\lst@freemacro\endcsname}%
    \else
        \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
        \expandafter\lst@GFM@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@gtempboxa}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\lst@gtempboxa
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \section{Doing output}
%
%
% \subsection{Basic registers and keys}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{The current character string}
% is kept in a token register and a counter holds its length.
% Here we define the macros to put characters into the output queue.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@token}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@length}
% are allocated here. Quite a useful comment, isn't it?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks\lst@token \newcount\lst@length
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ResetToken}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@lastother}
% The two registers get empty respectively zero at the beginning of each line.
% After receiving a report from \lsthelper{Claus~Atzenbeck}{1999/11/24}{HTML:
% output unit repeated after >}---I removed such a bug many times---I decided
% to reset these registers in the \hookname{EndGroup} hook, too.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ResetToken{\lst@token{}\lst@length\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsBOL}{\lst@ResetToken \let\lst@lastother\@empty}
\lst@AddToHook{EndGroup}{\lst@ResetToken \let\lst@lastother\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The macro |\lst@lastother| will be equivalent to the last `other' character,
% which leads us to |\lst@ifletter|.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifletter}
% indicates whether the token contains an identifier or other characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@lettertrue{\let\lst@ifletter\iftrue}
\def\lst@letterfalse{\let\lst@ifletter\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\lst@letterfalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Append}
% puts the argument into the output queue.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Append#1{\advance\lst@length\@ne
                  \lst@token=\expandafter{\the\lst@token#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AppendOther}
% Depending on the current state, we first output the character string as an
% identifier. Then we save the `argument' via |\futurelet| and call the macro
% |\lst@Append| to do the rest.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@AppendOther{%
    \lst@ifletter \lst@Output\lst@letterfalse \fi
    \futurelet\lst@lastother\lst@Append}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AppendLetter}
% We output a non-identifier string if necessary and call |\lst@Append|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@AppendLetter{%
    \lst@ifletter\else \lst@OutputOther\lst@lettertrue \fi
    \lst@Append}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SaveToken}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@RestoreToken}
% If a group end appears and ruins the character string, we can use these
% macros to save and restore the contents. |\lst@thestyle| is the current
% printing style and must be saved and restored, too.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@SaveToken{%
    \global\let\lst@gthestyle\lst@thestyle
    \global\let\lst@glastother\lst@lastother
    \xdef\lst@RestoreToken{\noexpand\lst@token{\the\lst@token}%
                           \noexpand\lst@length\the\lst@length\relax
                           \noexpand\let\noexpand\lst@thestyle
                                        \noexpand\lst@gthestyle
                           \noexpand\let\noexpand\lst@lastother
                                        \noexpand\lst@glastother}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now -- that means after a bug report by \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}
% {2002/04/12}{\RequirePackage is missing keywordstyle when near the top of
% a page} -- |\lst@lastother| is also saved and restored.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfLastOtherOneOf}
% Finally, this obvious implementation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfLastOtherOneOf#1{\lst@IfLastOtherOneOf@ #1\relax}
\def\lst@IfLastOtherOneOf@#1{%
    \ifx #1\relax
        \expandafter\@secondoftwo
    \else
        \ifx\lst@lastother#1%
            \lst@IfLastOtherOneOf@t
        \else
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@IfLastOtherOneOf@
        \fi
    \fi}
\def\lst@IfLastOtherOneOf@t#1\fi\fi#2\relax{\fi\fi\@firstoftwo}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{The current position}
% is either the dimension |\lst@currlwidth|, which is the horizontal position
% without taking the current character string into account, or it's the current
% column starting with number 0. This is |\lst@column| $-$ |\lst@pos| $+$
% |\lst@length|. Moreover we have |\lst@lostspace| which is the difference
% between the current and the desired line width. We define macros to insert
% this lost space.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@currlwidth}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@column}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@pos}
% the current line width and two counters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\lst@currlwidth % \global
\newcount\lst@column \newcount\lst@pos % \global
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsBOL}
    {\global\lst@currlwidth\z@ \global\lst@pos\z@ \global\lst@column\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CalcColumn}
% sets |\@tempcnta| to the current column. 
% Note that |\lst@pos| will be nonpositive.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CalcColumn{%
            \@tempcnta\lst@column
    \advance\@tempcnta\lst@length
    \advance\@tempcnta-\lst@pos}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@lostspace}
% Whenever this dimension is positive we can insert space. A negative `lost
% space' means that the printed line is wider than expected.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\lst@lostspace % \global
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsBOL}{\global\lst@lostspace\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UseLostSpace}
% We insert space and reset it if and only if |\lst@lostspace| is positive.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@UseLostSpace{\ifdim\lst@lostspace>\z@ \lst@InsertLostSpace \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InsertLostSpace}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InsertHalfLostSpace}
% Ditto, but insert even if negative. |\lst@Kern| will be defined very soon.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InsertLostSpace{%
    \lst@Kern\lst@lostspace \global\lst@lostspace\z@}
\def\lst@InsertHalfLostSpace{%
    \global\lst@lostspace.5\lst@lostspace \lst@Kern\lst@lostspace}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{Column widths}
% Here we deal with the width of a single column, which equals the width of a
% single character box. Keep in mind that there are fixed and flexible column
% formats.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@width}
% \begin{lstkey}{basewidth}
% \keyname{basewidth} assigns the values to macros and tests whether they are
% negative.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\lst@width
\lst@Key{basewidth}{0.6em,0.45em}{\lstKV@CSTwoArg{#1}%
    {\def\lst@widthfixed{##1}\def\lst@widthflexible{##2}%
     \ifx\lst@widthflexible\@empty
         \let\lst@widthflexible\lst@widthfixed
     \fi
     \def\lst@temp{\PackageError{Listings}%
                                {Negative value(s) treated as zero}%
                                \@ehc}%
     \let\lst@error\@empty
     \ifdim \lst@widthfixed<\z@
         \let\lst@error\lst@temp \let\lst@widthfixed\z@
     \fi
     \ifdim \lst@widthflexible<\z@
         \let\lst@error\lst@temp \let\lst@widthflexible\z@
     \fi
     \lst@error}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We set the dimension in a special hook.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{FontAdjust}
    {\lst@width=\lst@ifflexible\lst@widthflexible
                          \else\lst@widthfixed\fi \relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{fontadjust}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@FontAdjust}
% This hook is controlled by a switch and is always executed at
% \hookname{InitVars}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{fontadjust}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@iffontadjust}
\def\lst@FontAdjust{\lst@iffontadjust \lsthk@FontAdjust \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\lsthk@FontAdjust}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%
% \subsection{Low- and mid-level output}
%
% \paragraph{Doing the output}
% means putting the character string into a box register, updating all internal
% data, and eventually giving the box to \TeX.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@OutputBox}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@alloverstyle}
% The lowest level is the output of a box register.
% Here we use |\box#1| as argument to |\lst@alloverstyle|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@OutputBox#1{\lst@alloverstyle{\box#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{ALTERNATIVE}
% Instead of |\global\advance\lst@currlwidth| |\wd|\meta{box number} in
% both definitions |\lst@Kern| and |\lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput|, we could
% also advance the dimension here. But I decided not to do so since it
% simplifies possible redefinitions of |\lst@OutputBox|: we need not to care
% about |\lst@currlwidth|.
% \end{ALTERNATIVE}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@alloverstyle#1{#1}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Kern}
% has been used to insert `lost space'.
% It must not use |\@tempboxa| since that \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Kern#1{%
    \setbox\z@\hbox{{\lst@currstyle{\kern#1}}}%
    \global\advance\lst@currlwidth \wd\z@
    \lst@OutputBox\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput}
% \ldots\space is used here.
% We keep track of |\lst@lostspace|, |\lst@currlwidth| and |\lst@pos|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput{%
    \global\advance\lst@lostspace \lst@length\lst@width
    \global\advance\lst@lostspace-\wd\@tempboxa
    \global\advance\lst@currlwidth \wd\@tempboxa
    \global\advance\lst@pos -\lst@length
%    \end{macrocode}
% Before |\@tempboxa| is output, we insert space if there is enough lost space.
% This possibly invokes |\lst@Kern| via `insert half lost space', which is the
% reason for why we mustn't use |\@tempboxa| above. By redefinition we prevent
% |\lst@OutputBox| from using any special style in |\lst@Kern|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\let\lst@OutputBox\box
        \ifdim\lst@lostspace>\z@ \lst@leftinsert \fi
        \box\@tempboxa
        \ifdim\lst@lostspace>\z@ \lst@rightinsert \fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we can output the new box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@OutputBox\@tempboxa \lsthk@PostOutput}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{PostOutput}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@OutputToken}
% Now comes a mid-level definition.
% Here we use |\lst@token| to set |\@tempboxa| and eventually output the box.
% We take care of font adjustment and special output styles.
% Yet unknown macros are defined in the following subsections.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@OutputToken{%
    \lst@TrackNewLines \lst@OutputLostSpace
    \lst@ifgobbledws
        \lst@gobbledwhitespacefalse
        \lst@@discretionary
    \fi
    \lst@CheckMerge
    {\lst@thestyle{\lst@FontAdjust
     \setbox\@tempboxa\lst@hbox
        {\lsthk@OutputBox
         \lst@lefthss
         \expandafter\lst@FillOutputBox\the\lst@token\@empty
         \lst@righthss}%
     \lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput}}%
    \lst@ResetToken}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{OutputBox}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@gobbledwhitespacetrue{\global\let\lst@ifgobbledws\iftrue}
\def\lst@gobbledwhitespacefalse{\global\let\lst@ifgobbledws\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHookExe{InitBOL}{\lst@gobbledwhitespacefalse}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{Delaying the output}
% means saving the character string somewhere and pushing it back when
% neccessary. We may also attach the string to the next output box without
% affecting style detection: both will be printed in the style of the upcoming
% output. We will call this `merging'.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Delay}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Merge}
% To delay or merge |#1|, we process it as usual and simply save the state
% in macros. For delayed characters we also need the currently `active'
% output routine. Both definitions first check whether there are already
% delayed or `merged' characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delay#1{%
    \lst@CheckDelay
    #1%
    \lst@GetOutputMacro\lst@delayedoutput
    \edef\lst@delayed{\the\lst@token}%
    \edef\lst@delayedlength{\the\lst@length}%
    \lst@ResetToken}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Merge#1{%
    \lst@CheckMerge
    #1%
    \edef\lst@merged{\the\lst@token}%
    \edef\lst@mergedlength{\the\lst@length}%
    \lst@ResetToken}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MergeToken}
% Here we put the things together again.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MergeToken#1#2{%
    \advance\lst@length#2%
    \lst@lExtend#1{\the\lst@token}%
    \expandafter\lst@token\expandafter{#1}%
    \let#1\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CheckDelay}
% We need to print delayed characters. The mode depends on the current output
% macro. If it equals the saved definition, we put the delayed characters in
% front of the character string (we merge them) since there has been no
% letter-to-other or other-to-letter leap. Otherwise we locally reset the
% current character string, merge this empty string with the delayed one,
% and output it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CheckDelay{%
    \ifx\lst@delayed\@empty\else
        \lst@GetOutputMacro\@gtempa
        \ifx\lst@delayedoutput\@gtempa
            \lst@MergeToken\lst@delayed\lst@delayedlength
        \else
            {\lst@ResetToken
             \lst@MergeToken\lst@delayed\lst@delayedlength
             \lst@delayedoutput}%
            \let\lst@delayed\@empty
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CheckMerge}
% All this is easier for |\lst@merged|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CheckMerge{%
    \ifx\lst@merged\@empty\else
        \lst@MergeToken\lst@merged\lst@mergedlength
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@delayed\@empty % init
\let\lst@merged\@empty % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Column formats}
%
% It's time to deal with fixed and flexible column modes.
% A couple of open definitions are now filled in.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@column@fixed}
% switches to the fixed column format. The definitions here control how the
% output of the above definitions looks like.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@column@fixed{%
    \lst@flexiblefalse
    \lst@width\lst@widthfixed\relax
    \let\lst@OutputLostSpace\lst@UseLostSpace
    \let\lst@FillOutputBox\lst@FillFixed
    \let\lst@hss\hss
    \def\lst@hbox{\hbox to\lst@length\lst@width}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@FillFixed}
% Filling up a fixed mode box is easy.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@FillFixed#1{#1\lst@FillFixed@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% While not reaching the end (|\@empty| from above), we insert dynamic space,
% output the argument and call the submacro again.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@FillFixed@#1{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\else \lst@hss#1\expandafter\lst@FillFixed@ \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@column@flexible}
% The first flexible format.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@column@flexible{%
    \lst@flexibletrue
    \lst@width\lst@widthflexible\relax
    \let\lst@OutputLostSpace\lst@UseLostSpace
    \let\lst@FillOutputBox\@empty
    \let\lst@hss\@empty
    \let\lst@hbox\hbox}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@column@fullflexible}
% This column format inserts no lost space except at the beginning of a line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@column@fullflexible{%
    \lst@column@flexible
    \def\lst@OutputLostSpace{\lst@ifnewline \lst@UseLostSpace\fi}%
    \let\lst@leftinsert\@empty
    \let\lst@rightinsert\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% So far the column formats. Now we define macros to use them.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@outputpos}
% This macro sets the `output-box-positioning' parameter (the old key
% \keyname{outputpos}). We test for |l|, |c| and |r|. 
% The fixed formats use |\lst@lefthss| and |\lst@righthss|, whereas the
% flexibles need |\lst@leftinsert| and |\lst@rightinsert|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@outputpos#1#2\relax{%
    \def\lst@lefthss{\lst@hss}\let\lst@righthss\lst@lefthss
    \let\lst@rightinsert\lst@InsertLostSpace
    \ifx #1c%
        \let\lst@leftinsert\lst@InsertHalfLostSpace
    \else\ifx #1r%
        \let\lst@righthss\@empty
        \let\lst@leftinsert\lst@InsertLostSpace
        \let\lst@rightinsert\@empty
    \else
        \let\lst@lefthss\@empty
        \let\lst@leftinsert\@empty
        \ifx #1l\else \PackageWarning{Listings}%
            {Unknown positioning for output boxes}%
        \fi
    \fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifflexible}
% indicates the column mode but does not distinguish between different fixed
% or flexible modes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@flexibletrue{\let\lst@ifflexible\iftrue}
\def\lst@flexiblefalse{\let\lst@ifflexible\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{columns}
% This is done here: check optional parameter and then build the control
% sequence of the column format.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{columns}{[c]fixed}{\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}{%
    \ifx\@empty##1\@empty\else \lst@outputpos##1\relax\relax \fi
    \expandafter\let\expandafter\lst@arg
                                \csname\@lst @column@##2\endcsname
%    \end{macrocode}
% We issue a warning or save the definition for later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@arg
    \ifx\lst@arg\relax
        \PackageWarning{Listings}{Unknown column format `##2'}%
    \else
        \lst@ifflexible
            \let\lst@columnsflexible\lst@arg
        \else
            \let\lst@columnsfixed\lst@arg
        \fi
    \fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@columnsfixed\lst@column@fixed % init
\let\lst@columnsflexible\lst@column@flexible % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{flexiblecolumns}
% Nothing else but a key to switch between the last flexible and fixed mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{flexiblecolumns}\relax[t]{%
    \lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifflexible
    \lst@ifflexible \lst@columnsflexible
              \else \lst@columnsfixed \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%
% \subsection{New lines}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@newlines}
% This counter holds the number of `new lines' (cr+lf) we have to perform.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\lst@newlines
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\global\lst@newlines\z@}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsBOL}{\global\advance\lst@newlines\@ne}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@NewLine}
% This is how we start a new line: begin new paragraph and output an empty
% box. If low-level definition |\lst@OutputBox| just gobbles the box , we
% don't start a new line. This is used to drop the whole output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NewLine{%
    \ifx\lst@OutputBox\@gobble\else
        \par\noindent \hbox{}%
    \fi
    \global\advance\lst@newlines\m@ne
    \lst@newlinetrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Define |\lst@newlinetrue| and reset if after output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@newlinetrue{\global\let\lst@ifnewline\iftrue}
\lst@AddToHookExe{PostOutput}{\global\let\lst@ifnewline\iffalse}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@TrackNewLines}
% If |\lst@newlines| is positive, we execute the hook and insert the
% new lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@TrackNewLines{%
    \ifnum\lst@newlines>\z@
        \lsthk@OnNewLine
        \lst@DoNewLines
    \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{OnNewLine}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{emptylines}
% \lsthelper{Adam~Prugel-Bennett}{2001/02/19}{spacing of empty lines} asked for
% such a key---if I didn't misunderstood him. We check for the optional star
% and set |\lst@maxempty| and switch.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{emptylines}\maxdimen{%
    \@ifstar{\lst@true\@tempcnta\@gobble#1\relax\lst@GobbleNil}%
            {\lst@false\@tempcnta#1\relax\lst@GobbleNil}#1\@nil
    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
    \edef\lst@maxempty{\the\@tempcnta\relax}%
    \let\lst@ifpreservenumber\lst@if}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DoNewLines}
% First we take care of |\lst@maxempty| and then of the remaining empty lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DoNewLines{
    \@whilenum\lst@newlines>\lst@maxempty \do
        {\lst@ifpreservenumber
            \lsthk@OnEmptyLine
            \global\advance\c@lstnumber\lst@advancelstnum
         \fi
         \global\advance\lst@newlines\m@ne}%
    \@whilenum \lst@newlines>\@ne \do
        {\lsthk@OnEmptyLine \lst@NewLine}%
    \ifnum\lst@newlines>\z@ \lst@NewLine \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{OnEmptyLine}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{High-level output}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{identifierstyle}
% A simple key.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{identifierstyle}{}{\def\lst@identifierstyle{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{EmptyStyle}{\let\lst@identifierstyle\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GotoTabStop}
% Here we look whether the line already contains printed characters.
% If true, we output a box with the width of a blank space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@GotoTabStop{%
    \ifnum\lst@newlines=\z@
        \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\lst@outputspace}%
        \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox to\wd\@tempboxa{{\lst@currstyle{\hss}}}%
        \lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput
%    \end{macrocode}
% It's probably not clear why it is sufficient to output a single space to go
% to the next tabulator stop. Just note that the space lost by this process is
% `lost space' in the sense above and therefore will be inserted before the
% next characters are output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Otherwise (no printed characters) we only need to advance |\lst@lostspace|,
% which is inserted by |\lst@OutputToken| above, and update the column.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \global\advance\lst@lostspace \lst@length\lst@width
        \global\advance\lst@column\lst@length \lst@length\z@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that this version works also in flexible column mode.
% In fact, it's mainly the flexible version of \packagename{listings} 0.20.
% \begin{TODO}
% Use |\lst@ifnewline| instead of |\ifnum\lst@newlines=\z@|?
% \end{TODO}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@OutputOther}
% becomes easy with the previous definitions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@OutputOther{%
    \lst@CheckDelay
    \ifnum\lst@length=\z@\else
        \let\lst@thestyle\lst@currstyle
        \lsthk@OutputOther
        \lst@OutputToken
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{OutputOther}{}% init
\let\lst@currstyle\relax % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Output}
% We might use identifier style as default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Output{%
    \lst@CheckDelay
    \ifnum\lst@length=\z@\else
        \ifx\lst@currstyle\relax
            \let\lst@thestyle\lst@identifierstyle
        \else
            \let\lst@thestyle\lst@currstyle
        \fi
        \lsthk@Output
        \lst@OutputToken
    \fi
    \let\lst@lastother\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that |\lst@lastother| becomes equivalent to |\relax| and not equivalent
% to |\@empty| as everywhere else. I don't know whether this will be important
% in the future or not.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Output}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GetOutputMacro}
% Just saves the output macro to be used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@GetOutputMacro#1{%
    \lst@ifletter \global\let#1\lst@Output
            \else \global\let#1\lst@OutputOther\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@PrintToken}
% outputs the current character string in letter or nonletter mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@PrintToken{%
    \lst@ifletter \lst@Output \lst@letterfalse
            \else \lst@OutputOther \let\lst@lastother\@empty \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@XPrintToken}
% is a special definition to print also merged characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@XPrintToken{%
    \lst@PrintToken \lst@CheckMerge
    \ifnum\lst@length=\z@\else \lst@PrintToken \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Dropping the whole output}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginDropOutput}
% It's sometimes useful to process a part of a listing as usual, but to drop
% the output. This macro does the main work and gets one argument, namely the
% internal mode it enters. We save |\lst@newlines|, restore it |\aftergroup|
% and redefine one macro, namely |\lst@OutputBox|. After a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Gunther~Schmidl}{2002/02/27}{collapsing empty lines don't work
% with printpod=false}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BeginDropOutput#1{%
    \xdef\lst@BDOnewlines{\the\lst@newlines}%
    \global\let\lst@BDOifnewline\lst@ifnewline
    \lst@EnterMode{#1}%
        {\lst@modetrue
         \let\lst@OutputBox\@gobble
         \aftergroup\lst@BDORestore}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Restoring the date is quite easy:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BDORestore{%
    \global\lst@newlines\lst@BDOnewlines
    \global\let\lst@ifnewline\lst@BDOifnewline}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndDropOutput}
% is equivalent to |\lst@LeaveMode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@EndDropOutput\lst@LeaveMode
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Writing to an external file}
%
% \begin{aspect}{writefile}
% Now it would be good to know something about character classes since we need
% to access the true input characters, for example a tabulator and not the
% spaces it `expands' to.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{writefile}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WF}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WFtoken}
% The contents of the token will be written to file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks\lst@WFtoken % global
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsBOL}{\global\lst@WFtoken{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newwrite\lst@WF
\global\let\lst@WFifopen\iffalse % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WFWriteToFile}
% To do this, we have to expand the contents and then expand this via |\edef|.
% Empty |\lst@UM| ensures that special characters (underscore, dollar, etc.)
% are written correctly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@WFWriteToFile{%
  \begingroup
   \let\lst@UM\@empty
   \expandafter\edef\expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter{\the\lst@WFtoken}%
   \immediate\write\lst@WF{\lst@temp}%
  \endgroup
  \global\lst@WFtoken{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WFAppend}
% Similar to |\lst@Append| but uses |\lst@WFtoken|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@WFAppend#1{%
    \global\lst@WFtoken=\expandafter{\the\lst@WFtoken#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginWriteFile}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginAlsoWriteFile}
% use different macros for |\lst@OutputBox| (not) to drop the output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginWriteFile{\lst@WFBegin\@gobble}
\gdef\lst@BeginAlsoWriteFile{\lst@WFBegin\lst@OutputBox}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WFBegin}
% Here \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \catcode`\^^I=11
\gdef\lst@WFBegin#1#2{%
    \begingroup
    \let\lst@OutputBox#1%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space we have to update |\lst@WFtoken| and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \def\lst@Append##1{%
        \advance\lst@length\@ne
        \expandafter\lst@token\expandafter{\the\lst@token##1}%
        \ifx ##1\lst@outputspace \else
            \lst@WFAppend##1%
        \fi}%
    \lst@lAddTo\lst@PreGotoTabStop{\lst@WFAppend{^^I}}%
    \lst@lAddTo\lst@ProcessSpace{\lst@WFAppend{ }}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space need different `EOL' and `DeInit' definitions to write the
% token register to file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\lst@DeInit\lst@WFDeInit
    \let\lst@MProcessListing\lst@WFMProcessListing
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we open the file if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@WFifopen\else
        \immediate\openout\lst@WF=#2\relax
        \global\let\lst@WFifopen\iftrue
        \@gobbletwo\fi\fi
    \fi}
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndWriteFile}
% closes the file and restores original definitions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@EndWriteFile{%
    \immediate\closeout\lst@WF \endgroup
    \global\let\lst@WFifopen\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WFMProcessListing}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WFDeInit}
% write additionally |\lst@WFtoken| to external file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\lst@WFMProcessListing\lst@MProcessListing
\global\let\lst@WFDeInit\lst@DeInit
\lst@AddToAtTop\lst@WFMProcessListing{\lst@WFWriteToFile}
\lst@AddToAtTop\lst@WFDeInit{%
    \ifnum\lst@length=\z@\else \lst@WFWriteToFile \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \section{Character classes}\label{iCharacterClasses}
%
% In this section, we define how the basic character classes do behave, before
% turning over to the selection of character tables and how to specialize
% characters.
%
%
% \subsection{Letters, digits and others}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProcessLetter}
% We put the letter, which is not a whitespace, into the output queue.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ProcessLetter{\lst@whitespacefalse \lst@AppendLetter}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProcessOther}
% Ditto.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ProcessOther{\lst@whitespacefalse \lst@AppendOther}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProcessDigit}
% A digit appends the character to the current character string. But we must
% use the right macro. This allows digits to be part of an identifier or
% a numerical constant.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ProcessDigit{%
    \lst@whitespacefalse
    \lst@ifletter \expandafter\lst@AppendLetter
            \else \expandafter\lst@AppendOther\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifwhitespace}
% indicates whether the last processed character has been white space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@whitespacetrue{\global\let\lst@ifwhitespace\iftrue}
\def\lst@whitespacefalse{\global\let\lst@ifwhitespace\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsBOL}{\lst@whitespacetrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Whitespaces}
%
% Here we have to take care of two things: dropping empty lines at the end of
% a listing and the different column formats. Both use |\lst@lostspace|. Lines
% containing only tabulators and spaces should be viewed as empty. In order to
% achieve this, tabulators and spaces at the beginning of a line don't output
% any characters but advance |\lst@lostspace|. Whenever this dimension is
% positive we insert that space before the character string is output. Thus,
% if there are only tabulators and spaces, the line is `empty' since we
% haven't done any output.
%
% We have to do more for flexible columns. Whitespaces can fix the column
% alignment: if the real line is wider than expected, a tabulator is at least
% one space wide; all remaining space fixes the alignment. If there are two or
% more space characters, at least one is printed; the others fix the column
% alignment.
%
%
% \paragraph{Tabulators}
% are processed in three stages. You have already seen the last stage
% |\lst@GotoTabStop|. The other two calculate the necessary width and take care
% of visible tabulators and spaces.
%
% \begin{lstkey}{tabsize}
% We check for a legal argument before saving it. Default tabsize is 8 as
% proposed by \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}{1997/04/24}{tabsize=8}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{tabsize}{8}
    {\ifnum#1>\z@ \def\lst@tabsize{#1}\else
         \PackageError{Listings}{Strict positive integer expected}%
         {You can't use `#1' as tabsize. \@ehc}%
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{showtabs}
% \begin{lstkey}{tab}
% Two more user keys for tab control.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{showtabs}f[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowtabs}
\lst@Key{tab}{\kern.06em\hbox{\vrule\@height.3ex}%
              \hrulefill\hbox{\vrule\@height.3ex}}
    {\def\lst@tab{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProcessTabulator}
% A tabulator outputs the preceding characters, which decrements |\lst@pos| by
% the number of printed characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ProcessTabulator{%
    \lst@XPrintToken \lst@whitespacetrue
%    \end{macrocode}
% Then we calculate how many columns we need to reach the next tabulator stop:
% we add |\lst@tabsize| until |\lst@pos| is strict positive. In other words,
% |\lst@pos| is the column modulo |tabsize| and we're looking for a positive
% representative. We assign it to |\lst@length| and reset |\lst@pos| in the
% submacro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \global\advance\lst@column -\lst@pos
    \@whilenum \lst@pos<\@ne \do
        {\global\advance\lst@pos\lst@tabsize}%
    \lst@length\lst@pos
    \lst@PreGotoTabStop}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@PreGotoTabStop}
% Visible tabs print |\lst@tab|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@PreGotoTabStop{%
    \lst@ifshowtabs
        \lst@TrackNewLines
        \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox to\lst@length\lst@width
            {{\lst@currstyle{\hss\lst@tab}}}%
        \lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we are advised to keep spaces, we insert the correct number of them.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@ifkeepspaces
            \@tempcnta\lst@length \lst@length\z@
            \@whilenum \@tempcnta>\z@ \do
                {\lst@AppendOther\lst@outputspace
                 \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}%
            \lst@OutputOther
        \else
            \lst@GotoTabStop
        \fi
    \fi
    \lst@length\z@ \global\lst@pos\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{Spaces}
% are implemented as described at the beginning of this subsection. But first
% we define some user keys.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@outputspace}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@visiblespace}
% The first macro is a default definition, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@outputspace{\ }
\def\lst@visiblespace{\lst@ttfamily{\char32}\textvisiblespace}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{showspaces}
% \begin{lstkey}{keepspaces}
% \ldots\space which is modified on user's request.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{showspaces}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowspaces}
\lst@Key{keepspaces}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifkeepspaces}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\lst@ifshowspaces
         \let\lst@outputspace\lst@visiblespace
         \lst@keepspacestrue
     \fi}
\def\lst@keepspacestrue{\let\lst@ifkeepspaces\iftrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProcessSpace}
% We look whether spaces fix the column alignment or not. In the latter case
% we append a space; otherwise \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ProcessSpace{%
    \lst@ifkeepspaces
        \lst@whitespacetrue
        \lst@PrintToken
        \lst@AppendOther\lst@outputspace
        \lst@PrintToken
    \else \ifnum\lst@newlines=\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space we append a `special space' if the line isn't empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@AppendSpecialSpace
    \else \ifnum\lst@length=\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the line is empty, we check whether there are characters in the output
% queue. If there are no characters we just advance |\lst@lostspace|.
% Otherwise we append the space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \global\advance\lst@lostspace\lst@width
            \global\advance\lst@pos\m@ne
            \lst@whitespacetrue
        \else
            \lst@AppendSpecialSpace
        \fi
    \fi \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that this version works for fixed and flexible column output.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@AppendSpecialSpace}
% If there are at least two white spaces, we output preceding characters and
% advance |\lst@lostspace| to avoid alignment problems. Otherwise we append
% a space to the current character string.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@AppendSpecialSpace{%
    \lst@ifwhitespace
        \lst@PrintToken
        \global\advance\lst@lostspace\lst@width
        \global\advance\lst@pos\m@ne
        \lst@gobbledwhitespacetrue
    \else
        \lst@whitespacetrue
        \lst@PrintToken
        \lst@AppendOther\lst@outputspace
        \lst@PrintToken
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{Form feeds}
% has been introduced after communication with
% \lsthelper{Jan~Braun}{1998/04/27}{formfeed}.
%
% \begin{lstkey}{formfeed}
% let the user make adjustments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{formfeed}{\bigbreak}{\def\lst@formfeed{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProcessFormFeed}
% Here we execute some macros according to whether a new line has already
% begun or not. No |\lst@EOLUpdate| is used in the else branch
% anymore---\lsthelper{Kalle~Tuulos}{2001/01/14}{form feed gobbles following
% output unit} sent the bug report.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ProcessFormFeed{%
    \lst@XPrintToken
    \ifnum\lst@newlines=\z@
        \lst@EOLUpdate \lsthk@InitVarsBOL
    \fi
    \lst@formfeed
    \lst@whitespacetrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Character tables}\label{iCharacterTables}
%
%
% \subsubsection{The standard table}
%
% The standard character table is selected by |\lst@SelectStdCharTable|, which
% expands to a token sequence 
%    \ldots|\def| |A{\lst@ProcessLetter| |A}|\ldots\space
% where the first A is active and the second has catcode 12. We use the
% following macros to build the character table.
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19] |\lst@CCPut|\meta{class macro}\meta{$c_1$}\ldots\meta{$c_k$}|\z@|
%
%       extends the standard character table by the characters with codes
%       \meta{$c_1$}\ldots\meta{$c_k$} making each character use
%       \meta{class macro}. All these characters must be printable via
%       |\char|\meta{$c_i$}.
%
% \item[0.20] |\lst@CCPutMacro|\meta{class$_1$}\meta{$c_1$}\meta{definition$_1$}\ldots|\@empty\z@\@empty|
%
%       also extends the standard character table: the character \meta{$c_i$}
%       will use \meta{class$_i$} and is printed via \meta{definition$_i$}.
%       These definitions must be \meta{spec. token}s in the sense of section
%       \ref{dCharacterTables}.
% \end{syntax}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Def}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Let}
% For speed we won't use these helpers too often.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Def#1{\lccode`\~=#1\lowercase{\def~}}
\def\lst@Let#1{\lccode`\~=#1\lowercase{\let~}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begingroup
% The definition of the space below doesn't hurt anything. But other aspects,
% for example \aspectname{lineshape} and \aspectname{formats}, redefine also
% the macro |\space|. Now, if \LaTeX\ calls |\try@load@fontshape|, the |.log|
% messages would show some strange things since \LaTeX\ uses |\space| in these
% messages. The following addition ensures that |\space| expands to a space
% and not to something different. This was one more bug reported by
% \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1999/09/16}{bad font info message with breaklines}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToAtTop{\try@load@fontshape}{\def\space{ }}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SelectStdCharTable}
% The first three standard characters. |\lst@Let| has been replaced by
% |\lst@Def| after a bug report from \lsthelper{Chris~Edwards}{2002/02/15}
% {tabulators show up with firstline>1}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@SelectStdCharTable{%
    \lst@Def{9}{\lst@ProcessTabulator}%
    \lst@Def{12}{\lst@ProcessFormFeed}%
    \lst@Def{32}{\lst@ProcessSpace}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CCPut}
% The first argument gives the character class, then follow the codes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CCPut#1#2{%
    \ifnum#2=\z@
        \expandafter\@gobbletwo
    \else
        \lccode`\~=#2\lccode`\/=#2\lowercase{\lst@CCPut@~{#1/}}%
    \fi
    \lst@CCPut#1}
\def\lst@CCPut@#1#2{\lst@lAddTo\lst@SelectStdCharTable{\def#1{#2}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we insert more standard characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@CCPut \lst@ProcessOther
    {"21}{"22}{"28}{"29}{"2B}{"2C}{"2E}{"2F}
    {"3A}{"3B}{"3D}{"3F}{"5B}{"5D}
    \z@
\lst@CCPut \lst@ProcessDigit
    {"30}{"31}{"32}{"33}{"34}{"35}{"36}{"37}{"38}{"39}
    \z@
\lst@CCPut \lst@ProcessLetter
    {"40}{"41}{"42}{"43}{"44}{"45}{"46}{"47}
    {"48}{"49}{"4A}{"4B}{"4C}{"4D}{"4E}{"4F}
    {"50}{"51}{"52}{"53}{"54}{"55}{"56}{"57}
    {"58}{"59}{"5A}
         {"61}{"62}{"63}{"64}{"65}{"66}{"67}
    {"68}{"69}{"6A}{"6B}{"6C}{"6D}{"6E}{"6F}
    {"70}{"71}{"72}{"73}{"74}{"75}{"76}{"77}
    {"78}{"79}{"7A}
    \z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CCPutMacro}
% Now we come to a delicate point. The characters not inserted yet aren't
% printable (|_|, |$|, \ldots) or aren't printed well (|*|, |-|, \ldots) if we
% enter these characters. Thus we use proper macros to print the characters.
% Works perfectly. The problem is that the current character string is
% printable for speed, for example |_| is already replaced by a macro version,
% but the new keyword tests need the original characters.
%
% The solution: We define |\def _{\lst@ProcessLetter\lst@um_}| where the first
% underscore is active and the second belongs to the control sequence.
% Moreover we have |\def\lst@um_{\lst@UM _}| where the second underscore has
% the usual meaning. Now the keyword tests can access the original character
% simply by making |\lst@UM| empty. The default definition gets the following
% token and builds the control sequence |\lst@um_@|, which we'll define to
% print the character. Easy, isn't it?^^A ;-)
%
% The following definition does all this for us. The first parameter gives the
% character class, the second the character code, and the last the definition
% which actually prints the character. We build the names |\lst@um_| and
% |\lst@um_@| and give them to a submacro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CCPutMacro#1#2#3{%
    \ifnum#2=\z@ \else
        \begingroup\lccode`\~=#2\relax \lccode`\/=#2\relax
        \lowercase{\endgroup\expandafter\lst@CCPutMacro@
            \csname\@lst @um/\expandafter\endcsname
            \csname\@lst @um/@\endcsname /~}#1{#3}%
        \expandafter\lst@CCPutMacro
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The arguments are now |\lst@um_|, |\lst@um_@|, nonactive character, active
% character, character class and printing definition. We add |\def _{|
% |\lst@ProcessLetter| |\lst@um_}| to |\lst@SelectStdCharTable| (and similarly
% other special characters), define |\def\lst@um_{\lst@UM _}| and |\lst@um_@|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CCPutMacro@#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
    \lst@lAddTo\lst@SelectStdCharTable{\def#4{#5#1}}%
    \def#1{\lst@UM#3}%
    \def#2{#6}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The default definition of |\lst@UM|:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@UM#1{\csname\@lst @um#1@\endcsname}
%    \end{macrocode}
% And all remaining standard characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@CCPutMacro
    \lst@ProcessOther {"23}\#
    \lst@ProcessLetter{"24}\textdollar
    \lst@ProcessOther {"25}\%
    \lst@ProcessOther {"26}\&
    \lst@ProcessOther {"27}{\lst@ifupquote \textquotesingle
                                     \else \char39\relax \fi}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"2A}{\lst@ttfamily*\textasteriskcentered}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"2D}{\lst@ttfamily{-{}}{$-$}}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"3C}{\lst@ttfamily<\textless}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"3E}{\lst@ttfamily>\textgreater}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"5C}{\lst@ttfamily{\char92}\textbackslash}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"5E}\textasciicircum
    \lst@ProcessLetter{"5F}{\lst@ttfamily{\char95}\textunderscore}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"60}{\lst@ifupquote \textasciigrave
                                     \else \char96\relax \fi}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"7B}{\lst@ttfamily{\char123}\textbraceleft}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"7C}{\lst@ttfamily|\textbar}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"7D}{\lst@ttfamily{\char125}\textbraceright}
    \lst@ProcessOther {"7E}\textasciitilde
    \lst@ProcessOther {"7F}-
    \@empty\z@\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ttfamily}
% What is this ominous macro? It prints either the first or the second
% argument. In |\ttfamily| it ensures that |----| is typeset |----| and not
% $-$$-$$-$$-$ as in version 0.17. Bug encountered by
% \lsthelper{Dr.~Jobst~Hoffmann}{1998/03/30}{|\lst@minus| and |\ttfamily|}.
% Furthermore I added |\relax| after receiving an error report from
% \lsthelper{Magnus~Lewis-Smith}{1999/08/06}{! Bad character code (920).}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ttfamily#1#2{\ifx\f@family\ttdefault#1\relax\else#2\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\ttdefault| is defined |\long|, so the |\ifx| doesn't work since |\f@family|
% isn't |\long|! We go around this problem by redefining |\ttdefault| locally:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\edef\ttdefault{\ttdefault}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{upquote}
% is used above to decide which quote to print. We print an error message if
% the necessary \packagename{textcomp} commands are not available. This key
% has been added after an email from \lsthelper{Frank~Mittelbach}{2003/06/18}
% {listings and upquote}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{upquote}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifupquote
    \lst@ifupquote
       \@ifundefined{textasciigrave}%
          {\let\KV@lst@upquote\@gobble
           \lstKV@SetIf f\lst@ifupquote \@gobble\fi
           \PackageError{Listings}{Option `upquote' requires `textcomp'
            package.\MessageBreak The option has been disabled}%
          {Add \string\usepackage{textcomp} to your preamble.}}%
          {}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If an \packagename{upquote} package is loaded, the \keyname{upquote} option
% is enabled by default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \@ifpackageloaded{upquote}{\RequirePackage{textcomp}%
                             \lstset{upquote}}{}%
  \@ifpackageloaded{upquote2}{\lstset{upquote}}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifactivechars}
% A simple switch.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@activecharstrue{\let\lst@ifactivechars\iftrue}
\def\lst@activecharsfalse{\let\lst@ifactivechars\iffalse}
\lst@activecharstrue
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SelectCharTable}
% We select the standard character table and switch to active catcodes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@SelectCharTable{%
    \lst@SelectStdCharTable
    \lst@ifactivechars
        \catcode9\active \catcode12\active \catcode13\active
        \@tempcnta=32\relax
        \@whilenum\@tempcnta<128\do
            {\catcode\@tempcnta\active\advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
    \fi
    \lst@ifec \lst@DefEC \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following line and the according macros below have been added after a
% bug report from \lsthelper{Fr\'ed\'eric~Boulanger}{2001/02/27}{ligatures}.
% The assignment to |\do@noligs| was changed to |\do| after a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Peter~Ruckdeschel}{2002/04/12}{problems with simultanous use of
% seminar.sty and listings.sty}. This bugfix was kindly provided by
% \lsthelper{Timothy~Van~Zandt}{2002/04/13}{Re: ...}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\do\lst@do@noligs \verbatim@nolig@list
%    \end{macrocode}
% There are two ways to adjust the standard table: inside the hook or with
% |\lst@DeveloperSCT|. We use these macros and initialize the backslash if
% necessary. |\lst@DefRange| has been moved outside the hook after a bug report
% by \lsthelper{Michael~Bachmann}{2004/07/21}{Keine label-Referenzierung
% m\"oglich...}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lsthk@SelectCharTable
    \lst@DeveloperSCT
	\lst@DefRange
    \ifx\lst@Backslash\relax\else
        \lst@LetSaveDef{"5C}\lsts@backslash\lst@Backslash
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{SelectCharTable}
% \begin{lstkey}{MoreSelectCharTable}
% The keys to adjust |\lst@DeveloperSCT|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{SelectCharTable}{}{\def\lst@DeveloperSCT{#1}}
\lst@Key{MoreSelectCharTable}\relax{\lst@lAddTo\lst@DeveloperSCT{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@DeveloperSCT\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@do@noligs}
% To prevent ligatures, this macro inserts the token |\lst@NoLig| in front of
% |\lst@Process|\meta{whatever}\meta{spec.~token}. This is done by
% |\verbatim@nolig@list| for certain characters. Note that the submacro is
% a special kind of a local |\lst@AddToAtTop|. The submacro definition was
% fixed thanks to \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}{2002/04/10}{bad `noligs' handling}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@do@noligs#1{%
    \begingroup \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\endgroup
    \lst@do@noligs@~}}
\def\lst@do@noligs@#1{%
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1%
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\lst@NoLig#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@NoLig}
% When this extra macro is processed, it adds |\lst@nolig| to the output queue
% without increasing its length. For keyword detection this must expand to
% nothing if |\lst@UM| is empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NoLig{\advance\lst@length\m@ne \lst@Append\lst@nolig}
\def\lst@nolig{\lst@UM\@empty}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% But the usual meaning of |\lst@UM| builds the following control sequence,
% which prevents ligatures in the manner of \LaTeX's |\do@noligs|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@namedef{\@lst @um@}{\leavevmode\kern\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SaveOutputDef}
% To get the \meta{spec.~token} meaning of character |#1|, we look for |\def|
% `active character |#1|' in |\lst@SelectStdCharTable|, get the replacement
% text, strip off the character class via |\@gobble|, and assign the meaning.
% Note that you get a ``runaway argument'' error if an illegal \meta{character
% code}=|#1| is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@SaveOutputDef#1#2{%
    \begingroup \lccode`\~=#1\relax \lowercase{\endgroup
    \def\lst@temp##1\def~##2##3\relax}{%
        \global\expandafter\let\expandafter#2\@gobble##2\relax}%
    \expandafter\lst@temp\lst@SelectStdCharTable\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstum@backslash}
% A commonly used character.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@SaveOutputDef{"5C}\lstum@backslash
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{National characters}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{extendedchars}
% The user key to activate extended characters 128--255.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{extendedchars}{true}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifec}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefEC}
% Currently each character in the range 128--255 is treated as a letter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DefEC{%
    \lst@CCECUse \lst@ProcessLetter
      ^^80^^81^^82^^83^^84^^85^^86^^87^^88^^89^^8a^^8b^^8c^^8d^^8e^^8f%
      ^^90^^91^^92^^93^^94^^95^^96^^97^^98^^99^^9a^^9b^^9c^^9d^^9e^^9f%
      ^^a0^^a1^^a2^^a3^^a4^^a5^^a6^^a7^^a8^^a9^^aa^^ab^^ac^^ad^^ae^^af%
      ^^b0^^b1^^b2^^b3^^b4^^b5^^b6^^b7^^b8^^b9^^ba^^bb^^bc^^bd^^be^^bf%
      ^^c0^^c1^^c2^^c3^^c4^^c5^^c6^^c7^^c8^^c9^^ca^^cb^^cc^^cd^^ce^^cf%
      ^^d0^^d1^^d2^^d3^^d4^^d5^^d6^^d7^^d8^^d9^^da^^db^^dc^^dd^^de^^df%
      ^^e0^^e1^^e2^^e3^^e4^^e5^^e6^^e7^^e8^^e9^^ea^^eb^^ec^^ed^^ee^^ef%
      ^^f0^^f1^^f2^^f3^^f4^^f5^^f6^^f7^^f8^^f9^^fa^^fb^^fc^^fd^^fe^^ff%
      ^^00}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CCECUse}
% Reaching end of list (|^^00|) we terminate the loop.
% Otherwise we do the same as in |\lst@CCPut| if the character is not active.
% But if the character is active, we save the meaning before redefinition.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CCECUse#1#2{%
    \ifnum`#2=\z@
        \expandafter\@gobbletwo
    \else
        \ifnum\catcode`#2=\active
            \lccode`\~=`#2\lccode`\/=`#2\lowercase{\lst@CCECUse@#1~/}%
        \else
            \lst@ifactivechars \catcode`#2=\active \fi
            \lccode`\~=`#2\lccode`\/=`#2\lowercase{\def~{#1/}}%
        \fi
    \fi
    \lst@CCECUse#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We save the meaning as mentioned. Here we must also use the `|\lst@UM|
% construction' since extended characters could often appear in words =
% identifiers. Bug reported by \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1999/07/26}
% {incompatibility with inputenc}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CCECUse@#1#2#3{%
    \expandafter\def\csname\@lst @EC#3\endcsname{\lst@UM#3}%
    \expandafter\let\csname\@lst @um#3@\endcsname #2%
    \edef#2{\noexpand#1%
            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@lst @EC#3\endcsname}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Daniel~Gerigk}{2001/10/25}{extendedchars do not work} and
% \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2001/10/26}{extendedchars do not work: um@\#3@
% must be @um\#3@} reported an error and a solution, respectively.
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Catcode problems}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@nfss@catcodes}
% \lsthelper{Anders~Edenbrandt}{1997/04/22}{preload of .fd files} found a bug
% with \texttt{.fd}-files. Since we change catcodes and these files are read
% on demand, we must reset the catcodes before the files are input. We use a
% local redefinition of |\nfss@catcodes|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\let\lsts@nfss@catcodes\nfss@catcodes
     \let\nfss@catcodes\lst@nfss@catcodes}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The |&|-character had turned into |\&| after a bug report by \lsthelper
% {David~Aspinall}{2003/07/17}{loading of .fd file inside tabular produces
% error}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@nfss@catcodes{%
    \lst@makeletter
        ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\relax
    \@makeother (\@makeother )\@makeother ,\@makeother :\@makeother\&%
    \@makeother 0\@makeother 1\@makeother 2\@makeother 3\@makeother 4%
    \@makeother 5\@makeother 6\@makeother 7\@makeother 8\@makeother 9%
    \@makeother =\lsts@nfss@catcodes}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The investigation of a bug reported by \lsthelper{Christian~Gudrian}
% {2000/11/16}{problems with mathpple} showed that the equal sign needs
% to have `other' catcode, as assigned above.
% \lsthelper{Svend~Tollak~Munkejord}{2002/04/17}{package incompatible with
%  Lucida .fd files} reported problems with Lucida .fd-files, while
% \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2002/04/17}{Re: listings fails with Lucida
% font} analysed the bug, which above led to the line starting with
% |\@makeaother (|.
%
% The name of |\lst@makeletter| is an imitation of \LaTeX's |\@makeother|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@makeletter#1{%
    \ifx\relax#1\else\catcode`#111\relax \expandafter\lst@makeletter\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{useoutput}
% \begin{macro}{\output}
% Another problem was first reported by \lsthelper{Marcin~Kasperski}
% {1999/04/28}{listings spoil toc}. It is also catcode related and
% \lsthelper{Donald~Arseneau}{1999/05/13}{comp.text.tex Re: delayed write and
% catcode changes} let me understand it. The point is that \TeX\ seems to use
% the \emph{currently} active catcode table when it writes non-|\immediate|
% |\write|s to file and not the catcodes involved when \emph{reading} the
% characters.
% So a section heading |\L a| was written |\La| if a listing was split on two
% pages since a non-standard catcode table was in use when writing |\La| to
% file, the previously attached catcodes do not matter. One more bug was that
% accents in page headings or footers were lost when a listing was split on
% two pages. \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1999/08/03}{Accents lost in heading if
% listing split on two pages} found this latter bug. A similar problem with
% the tilde was reported by \lsthelper{Thorsten~Vitt}{2001/06/25}{fancyhdr +
% listings crossing pages ==> ~ in header, not space}.
%
% We can choose between three possibilities.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{useoutput}{2}{\edef\lst@useoutput{\ifcase#10 0\or 1\else 2\fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The first does not modify the existing output routine.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
{\edef\lst@OrgOutput{\the\output}%
\ifcase\lst@useoutput\relax
\or
%    \end{macrocode}
% The second possibility is as follows: We interrupt the current modes---in
% particular |\lst@Pmode| with modified catcode table---, call the original
% output routine and reenter the mode. This must be done with a little care.
% First we have to close the group which \TeX\ opens at the beginning of the
% output routine. A single |\egroup| gives an `unbalanced output routine'
% error. But |\expandafter\egroup| works. Again it was
% \lsthelper{Donald~Arseneau}{2001/01/10}{comp.text.tex Re: \output puzzle}
% who gave the explaination: The |\expandafter| set the token type of |\bgroup|
% to |backed_up|, which prevents \TeX's from recovering from an unbalanced
% output routine. \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2001/01/05}{comp.text.tex Re:
% \output puzzle} reported that |\csname| |egroup||\endcsname| does the trick,
% too.
%
% However, since \TeX\ checks the contents of |\box| 255 when we close the
% group (`output routine didn't use all of |\box| 255'), we have to save it
% temporaryly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \output{\global\setbox\lst@gtempboxa\box\@cclv
         \expandafter\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we can interrupt the mode, but we have to save the current character
% string and the current style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \lst@SaveToken
     \lst@InterruptModes
%    \end{macrocode}
% We restore the contents, use the original output routine, and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \setbox\@cclv\box\lst@gtempboxa
     \bgroup\lst@OrgOutput\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space open a group matching the |}| which \TeX\ inserts at the end of
% the output routine. We reenter modes and restore the character string and
% style |\aftergroup|. Moreover we need to reset |\pagegoal|---added after a
% bug report by \lsthelper{Jochen~Schneider}{2002/03/09}{de.comp.text.tex:
% Problem mit Listings-Paket 1.0-Beta; unmotivated pagebreak with preceding
% float}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \bgroup
     \aftergroup\pagegoal\aftergroup\vsize
     \aftergroup\lst@ReenterModes\aftergroup\lst@RestoreToken}%
\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% The third option is to restore all catcodes and meanings inside a modified
% output routine and to call the original routine afterwards.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \output{\lst@RestoreOrigCatcodes
         \lst@ifec \lst@RestoreOrigExtendedCatcodes \fi
         \lst@OrgOutput}%
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that this output routine isn't used too often. It is executed only if
% it's possible that a listing is split on two pages: if a listing ends at
% the bottom or begins at the top of a page, or if a listing is really split.
% \end{macro}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@GetChars}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ScanChars}
% \begin{lstkey}{rescanchars}
% To make the third |\output|-option work, we have to scan the catcodes and
% also the meanings of active characters:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@GetChars#1#2#3{%
    \let#1\@empty
    \@tempcnta#2\relax \@tempcntb#3\relax
    \loop \ifnum\@tempcnta<\@tempcntb\relax
        \lst@lExtend#1{\expandafter\catcode\the\@tempcnta=}%
        \lst@lExtend#1{\the\catcode\@tempcnta\relax}%
        \ifnum\the\catcode\@tempcnta=\active
            \begingroup\lccode`\~=\@tempcnta
            \lowercase{\endgroup
            \lst@lExtend#1{\expandafter\let\expandafter~\csname
                                    lstecs@\the\@tempcnta\endcsname}%
            \expandafter\let\csname lstecs@\the\@tempcnta\endcsname~}%
        \fi
        \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
    \repeat}
\def\lst@ScanChars{%
    \lst@GetChars\lst@RestoreOrigCatcodes\@ne {128}%
    \lst@GetChars\lst@RestoreOrigExtendedCatcodes{128}{256}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The scan can be issued by hand and at the beginning of a document.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{rescanchars}\relax{\lst@ScanChars}
\AtBeginDocument{\lst@ScanChars}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Adjusting the table}
%
% We begin with modifiers for the basic character classes.
%
% \begin{lstkey}{alsoletter}
% \begin{lstkey}{alsodigit}
% \begin{lstkey}{alsoother}
% The macros |\lst@also|\ldots\space will hold |\def|\meta{char}|{|\ldots|}|
% sequences, which adjusts the standard character table.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{alsoletter}\relax{%
    \lst@DoAlso{#1}\lst@alsoletter\lst@ProcessLetter}
\lst@Key{alsodigit}\relax{%
    \lst@DoAlso{#1}\lst@alsodigit\lst@ProcessDigit}
\lst@Key{alsoother}\relax{%
    \lst@DoAlso{#1}\lst@alsoother\lst@ProcessOther}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is done at \hookname{SelectCharTable} and every language selection
% the macros get empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\lst@alsoother \lst@alsodigit \lst@alsoletter}
\lst@AddToHookExe{SetLanguage}% init
    {\let\lst@alsoletter\@empty
     \let\lst@alsodigit\@empty
     \let\lst@alsoother\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The service macro starts a loop and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DoAlso#1#2#3{%
    \lst@DefOther\lst@arg{#1}\let#2\@empty
    \expandafter\lst@DoAlso@\expandafter#2\expandafter#3\lst@arg\relax}
\def\lst@DoAlso@#1#2#3{%
    \ifx\relax#3\expandafter\@gobblethree \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space while not reaching |\relax| we use the \TeX nique from
% |\lst@SaveOutputDef| to replace the class by |#2|. Eventually we append
% the new definition to |#1|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \begingroup \lccode`\~=`#3\relax \lowercase{\endgroup
        \def\lst@temp##1\def~##2##3\relax{%
            \edef\lst@arg{\def\noexpand~{\noexpand#2\expandafter
                                         \noexpand\@gobble##2}}}}%
        \expandafter\lst@temp\lst@SelectStdCharTable\relax
        \lst@lExtend#1{\lst@arg}%
    \fi
    \lst@DoAlso@#1#2}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SaveDef}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefSaveDef}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LetSaveDef}
% These macros can be used in language definitions to make special changes.
% They save the definition and define or assign a new one.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@SaveDef#1#2{%
    \begingroup \lccode`\~=#1\relax \lowercase{\endgroup\let#2~}}
\def\lst@DefSaveDef#1#2{%
    \begingroup \lccode`\~=#1\relax \lowercase{\endgroup\let#2~\def~}}
\def\lst@LetSaveDef#1#2{%
    \begingroup \lccode`\~=#1\relax \lowercase{\endgroup\let#2~\let~}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Now we get to the more powerful definitions.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CDef}
% Here we unfold the first parameter \meta{1st}\marg{2nd}\marg{rest} and say
% that this input string is `replaced' by \meta{save 1st}\marg{2nd}^^A
% \marg{rest}---plus \meta{execute}, \meta{pre}, and \meta{post}. This main
% work is done by |\lst@CDefIt|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CDef#1{\lst@CDef@#1}
\def\lst@CDef@#1#2#3#4{\lst@CDefIt#1{#2}{#3}{#4#2#3}#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CDefX}
% drops the input string.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CDefX#1{\lst@CDefX@#1}
\def\lst@CDefX@#1#2#3{\lst@CDefIt#1{#2}{#3}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CDefIt}
% is the main working procedure for the previous macros. It redefines the
% sequence |#1#2#3| of characters. At least |#1| must be active; the other two
% arguments might be empty, not equivalent to empty!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CDefIt#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \ifx\@empty#2\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% For a single character we just execute the arguments in the correct order.
% You might want to go back to section \ref{dCharacterTablesManipulated} to
% look them up.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \def#1{#6\def\lst@next{#7#4#8}\lst@next}%
    \else \ifx\@empty#3\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% For a two character sequence we test whether \meta{pre} and \meta{post}
% must be executed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \def#1##1{%
            #6%
            \ifx##1#2\def\lst@next{#7#4#8}\else
                     \def\lst@next{#5##1}\fi
            \lst@next}%
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% We do the same for an arbitrary character sequence---except that we have to
% use |\lst@IfNextCharsArg| instead of |\ifx|\ldots|\fi|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \def#1{%
            #6%
            \lst@IfNextCharsArg{#2#3}{#7#4#8}%
                                     {\expandafter#5\lst@eaten}}%
    \fi \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CArgX}
% We make |#1#2| active and call |\lst@CArg|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CArgX#1#2\relax{%
    \lst@DefActive\lst@arg{#1#2}%
    \expandafter\lst@CArg\lst@arg\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CArg}
% arranges the first two arguments for |\lst@CDef|[|X|]. We get an undefined
% macro and use |\@empty\@empty\relax| as delimiter for the submacro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CArg#1#2\relax{%
    \lccode`\/=`#1\lowercase{\def\lst@temp{/}}%
    \lst@GetFreeMacro{lst@c\lst@temp}%
    \expandafter\lst@CArg@\lst@freemacro#1#2\@empty\@empty\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Save meaning of \meta{1st}=|#2| in \meta{save 1st}=|#1| and call the macro
% |#6| with correct arguments. From version 1.0 on, |#2|, |#3| and |#4|
% (respectively empty arguments) are tied together with group braces.
% This allows us to save two arguments in other definitions, for example in
% |\lst@DefDelimB|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CArg@#1#2#3#4\@empty#5\relax#6{%
    \let#1#2%
    \ifx\@empty#3\@empty
        \def\lst@next{#6{#2{}{}}}%
    \else
        \def\lst@next{#6{#2#3{#4}}}%
    \fi
    \lst@next #1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CArgEmpty}
% `executes' an |\@empty|-delimited argument. We will use it for the delimiters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@CArgEmpty#1\@empty{#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Delimiters}
%
% Here we start with general definitions common to all delimiters.
%
% \begin{lstkey}{excludedelims}
% controls which delimiters are not printed in \meta{whatever}style. We just
% define |\lst@ifex|\meta{whatever} to be true. Such switches are set false
% in the \hookname{ExcludeDelims} hook and are handled by the individual
% delimiters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{excludedelims}\relax
    {\lsthk@ExcludeDelims \lst@NormedDef\lst@temp{#1}%
     \expandafter\lst@for\lst@temp\do
     {\expandafter\let\csname\@lst @ifex##1\endcsname\iftrue}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DelimPrint}
% And this macro might help in doing so. |#1| is |\lst@ifex|\meta{whatever}
% (plus |\else|) or just |\iffalse|, and |#2| will be the delimiter. The
% temporary mode change ensures that the characters can't end the current
% delimiter or start a new one.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DelimPrint#1#2{%
    #1%
      \begingroup
        \lst@mode\lst@nomode \lst@modetrue
        #2\lst@XPrintToken
      \endgroup
      \lst@ResetToken
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DelimOpen}
% We print preceding characters and the delimiter, enter the appropriate mode,
% print the delimiter again, and execute |#3|. In fact, the arguments |#1| and
% |#2| will ensure that the delimiter is printed only once.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DelimOpen#1#2#3#4#5#6\@empty{%
    \lst@TrackNewLines \lst@XPrintToken
    \lst@DelimPrint#1{#6}%
    \lst@EnterMode{#4}{\def\lst@currstyle#5}%
    \lst@DelimPrint{#1#2}{#6}%
    #3}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DelimClose}
% is the same in reverse order.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DelimClose#1#2#3\@empty{%
    \lst@TrackNewLines \lst@XPrintToken
    \lst@DelimPrint{#1#2}{#3}%
    \lst@LeaveMode
    \lst@DelimPrint{#1}{#3}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginDelim}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndDelim}
% These definitions are applications of |\lst@DelimOpen| and |\lst@DelimClose|:
% the delimiters have the same style as the delimited text.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BeginDelim{\lst@DelimOpen\iffalse\else{}}
\def\lst@EndDelim{\lst@DelimClose\iffalse\else}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginIDelim}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndIDelim}
% Another application: no delimiter is printed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BeginIDelim{\lst@DelimOpen\iffalse{}{}}
\def\lst@EndIDelim{\lst@DelimClose\iffalse{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefDelims}
% This macro defines all delimiters and is therefore reset every language
% selection.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{\lst@DefDelims}
\lst@AddToHookExe{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@DefDelims\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Delim}
% First we set default values: no |\lst@modetrue|, cumulative style, and no
% argument to |\lst@Delim|[|DM|]|@|\meta{type}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim#1{%
    \lst@false \let\lst@cumulative\@empty \let\lst@arg\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% These are the correct settings for the double-star-form, so we immediately
% call the submacro in this case. Otherwise we either just suppress cumulative
% style, or even indicate the usage of |\lst@modetrue| with |\lst@true|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@ifstar{\@ifstar{\lst@Delim@{#1}}%
                     {\let\lst@cumulative\relax
                      \lst@Delim@{#1}}}%
            {\lst@true\lst@Delim@{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The type argument is saved for later use. We check against the optional
% \meta{style} argument using |#1| as default, define |\lst@delimstyle| and
% look for the optional \meta{type option}, which is just saved in |\lst@arg|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@#1[#2]{%
    \gdef\lst@delimtype{#2}%
    \@ifnextchar[\lst@Delim@sty
                 {\lst@Delim@sty[#1]}}
\def\lst@Delim@sty[#1]{%
    \def\lst@delimstyle{#1}%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else
        \lst@Delim@sty@ #1\@nil
    \fi
    \@ifnextchar[\lst@Delim@option
                 \lst@Delim@delim}
\def\lst@Delim@option[#1]{\def\lst@arg{[#1]}\lst@Delim@delim}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |[| and |]| in the replacement text above have been added after a bug report
% by \lsthelper{Stephen~Reindl}{2002/05/28}{\inaccessible using Cobol}.
%
% The definition of |\lst@delimstyle| depends on whether the first token is a
% control sequence. Here we possibly build |\lst@|\meta{style}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@sty@#1#2\@nil{%
    \if\relax\noexpand#1\else
        \edef\lst@delimstyle{\expandafter\noexpand
                             \csname\@lst @\lst@delimstyle\endcsname}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Delim@delim}
% Eventually this macro is called. First we might need to delete a bunch of
% delimiters. If there is no delimiter, we might delete a subclass.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@delim#1\relax#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \ifx #4\@empty \lst@Delim@delall{#2}\fi
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
        \ifx #4\@nil
            \@ifundefined{\@lst @#2DM@\lst@delimtype}%
                {\lst@Delim@delall{#2@\lst@delimtype}}%
                {\lst@Delim@delall{#2DM@\lst@delimtype}}%
        \fi
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the delimiter is not empty, we convert the delimiter and append it to
% |\lst@arg|. Ditto |\lst@Begin|\ldots, |\lst@End|\ldots, and the style and
% mode selection.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\lst@Delim@args\expandafter
            {\lst@delimtype}{#1}{#5}#6{#7}{#8}#4%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the type is known, we either choose dynamic or static mode and use the
% contents of |\lst@arg| as arguments. All this is put into |\lst@delim|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \let\lst@delim\@empty
        \expandafter\lst@IfOneOf\lst@delimtype\relax#3%
        {\@ifundefined{\@lst @#2DM@\lst@delimtype}%
             {\lst@lExtend\lst@delim{\csname\@lst @#2@\lst@delimtype
                                     \expandafter\endcsname\lst@arg}}%
             {\lst@lExtend\lst@delim{\expandafter\lst@UseDynamicMode
                                     \csname\@lst @#2DM@\lst@delimtype
                                     \expandafter\endcsname\lst@arg}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, depending on the mode |#4| we either remove this particular delimiter or
% append it to all current ones.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \ifx #4\@nil
             \let\lst@temp\lst@DefDelims \let\lst@DefDelims\@empty
             \expandafter\lst@Delim@del\lst@temp\@empty\@nil\@nil\@nil
         \else
             \lst@lExtend\lst@DefDelims\lst@delim
         \fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% An unknown type issues an error.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        {\PackageError{Listings}{Illegal type `\lst@delimtype'}%
                                {#2 types are #3.}}%
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Delim@args}
% Now let's look how we add the arguments to |\lst@arg|. First we initialize
% the conversion just to make all characters active. But if the first character
% of the type equals |#4|, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@args#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
    \begingroup
    \lst@false \let\lst@next\lst@XConvert
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ we remove that character from |\lst@delimtype|, and |#5| might select
% a different conversion setting or macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@ifnextchar #4{\xdef\lst@delimtype{\expandafter\@gobble
                                        \lst@delimtype}%
                    #5\lst@next#2\@nil
                    \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{\@empty#6}%
                    \lst@GobbleNil}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Since we are in the `special' case above, we've also added the special
% |\lst@Begin|\ldots\space and |\lst@End|\ldots\space macros to |\lst@arg|
% (and |\@empty| as a brake for the delimiter). No special task must be done
% if the characters are not equal.
%    \begin{macrocode}
                   {\lst@next#2\@nil
                    \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{\@empty#3}%
                    \lst@GobbleNil}%
                 #1\@nil
%    \end{macrocode}
% We always transfer the arguments to the outside of the group and append the
% style and mode selection if and only if we're not deleting a delimiter.
% Therefor we expand the delimiter style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \global\let\@gtempa\lst@arg
    \endgroup
    \let\lst@arg\@gtempa
    \ifx #7\@nil\else
        \expandafter\lst@Delim@args@\expandafter{\lst@delimstyle}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Recall that the style is `selected' by |\def\lst@currstyle#5|, and this
% `argument' |#5| is to be added now. Depending on the settings at the very
% beginning, we use either |{\meta{style}}\lst@modetrue|---which selects the
% style and deactivates keyword detection---, or |{}\meta{style}|---which
% defines an empty style macro and executes the style for cumulative styles---,
% or |{\meta{style}|---which just defines the style macro. Note that we have to
% use two extra group levels below: one is discarded directly by |\lst@lAddTo|
% and the other by |\lst@Delim|[|DM|]|@|\meta{type}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@args@#1{%
    \lst@if
        \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{{{#1}\lst@modetrue}}%
    \else
        \ifx\lst@cumulative\@empty
            \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{{{}#1}}%
        \else
            \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{{{#1}}}%
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Delim@del}
% To delete a particular delimiter, we iterate down the list of delimiters and
% compare the current item with the user supplied.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@del#1\@empty#2#3#4{%
    \ifx #2\@nil\else
        \def\lst@temp{#1\@empty#2#3}%
        \ifx\lst@temp\lst@delim\else
            \lst@lAddTo\lst@DefDelims{#1\@empty#2#3{#4}}%
        \fi
        \expandafter\lst@Delim@del
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Delim@delall}
% To delete a whole class of delimiters, we first expand the control sequence
% name, init some other data, and call a submacro to do the work.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@delall#1{%
    \begingroup
    \edef\lst@delim{\expandafter\string\csname\@lst @#1\endcsname}%
    \lst@false \global\let\@gtempa\@empty
    \expandafter\lst@Delim@delall@\lst@DefDelims\@empty
    \endgroup
    \let\lst@DefDelims\@gtempa}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We first discard a preceding |\lst@UseDynamicMode|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@delall@#1{%
    \ifx #1\@empty\else
        \ifx #1\lst@UseDynamicMode
            \lst@true
            \let\lst@next\lst@Delim@delall@do
        \else
            \def\lst@next{\lst@Delim@delall@do#1}%
        \fi
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Then we can check whether (the following) |\lst@|\meta{delimiter name}\ldots\ 
% matches the delimiter class given by |\lst@delim|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Delim@delall@do#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \expandafter\lst@IfSubstring\expandafter{\lst@delim}{\string#1}%
      {}%
      {\lst@if \lst@AddTo\@gtempa\lst@UseDynamicMode \fi
       \lst@AddTo\@gtempa{#1#2\@empty#3#4{#5}}}%
    \lst@false \lst@Delim@delall@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefDelimB}
% Here we put the arguments together to fit |\lst@CDef|. Note that the very
% last argument |\@empty| to |\lst@CDef| is a brake for |\lst@CArgEmpty|
% and |\lst@DelimOpen|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefDelimB#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \lst@CDef{#1}#2%
        {#3}%
        {\let\lst@bnext\lst@CArgEmpty
         \lst@ifmode #4\else
             #5%
             \def\lst@bnext{#6{#7}{#8}}%
         \fi
         \lst@bnext}%
        \@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% After a bug report from \lsthelper{Vespe~Savikko}{2000/11/06}{bad output of
% doc-strings if HTML and Python are loaded} I added braces around |#7|.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefDelimE}
% The  |\ifnum #7=\lst@mode| in the 5th line ensures that the delimiters
% match each other.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefDelimE#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
    \lst@CDef{#1}#2%
        {#3}%
        {\let\lst@enext\lst@CArgEmpty
         \ifnum #7=\lst@mode%
             #4%
             \let\lst@enext#6%
         \else
             #5%
         \fi
         \lst@enext}%
        \@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\let\lst@bnext\relax \let\lst@enext\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefDelimBE}
% This service macro will actually define all string delimiters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefDelimBE#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
    \lst@CDef{#1}#2%
        {#3}%
        {\let\lst@bnext\lst@CArgEmpty
         \ifnum #7=\lst@mode
             #4%
             \let\lst@bnext#9%
         \else
             \lst@ifmode\else
                 #5%
                 \def\lst@bnext{#6{#7}{#8}}%
             \fi
         \fi
         \lst@bnext}%
        \@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@delimtypes}
% is the list of general delimiter types.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@delimtypes{s,l}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DelimKey}
% We just put together the arguments for |\lst@Delim|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DelimKey#1#2{%
    \lst@Delim{}#2\relax
        {Delim}\lst@delimtypes #1%
                {\lst@BeginDelim\lst@EndDelim}
        i\@empty{\lst@BeginIDelim\lst@EndIDelim}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{delim}
% \begin{lstkey}{moredelim}
% \begin{lstkey}{deletedelim}
% all use |\lst@DelimKey|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{delim}\relax{\lst@DelimKey\@empty{#1}}
\lst@Key{moredelim}\relax{\lst@DelimKey\relax{#1}}
\lst@Key{deletedelim}\relax{\lst@DelimKey\@nil{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DelimDM@l}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DelimDM@s}
% Nohting special here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DelimDM@l#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#3{#1}{#5\lst@Lmodetrue}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DelimDM@s#1#2#3\@empty#4#5#6{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#4{#1}{#6}%
    \lst@CArg #3\relax\lst@DefDelimE{}{}{}#5{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Strings}
%
% \begin{aspect}{strings}
% Just starting a new aspect.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{strings}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@stringtypes}
% is the list of \ldots\space string types?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@stringtypes{d,b,m,bd,db}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringKey}
% We just put together the arguments for |\lst@Delim|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@StringKey#1#2{%
    \lst@Delim\lst@stringstyle #2\relax
        {String}\lst@stringtypes #1%
                     {\lst@BeginString\lst@EndString}%
        \@@end\@empty{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{string}
% \begin{lstkey}{morestring}
% \begin{lstkey}{deletestring}
% all use |\lst@StringKey|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{string}\relax{\lst@StringKey\@empty{#1}}
\lst@Key{morestring}\relax{\lst@StringKey\relax{#1}}
\lst@Key{deletestring}\relax{\lst@StringKey\@nil{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{stringstyle}
% You shouldn't need comments on the following two lines, do you?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{stringstyle}{}{\def\lst@stringstyle{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{EmptyStyle}{\let\lst@stringstyle\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{showstringspaces}
% Thanks to \lsthelper{Knut~M\"uller}{1997/04/28}{\blankstringtrue} for
% reporting problems with |\blankstringtrue| (now |showstringspaces=false|).
% The problem has gone.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{showstringspaces}t[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowstringspaces}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginString}
% Note that the tokens after |\lst@DelimOpen| are arguments! The only special
% here is that we switch to `keepspaces' after starting a string, if necessary.
% A bug reported by \lsthelper{Vespe~Savikko}{2000/09/27}{stringstyle used also
% on previous other characters} has gone due to the use of |\lst@DelimOpen|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginString{%
    \lst@DelimOpen
        \lst@ifexstrings\else
        {\lst@ifshowstringspaces
             \lst@keepspacestrue
             \let\lst@outputspace\lst@visiblespace
         \fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHookExe{ExcludeDelims}{\let\lst@ifexstrings\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndString}
% Again the two tokens following |\lst@DelimClose| are arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@EndString{\lst@DelimClose\lst@ifexstrings\else}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% And now all the |\lst@StringDM@|\meta{type} definitions.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringDM@d}
% `d' means no extra work.; the first three arguments after |\lst@DefDelimBE|
% are left empty. The others are used to start and end the string.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@StringDM@d#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimBE{}{}{}#3{#1}{#5}#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringDM@b}
% The |\lst@ifletter|\ldots|\fi| has been inserted after bug reports by
% \lsthelper{Daniel~Gerigk}{2001/10/25}{improper strings in C++} and
% \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}{2001/11/01}{improper strings in C++}. If the last
% other character is a backslash (4th line), we gobble the `end string' token
% sequence.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@StringDM@b#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \let\lst@ifbstring\iftrue
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimBE
       {\lst@ifletter \lst@Output \lst@letterfalse \fi}%
       {\ifx\lst@lastother\lstum@backslash
            \expandafter\@gobblethree
        \fi}{}#3{#1}{#5}#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\lst@ifbstring\iffalse % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Heiko~Heil}{2002/02/08}{string '\\' does not finish after the
% delimiter} reported problems with double backslashes. So:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{%
    \lst@ifbstring
        \lst@CArgX \\\\\relax \lst@CDefX{}%
           {\lst@ProcessOther\lstum@backslash
            \lst@ProcessOther\lstum@backslash
            \let\lst@lastother\relax}%
           {}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The reset of |\lst@lastother| has been added after a bug reports by
% \lsthelper{Hermann~H\"uttler}{2002/10/05}{C++-string "... \\" does not
% end with second double quote} and \lsthelper{Dan~Luecking}{2003/01/15}
% {string "\\" doesn't end after the second quote}.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringDM@bd}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringDM@db}
% are just the same and the same as |\lst@StringDM@b|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\lst@StringDM@bd\lst@StringDM@b
\global\let\lst@StringDM@db\lst@StringDM@bd
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringDM@a}
% This delimiter type is designed for Ada. Here we enter string mode only
% if the last character has not been a letter and has not been a right
% parenthesis or right bracket. The test for the latter one has been added
% after bug report from \lsthelper{Christian~Kindinger}{2002/03/??}
% {]' starts a string in Matlab}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@StringDM@a#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimBE{}{}%
        {\let\lst@next\@gobblethree
         \lst@ifletter\else
         \ifx\lst@lastother)\else \ifx\lst@lastother]\else
             \let\lst@next\@empty
         \fi \fi \fi
         \lst@next}#3{#1}{#5}#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@StringDM@m}
% is for Matlab. We enter string mode only if the last character is not in
% the following list of exceptional characters: letters, digits, period,
% quote, right parenthesis, right bracket, and right brace. The first list
% has been extended after bug reports from \lsthelper{Christian~Kindinger}
% {2002/03/??}{]' starts a string in Matlab}, \lsthelper{Benjamin~Schubert}
% {2003/02/05}{.' starts a string in Matlab}, and \lsthelper{Stefan~Stoll}
% {2003/02/18}{any of 0123456789\}' plus quote start a string in Matlab}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@StringDM@m#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimBE{}{}%
        {\let\lst@next\@gobblethree
         \lst@ifletter\else
             \lst@IfLastOtherOneOf{)].0123456789\lstum@rbrace'}%
                 {}%
                 {\let\lst@next\@empty}%
         \fi
         \lst@next}#3{#1}{#5}#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstum@rbrace}
% This has been used above.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@SaveOutputDef{"7D}\lstum@rbrace
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \begin{aspect}{mf}
% For MetaFont and MetaPost we now define macros to print the input-filenames
% in stringstyle.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{mf}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@mfinputmode}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@String@mf}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddTo\lst@stringtypes{,mf}
\lst@NewMode\lst@mfinputmode
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@String@mf#1\@empty#2#3#4{%
  \lst@CArg #1\relax\lst@DefDelimB
       {}{}{\lst@ifletter \expandafter\@gobblethree \fi}%
       \lst@BeginStringMFinput\lst@mfinputmode{#4\lst@Lmodetrue}%
  \@ifundefined{lsts@semicolon}%
  {\lst@DefSaveDef{`\;}\lsts@semicolon{% ; and space end the filename
      \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@mfinputmode
          \lst@XPrintToken
          \expandafter\lst@LeaveMode
      \fi
      \lsts@semicolon}%
   \lst@DefSaveDef{`\ }\lsts@space{%
      \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@mfinputmode
          \lst@XPrintToken
          \expandafter\lst@LeaveMode
      \fi
      \lsts@space}%
  }{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginStringMFinput}
% It remains to define this macro. In contrast to |\lst@PrintDelim|, we don't
% use |\lst@modetrue| to allow keyword detection here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginStringMFinput#1#2#3\@empty{%
    \lst@TrackNewLines \lst@XPrintToken
      \begingroup
        \lst@mode\lst@nomode
        #3\lst@XPrintToken
      \endgroup
      \lst@ResetToken
    \lst@EnterMode{#1}{\def\lst@currstyle#2}%
    \lst@ifshowstringspaces
         \lst@keepspacestrue
         \let\lst@outputspace\lst@visiblespace
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Comments}
%
% \begin{aspect}{comments}
% That's what we are working on.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{comments}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@commentmode}
% is a general purpose mode for comments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@commentmode
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@commenttypes}
% Via \keyname{comment} available comment types: \textbf line, \textbf fixed
% column, \textbf single, and \textbf nested and all with
% preceding \textbf i for invisible comments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@commenttypes{l,f,s,n}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CommentKey}
% We just put together the arguments for |\lst@Delim|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@CommentKey#1#2{%
    \lst@Delim\lst@commentstyle #2\relax
        {Comment}\lst@commenttypes #1%
                {\lst@BeginComment\lst@EndComment}%
        i\@empty{\lst@BeginInvisible\lst@EndInvisible}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{comment}
% \begin{lstkey}{morecomment}
% \begin{lstkey}{deletecomment}
% The keys are easy since defined in terms of |\lst@CommentKey|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{comment}\relax{\lst@CommentKey\@empty{#1}}
\lst@Key{morecomment}\relax{\lst@CommentKey\relax{#1}}
\lst@Key{deletecomment}\relax{\lst@CommentKey\@nil{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{commentstyle}
% Any hints necessary?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{commentstyle}{}{\def\lst@commentstyle{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{EmptyStyle}{\let\lst@commentstyle\itshape}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginComment}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndComment}
% Once more the three tokens following |\lst@DelimOpen| are arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginComment{%
    \lst@DelimOpen
        \lst@ifexcomments\else
        \lsthk@AfterBeginComment}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Ditto.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@EndComment{\lst@DelimClose\lst@ifexcomments\else}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{AfterBeginComment}{}
\lst@AddToHookExe{ExcludeDelims}{\let\lst@ifexcomments\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginInvisible}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndInvisible}
% Print preceding characters and begin dropping the output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginInvisible#1#2#3\@empty{%
    \lst@TrackNewLines \lst@XPrintToken
    \lst@BeginDropOutput{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Don't print the delimiter and end dropping the output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@EndInvisible#1\@empty{\lst@EndDropOutput}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Now we provide all |\lst@Comment|[|DM|]|@|\meta{type} macros.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CommentDM@l}
% is easy---thanks to |\lst@CArg| and |\lst@DefDelimB|. Note that the
% `end comment' argument |#4| is not used here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@CommentDM@l#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#3{#1}{#5\lst@Lmodetrue}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CommentDM@f}
% is slightly more work. First we provide the number of preceding columns.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@CommentDM@f#1{%
    \@ifnextchar[{\lst@Comment@@f{#1}}%
                 {\lst@Comment@@f{#1}[0]}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We define the comment in the same way as above, but we enter comment mode
% if and only if the character is in column |#2| (counting from zero).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@Comment@@f#1[#2]#3\@empty#4#5#6{%
    \lst@CArg #3\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}%
        {\lst@CalcColumn
         \ifnum #2=\@tempcnta\else
             \expandafter\@gobblethree
         \fi}%
        #4{#1}{#6\lst@Lmodetrue}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CommentDM@s}
% Nothing special here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@CommentDM@s#1#2#3\@empty#4#5#6{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}{}#4{#1}{#6}%
    \lst@CArg #3\relax\lst@DefDelimE{}{}{}#5{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@CommentDM@n}
% We either give an error message or define the nested comment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@CommentDM@n#1#2#3\@empty#4#5#6{%
    \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\else
        \def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}%
        \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
            \PackageError{Listings}{Identical delimiters}%
            {These delimiters make no sense with nested comments.}%
        \else
            \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimB
                {}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that the following |\@gobble| eats an |\else| from |\lst@DefDelimB|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
                {\ifnum\lst@mode=#1\relax \expandafter\@gobble \fi}%
                {}#4{#1}{#6}%
            \lst@CArg #3\relax\lst@DefDelimE{}{}{}#5{#1}%
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsubsection{PODs}
%
% \begin{aspect}{pod}
% PODs are defined as a separate aspect.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{pod}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{printpod}
% \begin{lstkey}{podcomment}
% We begin with the user keys, which I introduced after communication with
% \lsthelper{Michael~Piotrowski}{1997/11/11}{printpod}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{printpod}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifprintpod}
\lst@Key{podcomment}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifpodcomment}
\lst@AddToHookExe{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@ifpodcomment\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@PODmode}
% is the static mode for PODs.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@PODmode
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% We adjust some characters if the user has selected |podcomment=true|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\lst@ifpodcomment
         \lst@CArgX =\relax\lst@DefDelimB{}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following code is executed if we've found an equality sign and haven't
% entered a mode (in fact if mode changes are allowed): We `begin drop output'
% and gobble the usual begin of comment sequence (via |\@gobblethree|) if PODs
% aren't be printed. Moreover we gobble it if the current column number is not
% zero---|\@tempcnta| is valued below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
           {\ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@
                \lst@ifprintpod\else
                    \def\lst@bnext{\lst@BeginDropOutput\lst@PODmode}%
                    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobblethree
                \fi
            \else
               \expandafter\@gobblethree
            \fi}%
           \lst@BeginComment\lst@PODmode{{\lst@commentstyle}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we come to |=|, we calculate the current column number (zero based).
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \lst@CArgX =cut\^^M\relax\lst@DefDelimE
           {\lst@CalcColumn}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there is additionally |cut|+EOL and if we are in |\lst@PODmode| but not in
% column one, we must gobble the `end comment sequence'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
           {\ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\else
                \expandafter\@gobblethree
            \fi}%
           {}%
           \lst@EndComment\lst@PODmode
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Tags}
%
% \begin{aspect}{html}
% Support for HTML and other `markup languages'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{html}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@tagtypes}
% Again we begin with the list of tag types. It's rather short.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@tagtypes{s}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@TagKey}
% Again we just put together the arguments for |\lst@Delim| and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@TagKey#1#2{%
    \lst@Delim\lst@tagstyle #2\relax
        {Tag}\lst@tagtypes #1%
                     {\lst@BeginTag\lst@EndTag}%
        \@@end\@empty{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{tag}
% \ldots\ we use the definition here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{tag}\relax{\lst@TagKey\@empty{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{tagstyle}
% You shouldn't need comments on the following two lines, do you?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{tagstyle}{}{\def\lst@tagstyle{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{EmptyStyle}{\let\lst@tagstyle\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginTag}
% The special things here are: (1) We activate keyword detection inside tags
% and (2) we initialize the switch |\lst@iffirstintag| if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginTag{%
    \lst@DelimOpen
        \lst@ifextags\else
        {\let\lst@ifkeywords\iftrue
         \lst@ifmarkfirstintag \lst@firstintagtrue \fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHookExe{ExcludeDelims}{\let\lst@ifextags\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndTag}
% is just like the other |\lst@End|\meta{whatever} definitions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@EndTag{\lst@DelimClose\lst@ifextags\else}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{usekeywordsintag}
% \begin{lstkey}{markfirstintag}
% The second key has already been `used'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{usekeywordsintag}t[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifusekeysintag}
\lst@Key{markfirstintag}f[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifmarkfirstintag}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For this, we install a (global) switch, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@firstintagtrue{\global\let\lst@iffirstintag\iftrue}
\global\let\lst@iffirstintag\iffalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ which is reset by the output of an identifier but not by other
% output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{PostOutput}{\lst@tagresetfirst}
\lst@AddToHook{Output}
    {\gdef\lst@tagresetfirst{\global\let\lst@iffirstintag\iffalse}}
\lst@AddToHook{OutputOther}{\gdef\lst@tagresetfirst{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we only need to test against this switch in the \hookname{Output} hook.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Output}
    {\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@tagmode
         \lst@iffirstintag \let\lst@thestyle\lst@gkeywords@sty \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Moreover we check here, whether the keyword style is always to be used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \lst@ifusekeysintag\else \let\lst@thestyle\lst@gkeywords@sty\fi
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@tagmode}
% We allocate the mode and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@tagmode
%    \end{macrocode}
% deactivate keyword detection if any tag delimiter is defined (see below).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\global\let\lst@ifnotag\iftrue}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{\let\lst@ifkeywords\lst@ifnotag}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Tag@s}
% The definition of the one and only delimiter type is not that interesting.
% Compared with the others we set |\lst@ifnotag| and enter tag mode only if
% we aren't in tag mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@Tag@s#1#2\@empty#3#4#5{%
    \global\let\lst@ifnotag\iffalse
    \lst@CArg #1\relax\lst@DefDelimB {}{}%
        {\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@tagmode \expandafter\@gobblethree \fi}%
        #3\lst@tagmode{#5}%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@DefDelimE {}{}{}#4\lst@tagmode}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginCDATA}
% This macro is used by the XML language definition.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BeginCDATA#1\@empty{%
    \lst@TrackNewLines \lst@PrintToken
    \lst@EnterMode\lst@GPmode{}\let\lst@ifmode\iffalse
    \lst@mode\lst@tagmode #1\lst@mode\lst@GPmode\relax\lst@modetrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Replacing input}
%
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ReplaceInput}
% is defined in terms of |\lst@CArgX| and |\lst@CDefX|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@ReplaceInput#1{\lst@CArgX #1\relax\lst@CDefX{}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{literate}
% \lsthelper{Jason~Alexander}{1999/03/10}{literate programming} asked for
% something like that. The key looks for a star and saves the argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Literatekey#1\@nil@{\let\lst@ifxliterate\lst@if
                             \def\lst@literate{#1}}
\lst@Key{literate}{}{\@ifstar{\lst@true \lst@Literatekey}
                             {\lst@false\lst@Literatekey}#1\@nil@}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\ifx\lst@literate\@empty\else
         \expandafter\lst@Literate\lst@literate{}\relax\z@
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Internally we don't make use of the `replace input' feature any more.
%^^A We print the preceding text, assign token and length, and output it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Literate#1#2#3{%
    \ifx\relax#2\@empty\else
        \lst@CArgX #1\relax\lst@CDef
            {}
            {\let\lst@next\@empty
             \lst@ifxliterate
                \lst@ifmode \let\lst@next\lst@CArgEmpty \fi
             \fi
             \ifx\lst@next\@empty
                 \ifx\lst@OutputBox\@gobble\else
                   \lst@XPrintToken \let\lst@scanmode\lst@scan@m
                   \lst@token{#2}\lst@length#3\relax
                   \lst@XPrintToken
                 \fi
                 \let\lst@next\lst@CArgEmptyGobble
             \fi
             \lst@next}%
            \@empty
        \expandafter\lst@Literate
    \fi}
\def\lst@CArgEmptyGobble#1\@empty{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that we check |\lst@OutputBox| for being |\@gobble|. This is due to
% a bug report by \lsthelper{Jared~Warren}{2003/07/10}{literate replacement
% produces "ghosts"}.
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginDropInput}
% We deactivate all `process' macros. |\lst@modetrue| does this for all
% up-coming string delimiters, comments, and so on.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BeginDropInput#1{%
    \lst@EnterMode{#1}%
    {\lst@modetrue
     \let\lst@OutputBox\@gobble
     \let\lst@ifdropinput\iftrue
     \let\lst@ProcessLetter\@gobble
     \let\lst@ProcessDigit\@gobble
     \let\lst@ProcessOther\@gobble
     \let\lst@ProcessSpace\@empty
     \let\lst@ProcessTabulator\@empty
     \let\lst@ProcessFormFeed\@empty}}
\let\lst@ifdropinput\iffalse % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \subsection{Escaping to \LaTeX}
%
% \begin{aspect}{escape}
% We now define the \ldots\ damned \ldots\ the aspect has escaped!
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{escape}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{texcl}
% Communication with \lsthelper{J\"orn~Wilms}{1997/07/07}{\TeX\ comments} is
% responsible for this key. The definition and the first hooks are easy.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{texcl}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@iftexcl}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{\let\lst@iftexcl\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{EOL}
    {\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@TeXLmode
         \expandafter\lst@escapeend
         \expandafter\lst@LeaveAllModes
         \expandafter\lst@ReenterModes
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the user wants \TeX\ comment lines, we print the comment separator and
% interrupt the normal processing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{AfterBeginComment}
    {\lst@iftexcl \lst@ifLmode \lst@ifdropinput\else
         \lst@PrintToken
         \lst@LeaveMode \lst@InterruptModes
         \lst@EnterMode{\lst@TeXLmode}{\lst@modetrue\lst@commentstyle}%
         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@escapebegin
     \fi \fi \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@TeXLmode
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ActiveCDefX}
% Same as |\lst@CDefX| but we both make |#1| active and assign a new catcode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@ActiveCDefX#1{\lst@ActiveCDefX@#1}
\gdef\lst@ActiveCDefX@#1#2#3{
    \catcode`#1\active\lccode`\~=`#1%
    \lowercase{\lst@CDefIt~}{#2}{#3}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Escape}
% gets four arguments all in all. The first and second are the `begin' and
% `end' escape sequences, the third is executed when the escape starts, and the
% fourth right before ending it. We use the same mechanism as for \TeX\ comment
% lines. The |\lst@ifdropinput| test has been added after a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Michael~Weber}{2002/03/26}{escape on lines < firstline corrupts
% output}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@Escape#1#2#3#4{%
    \lst@CArgX #1\relax\lst@CDefX
        {}%
        {\lst@ifdropinput\else
         \lst@TrackNewLines\lst@OutputLostSpace \lst@XPrintToken
         \lst@InterruptModes
         \lst@EnterMode{\lst@TeXmode}{\lst@modetrue}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we must define the character sequence to end the escape.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \ifx\^^M#2%
             \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@ActiveCDefX
                 {}%
                 {\lst@escapeend #4\lst@LeaveAllModes\lst@ReenterModes}%
                 {\lst@MProcessListing}%
         \else
             \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@ActiveCDefX
                 {}%
                 {\lst@escapeend #4\lst@LeaveAllModes\lst@ReenterModes
                  \lst@whitespacefalse}%
                 {}%
         \fi
         #3\lst@escapebegin
         \fi}%
        {}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The |\lst@whitespacefalse| above was added after a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Martin~Steffen}{2001/04/07}{mathescape drops subsequent space}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@TeXmode
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{escapebegin}
% \begin{lstkey}{escapeend}
% The keys simply store the arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{escapebegin}{}{\def\lst@escapebegin{#1}}
\lst@Key{escapeend}{}{\def\lst@escapeend{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{escapechar}
% The introduction of this key is due to a communication with \lsthelper
% {Rui~Oliveira}{1998/06/05}{escape characters}. We define |\lst@DefEsc| and
% execute it after selecting the standard character table.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{escapechar}{}
    {\ifx\@empty#1\@empty
         \let\lst@DefEsc\relax
     \else
         \def\lst@DefEsc{\lst@Escape{#1}{#1}{}{}}%
     \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{\let\lst@DefEsc\@empty}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{\lst@DefEsc}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{escapeinside}
% Nearly the same.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{escapeinside}{}{\lstKV@TwoArg{#1}%
    {\let\lst@DefEsc\@empty
     \ifx\@empty##1@empty\else \ifx\@empty##2\@empty\else
         \def\lst@DefEsc{\lst@Escape{##1}{##2}{}{}}%
     \fi\fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{mathescape}
% This is a switch and checked after character table selection. We use
% |\lst@Escape| with math shifts as arguments, but all inside |\hbox|
% to determine the correct width.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{mathescape}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifmathescape}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\lst@ifmathescape \lst@Escape{\$}{\$}%
        {\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox\bgroup$}%
        {$\egroup \lst@CalcLostSpaceAndOutput}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \section{Keywords}
%
%
% \subsection{Making tests}\label{iMakingTests}
%
% \begin{aspect}{keywords}
% We begin a new and very important aspect.
% First of all we need to initialize some variables in order to work around a
% bug reported by \lsthelper{Beat~Birkhofer}{2001/06/15}{savemem doesn't work}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{keywords}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\lst@ifsensitive\iftrue % init
\global\let\lst@ifsensitivedefed\iffalse % init % \global
%    \end{macrocode}
% All keyword tests take the following three arguments.
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list| (a list of macros which contain the keywords)
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty| (global style macro)
% \end{macroargs}
% We begin with non memory-saving tests.
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@ifsavemem\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@KeywordTest}
% Fast keyword tests take advance of the |\lst@UM| construction in section
% \ref{iCharacterTables}. If |\lst@UM| is empty, all `use macro' characters
% expand to their original characters. Since |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{keyword}
% will be equivalent to the appropriate style, we only need to build the control
% sequence |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{current token} and assign it to
% |\lst@thestyle|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@KeywordTest#1#2#3{%
    \begingroup \let\lst@UM\@empty
    \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\@gtempa
        \csname\@lst#1@\the\lst@token\endcsname
    \endgroup
    \ifx\@gtempa\relax\else
        \let\lst@thestyle\@gtempa
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that we need neither |#2| nor |#3| here.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@KEYWORDTEST}
% Case insensitive tests make the current character string upper case and give
% it to a submacro similar to |\lst@KeywordTest|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@KEYWORDTEST{%
    \uppercase\expandafter{\expandafter
        \lst@KEYWORDTEST@\the\lst@token}\relax}
\gdef\lst@KEYWORDTEST@#1\relax#2#3#4{%
    \begingroup \let\lst@UM\@empty
    \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\@gtempa
        \csname\@lst#2@#1\endcsname
    \endgroup
    \ifx\@gtempa\relax\else
        \let\lst@thestyle\@gtempa
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WorkingTest}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WORKINGTEST}
% The same except that |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{current token} might be
% a working procedure; it is executed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@WorkingTest#1#2#3{%
    \begingroup \let\lst@UM\@empty
    \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\@gtempa
        \csname\@lst#1@\the\lst@token\endcsname
    \endgroup
    \@gtempa}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@WORKINGTEST{%
    \uppercase\expandafter{\expandafter
        \lst@WORKINGTEST@\the\lst@token}\relax}
\gdef\lst@WORKINGTEST@#1\relax#2#3#4{%
    \begingroup \let\lst@UM\@empty
    \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\@gtempa
        \csname\@lst#2@#1\endcsname
    \endgroup
    \@gtempa}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefineKeywords}
% Eventually we need macros which define and undefine
% |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{keyword}. Here the arguments are
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name} (a keyword list)
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|
% \end{macroargs}
% We make the keywords upper case if necessary, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefineKeywords#1#2#3{%
    \lst@ifsensitive
        \def\lst@next{\lst@for#2}%
    \else
        \def\lst@next{\uppercase\expandafter{\expandafter\lst@for#2}}%
    \fi
    \lst@next\do
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space iterate through the list, and make
% |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{keyword} (if undefined) equivalent to
% |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty| which is possibly a working macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    {\expandafter\ifx\csname\@lst#1@##1\endcsname\relax
        \global\expandafter\let\csname\@lst#1@##1\endcsname#3%
     \fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UndefineKeywords}
% We make the keywords upper case if necessary, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@UndefineKeywords#1#2#3{%
    \lst@ifsensitivedefed
        \def\lst@next{\lst@for#2}%
    \else
        \def\lst@next{\uppercase\expandafter{\expandafter\lst@for#2}}%
    \fi
    \lst@next\do
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space iterate through the list, and `undefine'
% |\lst|\meta{prefix}|@|\meta{keyword} if it's equivalent to
% |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    {\expandafter\ifx\csname\@lst#1@##1\endcsname#3%
        \global\expandafter\let\csname\@lst#1@##1\endcsname\relax
     \fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Thanks to \lsthelper{Magnus~Lewis-Smith}{1999/09/08}{keywords do not
% undefine} a wrong |#2| in the replacement text could be changed to |#3|.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begingroup
% And now memory-saving tests.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fi
\lst@ifsavemem
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfOneOutOf}
% The definition here is similar to |\lst@IfOneOf|, but its second argument
% is a |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list|. Therefore we test a list of macros here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@IfOneOutOf#1\relax#2{%
    \def\lst@temp##1,#1,##2##3\relax{%
        \ifx\@empty##2\else \expandafter\lst@IOOOfirst \fi}%
    \def\lst@next{\lst@IfOneOutOf@#1\relax}%
    \expandafter\lst@next#2\relax\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We either execute the \meta{else} part or make the next test.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@IfOneOutOf@#1\relax#2#3{%
    \ifx#2\relax
        \expandafter\@secondoftwo
    \else
        \expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,#2,#1,\@empty\relax
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \fi}
\ifx\iffalse\else\fi
\gdef\lst@IOOOfirst#1\relax#2#3{\fi#2}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The line |\ifx\iffalse\else\fi| balances the |\fi| inside |\lst@IOOOfirst|.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IFONEOUTOF}
% As in |\lst@IFONEOF| we need two |\uppercase|s here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@IFONEOUTOF#1\relax#2{%
    \uppercase{\def\lst@temp##1,#1},##2##3\relax{%
        \ifx\@empty##2\else \expandafter\lst@IOOOfirst \fi}%
    \def\lst@next{\lst@IFONEOUTOF@#1\relax}%
    \expandafter\lst@next#2\relax}
\gdef\lst@IFONEOUTOF@#1\relax#2#3{%
    \ifx#2\relax
        \expandafter\@secondoftwo
    \else
        \uppercase
            {\expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter,#2,#1,\@empty\relax}%
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note: The third last line uses the fact that keyword lists (not the list
% of keyword lists) are already made upper case if keywords are insensitive.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@KWTest}
% is a helper for the keyword and working identifier tests. We expand the
% token and call |\lst@IfOneOf|. The tests below will append appropriate
% \meta{then} and \meta{else} arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@KWTest{%
    \begingroup \let\lst@UM\@empty
    \expandafter\xdef\expandafter\@gtempa\expandafter{\the\lst@token}%
    \endgroup
    \expandafter\lst@IfOneOutOf\@gtempa\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@KeywordTest}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@KEYWORDTEST}
% are fairly easy now. Note that we don't need |#1|=\meta{prefix} here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@KeywordTest#1#2#3{\lst@KWTest #2{\let\lst@thestyle#3}{}}
\global\let\lst@KEYWORDTEST\lst@KeywordTest
%    \end{macrocode}
% For case insensitive tests we assign the insensitive version to
% |\lst@IfOneOutOf|. Thus we need no extra definition here.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WorkingTest}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@WORKINGTEST}
% Ditto.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@WorkingTest#1#2#3{\lst@KWTest #2#3{}}
\global\let\lst@WORKINGTEST\lst@WorkingTest
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
% \begin{lstkey}{sensitive}
% is a switch, preset \texttt{true} every language selection.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{sensitive}\relax[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifsensitive}
\lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{\let\lst@ifsensitive\iftrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We select case insensitive definitions if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\lst@ifsensitive\else
         \let\lst@KeywordTest\lst@KEYWORDTEST
         \let\lst@WorkingTest\lst@WORKINGTEST
         \let\lst@IfOneOutOf\lst@IFONEOUTOF
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeMacroUppercase}
% makes the contents of |#1| (if defined) upper case.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@MakeMacroUppercase#1{%
    \ifx\@undefined#1\else \uppercase\expandafter
        {\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1}}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Installing tests}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InstallTest}
% The arguments are
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list|
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@list|
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|
% \item \alternative{w,s} (working procedure or style)
% \item \alternative{d,o} (\hookname{DetectKeywords} or \hookname{Output} hook)
% \end{macroargs}
% We just insert hook material. The tests will be inserted on demand.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@InstallTest#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \lst@AddToHook{TrackKeywords}{\lst@TrackKeywords{#1}#2#4#6#7#8}%
    \lst@AddToHook{PostTrackKeywords}{\lst@PostTrackKeywords#2#3#4#5}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\lsthk@TrackKeywords\lsthk@PostTrackKeywords}
\lst@AddToHook{TrackKeywords}
    {\global\let\lst@DoDefineKeywords\@empty}% init
\lst@AddToHook{PostTrackKeywords}
    {\lst@DoDefineKeywords
     \global\let\lst@DoDefineKeywords\@empty}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% We have to detect the keywords somewhere.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Output}{\lst@ifkeywords \lsthk@DetectKeywords \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{DetectKeywords}{}% init
\lst@AddToHook{ModeTrue}{\let\lst@ifkeywords\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHookExe{Init}{\let\lst@ifkeywords\iftrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InstallTestNow}
% actually inserts a test.
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list|
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|
% \item \alternative{w,s} (working procedure or style)
% \item \alternative{d,o} (\hookname{DetectKeywords} or \hookname{Output} hook)
% \end{macroargs}
% For example, |#4#5|=|sd| will add
%    |\lst@KeywordTest{|\meta{prefix}|}|
%       |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list| |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|
% to the \hookname{DetectKeywords} hook.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@InstallTestNow#1#2#3#4#5{%
    \@ifundefined{\string#2#1}%
    {\global\@namedef{\string#2#1}{}%
     \edef\@tempa{%
         \noexpand\lst@AddToHook{\ifx#5dDetectKeywords\else Output\fi}%
         {\ifx #4w\noexpand\lst@WorkingTest
             \else\noexpand\lst@KeywordTest \fi
          {#1}\noexpand#2\noexpand#3}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we are advised to save memory, we insert a test for each \meta{name}.
% Otherwise we install the tests according to \meta{prefix}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \lst@ifsavemem
         \@tempa
     \else
         \@ifundefined{\@lst#1@if@ins}%
             {\@tempa \global\@namedef{\@lst#1@if@ins}{}}%
             {}%
     \fi}
    {}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@TrackKeywords}
% Now it gets a bit tricky. We expand the class list |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list|
% behind |\lst@TK@{|\meta{prefix}|}||\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty| and use two
% |\relax|es as terminators. This will define the keywords of all the classes
% as keywords of type \meta{prefix}. More details come soon.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@TrackKeywords#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
    \lst@false
    \def\lst@arg{{#1}#4}%
    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@TK@
        \expandafter\lst@arg#2\relax\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% And nearly the same to undefine all out-dated keywords, which is necessary
% only if we don't save memory.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@ifsavemem\else
        \def\lst@arg{{#1}#4#2}%
        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@TK@@
            \expandafter\lst@arg#3\relax\relax
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we install the keyword test if keywords changed, in particular if
% they are defined the first time. Note that |\lst@InstallTestNow| inserts a
% test only once.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@if \lst@InstallTestNow{#1}#2#4#5#6\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Back to the current keywords. Global macros |\lst@g|\meta{id} contain
% globally defined keywords, whereas |\lst@|\meta{id} conatin the true
% keywords. This way we can keep track of the keywords: If keywords or
% \keyname{sensitive} changed, we undefine the old (= globally defined)
% keywords and define the true ones. The arguments of |\lst@TK@| are
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|
% \item |\lst@|\meta{id}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{id}
% \end{macroargs}
% Thanks to \lsthelper{Holger~Arndt}{2004/05/27}{bad \lst@UndefineKeywords
% \lst@DefineKeywords sequence if keyword crosses orders in two languages}
% the definition of keywords is now delayed via |\lst@DoDefineKeywords|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@TK@#1#2#3#4{%
  \ifx\lst@ifsensitive\lst@ifsensitivedefed
    \ifx#3#4\else
      \lst@true
      \lst@ifsavemem\else
          \lst@UndefineKeywords{#1}#4#2%
          \lst@AddTo\lst@DoDefineKeywords{\lst@DefineKeywords{#1}#3#2}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
    \ifx#3\relax\else
      \lst@true
      \lst@ifsavemem\else
          \lst@UndefineKeywords{#1}#4#2%
          \lst@AddTo\lst@DoDefineKeywords{\lst@DefineKeywords{#1}#3#2}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% We don't define and undefine keywords if we try to save memory. But we
% possibly need to make them upper case, which again wastes some memory.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \lst@ifsavemem \ifx#3\relax\else
      \lst@ifsensitive\else \lst@MakeMacroUppercase#3\fi
  \fi \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Reaching the end of the class list, we end the loop.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx#3\relax
      \expandafter\@gobblethree
  \fi
  \lst@TK@{#1}#2}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here now we undefine the out-dated keywords. While not reaching the end of
% the global list, we look whether the keyword class |#4#5| is still in use or
% needs to be undefined. Our arguments are
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@sty|
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list|
% \item |\lst@|\meta{id}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{id}
% \end{macroargs}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@TK@@#1#2#3#4#5{%
    \ifx#4\relax
        \expandafter\@gobblefour
    \else
        \lst@IfSubstring{#4#5}#3{}{\lst@UndefineKeywords{#1}#5#2}%
    \fi
    \lst@TK@@{#1}#2#3}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Keywords are up-to-date after \hookname{InitVars}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}
    {\global\let\lst@ifsensitivedefed\lst@ifsensitive}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@PostTrackKeywords}
% After updating all the keywords, the global keywords and the global list
% become equivalent to the local ones.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@PostTrackKeywords#1#2#3#4{%
    \lst@ifsavemem\else
        \global\let#3#1%
        \global\let#4#2%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Classes and families}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{classoffset}
% just stores the argument in a macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{classoffset}\z@{\def\lst@classoffset{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InstallFamily}
% Recall the parameters
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item \meta{name}
% \item \meta{style name}
% \item \meta{style init}
% \item \meta{default style name}
% \item \meta{working procedure}
% \item \alternative{l,o} (language or other key)
% \item \alternative{d,o} (\hookname{DetectKeywords} or \hookname{Output} hook)
% \end{macroargs}
% First we define the keys and the style key \meta{style name} if and only if
% the name is not empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@InstallFamily#1#2#3#4#5{%
    \lst@Key{#2}\relax{\lst@UseFamily{#2}##1\relax\lst@MakeKeywords}%
    \lst@Key{more#2}\relax
        {\lst@UseFamily{#2}##1\relax\lst@MakeMoreKeywords}%
    \lst@Key{delete#2}\relax
        {\lst@UseFamily{#2}##1\relax\lst@DeleteKeywords}%
    \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\else
        \lst@Key{#3}{#4}{\lstKV@OptArg[\@ne]{##1}%
            {\@tempcnta\lst@classoffset \advance\@tempcnta####1\relax
             \@namedef{lst@#3\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else \the\@tempcnta
                             \fi}{####2}}}%
    \fi
    \expandafter\lst@InstallFamily@
        \csname\@lst @#2@data\expandafter\endcsname
        \csname\@lst @#5\endcsname {#1}{#2}{#3}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we check whether \meta{working procedure} is empty. Accordingly we use
% \texttt working procedure or \texttt style in the `data' definition.
% The working procedure is defined right here if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@InstallFamily@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \gdef#1{{#3}{#4}{#5}#2#7}%
    \long\def\lst@temp##1{#6}%
    \ifx\lst@temp\@gobble
        \lst@AddTo#1{s#8}%
    \else
        \lst@AddTo#1{w#8}%
        \global\@namedef{lst@g#4@wp}##1{#6}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Nothing else is defined here, all the rest is done on demand.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UseFamily}
% We look for the optional class number, provide this member, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@UseFamily#1{%
    \def\lst@family{#1}%
    \@ifnextchar[\lst@UseFamily@{\lst@UseFamily@[\@ne]}}
\gdef\lst@UseFamily@[#1]{%
    \@tempcnta\lst@classoffset \advance\@tempcnta#1\relax
    \lst@ProvideFamily\lst@family
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space and build the control sequences \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@UseFamily@a
        {\lst@family\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else \the\@tempcnta \fi}}
\gdef\lst@UseFamily@a#1{%
    \expandafter\lst@UseFamily@b
       \csname\@lst @#1@list\expandafter\endcsname
       \csname\@lst @#1\expandafter\endcsname
       \csname\@lst @#1@also\expandafter\endcsname
       \csname\@lst @g#1\endcsname}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space required for |\lst@MakeKeywords| and |#6|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@UseFamily@b#1#2#3#4#5\relax#6{\lstKV@XOptArg[]{#5}#6#1#2#3#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProvideFamily}
% provides the member `|\the\@tempcnta|' of the family |#1|. We do nothing if
% the member already exists. Otherwise we expand the data macro defined above.
% Note that we don't use the counter if it equals one. Since a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Kris~Luyten}{2002/08/03}{Undefined control sequence \lst@thestyle}
% keyword families use the prefix |lstfam| instead of |lst|. The marker
% |\lstfam@#1|\oarg{number} is defined globally since a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Edsko~de~Vries}{2003/07/20}{bad keywords with language selections
% only in optional arguments}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@ProvideFamily#1{%
    \@ifundefined{lstfam@#1\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else\the\@tempcnta\fi}%
    {\global\@namedef{lstfam@#1\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else
                                        \the\@tempcnta\fi}{}%
     \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@ProvideFamily@
         \csname\@lst @#1@data\endcsname
         {\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else \the\@tempcnta \fi}}%
    {}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we have the following arguments
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item \meta{name}
% \item \meta{style name}
% \item \meta{default style name}
% \item \alternative{l,o} (language or other key)
% \item \alternative{w,s} (working procedure or style)
% \item \alternative{d,o} (\hookname{DetectKeywords} or \hookname{Output} hook)
% \item |\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else \the\@tempcnta \fi|
% \end{macroargs}
% We define |\lst@g|\meta{name}\meta{number}|@sty| to call either
% |\lst@g|\meta{name}|@wp| with the number as argument or
% |\lst@|\meta{style name}\meta{number} where the number belongs to the control
% sequence.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@ProvideFamily@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \expandafter\xdef\csname\@lst @g#2#8@sty\endcsname
    {\if #6w%
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@lst @g#2@wp\endcsname{#8}%
     \else
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@lst @#3#8\endcsname
     \fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We ensure the existence of the style macro. This is done in the
% \hookname{Init} hook by assigning the default style if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\else
        \edef\lst@temp{\noexpand\lst@AddToHook{Init}{%
            \noexpand\lst@ProvideStyle\expandafter\noexpand
                \csname\@lst @#3#8\endcsname\noexpand#4}}%
        \lst@temp
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% We call a submacro to do the rest. It requires some control sequences.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \expandafter\lst@ProvideFamily@@
         \csname\@lst @#2#8@list\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\@lst @#2#8\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\@lst @#2#8@also\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\@lst @g#2#8@list\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\@lst @g#2#8\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\@lst @g#2#8@sty\expandafter\endcsname
         {#1}#5#6#7}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we have (except that \meta{number} is possibly always missing)
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}\meta{number}|@list|
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}\meta{number}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}\meta{number}|@also|
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}\meta{number}|@list|
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}\meta{number}
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}\meta{number}|@sty|
% \item \meta{prefix}
% \item \alternative{l,o} (language or other key)
% \item \alternative{w,s} (working procedure or style)
% \item \alternative{d,o} (\hookname{DetectKeywords} or \hookname{Output} hook)
% \end{macroargs}
% Note that |#9| and `|#10|' are read by |\lst@InstallTest|. We initialize all
% required `variables' (at \hookname{SetLanguage}) and install the test (which
% definition is in fact also delayed).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@ProvideFamily@@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \gdef#1{#2#5}\global\let#2\@empty \global\let#3\@empty % init
    \gdef#4{#2#5}\global\let#5\@empty % init
    \if #8l\relax
        \lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{\def#1{#2#5}\let#2\@empty}%
    \fi
    \lst@InstallTest{#7}#1#2#4#5#6}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InstallKeywords}
% Now we take advance of the optional argument construction above. Thus, we
% just insert |[\@ne]| as \meta{number} in the definitions of the keys.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@InstallKeywords#1#2#3#4#5{%
    \lst@Key{#2}\relax
        {\lst@UseFamily{#2}[\@ne]##1\relax\lst@MakeKeywords}%
    \lst@Key{more#2}\relax
        {\lst@UseFamily{#2}[\@ne]##1\relax\lst@MakeMoreKeywords}%
    \lst@Key{delete#2}\relax
        {\lst@UseFamily{#2}[\@ne]##1\relax\lst@DeleteKeywords}%
    \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\else
        \lst@Key{#3}{#4}{\@namedef{lst@#3}{##1}}%
    \fi
    \expandafter\lst@InstallFamily@
        \csname\@lst @#2@data\expandafter\endcsname
        \csname\@lst @#5\endcsname {#1}{#2}{#3}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ProvideStyle}
% If the style macro |#1| is not defined, it becomes equivalent to |#2|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@ProvideStyle#1#2{%
    \ifx#1\@undefined \let#1#2%
    \else\ifx#1\relax \let#1#2\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Finally we define |\lst@MakeKeywords|, \ldots, |\lst@DeleteKeywords|.
% We begin with two helper.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BuildClassList}
% After |#1| follows a comma separated list of keyword classes terminated by
% |,\relax,|, e.g.~|keywords2,emph1,\relax,|. For each \meta{item} in this
% list we \emph{append} the two macros |\lst@|\meta{item}|\lst@g|\meta{item}
% to |#1|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@BuildClassList#1#2,{%
    \ifx\relax#2\@empty\else
        \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else
            \lst@lExtend#1{\csname\@lst @#2\expandafter\endcsname
                           \csname\@lst @g#2\endcsname}%
        \fi
        \expandafter\lst@BuildClassList\expandafter#1
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DeleteClassesIn}
% deletes pairs of tokens, namely the arguments |#2#3| to the submacro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DeleteClassesIn#1#2{%
    \expandafter\lst@DCI@\expandafter#1#2\relax\relax}
\gdef\lst@DCI@#1#2#3{%
    \ifx#2\relax
        \expandafter\@gobbletwo
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we haven't reached the end of the class list, we define a temporary macro
% which removes all appearances.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \def\lst@temp##1#2#3##2{%
            \lst@lAddTo#1{##1}%
            \ifx ##2\relax\else
                \expandafter\lst@temp
            \fi ##2}%
        \let\@tempa#1\let#1\@empty
        \expandafter\lst@temp\@tempa#2#3\relax
    \fi
    \lst@DCI@#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeKeywords}
% We empty some macros and make use of |\lst@MakeMoreKeywords|.
% Note that this and the next two definitions have the following arguments:
% \begin{macroargs}
% \item class list (in brackets)
% \item keyword list
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}|@list|
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}
% \item |\lst@|\meta{name}|@also|
% \item |\lst@g|\meta{name}
% \end{macroargs}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@MakeKeywords[#1]#2#3#4#5#6{%
    \def#3{#4#6}\let#4\@empty \let#5\@empty
    \lst@MakeMoreKeywords[#1]{#2}#3#4#5#6}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeMoreKeywords}
% We append classes and keywords.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@MakeMoreKeywords[#1]#2#3#4#5#6{%
    \lst@BuildClassList#3#1,\relax,%
    \lst@DefOther\lst@temp{,#2}\lst@lExtend#4\lst@temp}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DeleteKeywords}
% We convert the keyword arguments via |\lst@MakeKeywords| and remove the
% classes and keywords.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DeleteKeywords[#1]#2#3#4#5#6{%
    \lst@MakeKeywords[#1]{#2}\@tempa\@tempb#5#6%
    \lst@DeleteClassesIn#3\@tempa
    \lst@DeleteKeysIn#4\@tempb}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Main families and classes}
%
%
% \paragraph{Keywords}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{keywords}
% Defining the keyword family gets very, very easy.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallFamily k{keywords}{keywordstyle}\bfseries{keywordstyle}{}ld
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following macro sets a keywordstyle, which \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@DefKeywordstyle#1#2\@nil@{%
   \@namedef{lst@keywordstyle\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else\the\@tempcnta
                             \fi}{#1#2}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space is put together here. If we detect a star after the class
% number, we insert code to make the keyword uppercase.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{keywordstyle}{\bfseries}{\lstKV@OptArg[\@ne]{#1}%
  {\@tempcnta\lst@classoffset \advance\@tempcnta##1\relax
   \@ifstar{\lst@DefKeywordstyle{\uppercase\expandafter{%
                                 \expandafter\lst@token
                                 \expandafter{\the\lst@token}}}}%
           {\lst@DefKeywordstyle{}}##2\@nil@}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{ndkeywords}
% Second order keywords use the same trick as |\lst@InstallKeywords|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{ndkeywords}\relax
    {\lst@UseFamily{keywords}[\tw@]#1\relax\lst@MakeKeywords}%
\lst@Key{morendkeywords}\relax
    {\lst@UseFamily{keywords}[\tw@]#1\relax\lst@MakeMoreKeywords}%
\lst@Key{deletendkeywords}\relax
    {\lst@UseFamily{keywords}[\tw@]#1\relax\lst@DeleteKeywords}%
\lst@Key{ndkeywordstyle}\relax{\@namedef{lst@keywordstyle2}{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Dr.~Peter~Leibner}{1999/11/05}{undefined \lst@UseKeywords,
% Illegal parameter number (##1)} reported two bugs: |\lst@UseKeywords| and
% |##1| became |\lst@UseFamily| and |#1|.
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{keywordsprefix}
% is implemented experimentally. The one and only prefix indicates its
% presence by making |\lst@prefixkeyword| empty. We can catch this information
% in the \keyname{Output} hook.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{keywordsprefix}\relax{\lst@DefActive\lst@keywordsprefix{#1}}
\global\let\lst@keywordsprefix\@empty
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\ifx\lst@keywordsprefix\@empty\else
         \expandafter\lst@CArg\lst@keywordsprefix\relax
             \lst@CDef{}%
                      {\lst@ifletter\else
                           \global\let\lst@prefixkeyword\@empty
                       \fi}%
                      {}%
     \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\global\let\lst@prefixkeyword\relax}
\lst@AddToHook{Output}
    {\ifx\lst@prefixkeyword\@empty
         \let\lst@thestyle\lst@gkeywords@sty
         \global\let\lst@prefixkeyword\relax
     \fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{otherkeywords}
% Thanks to \lsthelper{Bradford~Chamberlain}{2001/07/07}{otherkeywords={@,@^}
% does not work} we now iterate down the list of `other keywords' and make each
% active---instead of making the whole argument active. We append the active
% token sequence to |\lst@otherkeywords| to define each `other' keyword.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{otherkeywords}{}{%
    \let\lst@otherkeywords\@empty
    \lst@for{#1}\do{%
      \lst@MakeActive{##1}%
      \lst@lExtend\lst@otherkeywords{%
          \expandafter\lst@CArg\lst@temp\relax\lst@CDef
              {}\lst@PrintOtherKeyword\@empty}}}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{\lst@otherkeywords}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\lst@PrintOtherkeyword| has been changed to |\lst@PrintOtherKeyword| after a
% bug report by \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}{2001/11/06}{undefined control sequence
% \lst@PrintOtherkeyword}.
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@PrintOtherKeyword}
% print preceding characters, prepare the output and typeset the argument in
% keyword style. \lsthelper{James~Willans}{2004/07/23}{problem: otherkeywords}
% reported problems when the output routine is invoked within |\begingroup| and
% |\endgroup|. Now the definition is restructured.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@PrintOtherKeyword#1\@empty{%
    \lst@XPrintToken
    \begingroup
      \lst@modetrue \lsthk@TextStyle
      \let\lst@ProcessDigit\lst@ProcessLetter
      \let\lst@ProcessOther\lst@ProcessLetter
      \lst@lettertrue
      #1%
	  \lst@SaveToken
    \endgroup
	\lst@RestoreToken
	\global\let\lst@savedcurrstyle\lst@currstyle
	\let\lst@currstyle\lst@gkeywords@sty
    \lst@Output
	\let\lst@currstyle\lst@savedcurrstyle}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{TODO}
% Which part of \hookname{TextStyle} hook is required? Is it required anymore,
% i.e.after the restruction? Need to move it elsewhere?
% \end{TODO}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \paragraph{The emphasize family}
%
% \begin{aspect}{emph}
% is just one macro call here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{emph}
\lst@InstallFamily e{emph}{emphstyle}{}{emphstyle}{}od
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \paragraph{\TeX\ control sequences}
%
% \begin{aspect}{tex}
% Here we check the last `other' processed token.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{tex}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallFamily {cs}{texcs}{texcsstyle}\relax{keywordstyle}
    {\ifx\lst@lastother\lstum@backslash
         \expandafter\let\expandafter\lst@thestyle
                         \csname lst@texcsstyle#1\endcsname
     \fi}
    ld
%    \end{macrocode}
% The style-key checks for the optional star (which must be in front of
% the optional class argument).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{texcsstyle}\relax
  {\@ifstar{\lst@true\lst@DefTexcsstyle}%
           {\lst@false\lst@DefTexcsstyle}#1\@nil@}
\gdef\lst@DefTexcsstyle#1\@nil@{%
    \let\lst@iftexcsincludebs\lst@if
    \lstKV@OptArg[\@ne]{#1}%
    {\@tempcnta\lst@classoffset \advance\@tempcnta##1\relax
     \@namedef{lst@texcsstyle\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne\else
                                   \the\@tempcnta \fi}{##2}}}%
\global\let\lst@iftexcsincludebs\iffalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% To make the backslash belong to the control sequence, it is merged with
% the following token. This option was suggested by \lsthelper{Morten~H\o gholm}
% {2004/07/16}{defining new (colored) texcs}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@iftexcsincludebs\iffalse
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
{\lst@iftexcsincludebs \ifx\@empty\lst@texcs\else
     \lst@DefSaveDef{`\\}\lsts@texcsbs
     {\ifx\lst@lastother\lstum@backslash
          \lsts@texcsbs\lst@XPrintToken
      \else
          \lst@Merge\lsts@texcsbs
      \fi}%
 \fi \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \paragraph{Compiler directives}
%
% \begin{aspect}{directives}
% \begin{lstkey}{directives}
% First some usual stuff.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{directives}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The initialization of |\lst@directives| has been added after a bug report
% from \lsthelper{Kris~Luyten}{2002/07/30}{Undefined control sequence
% \lst@thestyle caused by undefined \lst@directives after loading C}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@CDmode
\lst@AddToHook{EOL}{\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@CDmode \lst@LeaveMode \fi}
\lst@InstallKeywords{d}{directives}{directivestyle}\relax{keywordstyle}
    {\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@CDmode
         \let\lst@thestyle\lst@directivestyle
     \fi}
    ld
\global\let\lst@directives\@empty % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we define a new delimiter for directives: We enter `directive mode'
% only in the first column.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddTo\lst@delimtypes{,directive}
\gdef\lst@Delim@directive#1\@empty#2#3#4{%
    \lst@CArg #1\relax\lst@DefDelimB
        {\lst@CalcColumn}%
        {}%
        {\ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@
             \def\lst@bnext{#2\lst@CDmode{#4\lst@Lmodetrue}%
			                \let\lst@currstyle\lst@directivestyle}%
		 \fi
		 \@gobblethree}%
        #2\lst@CDmode{#4\lst@Lmodetrue}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We introduce a new string type (thanks to \lsthelper{R.~Isernhagen}
% {1999/11/12}{float isn't keyword in #include <float>}), which \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddTo\lst@stringtypes{,directive}
\gdef\lst@StringDM@directive#1#2#3\@empty{%
    \lst@CArg #2\relax\lst@CDef
        {}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space is active only in |\lst@CDmode|:
%    \begin{macrocode}
        {\let\lst@bnext\lst@CArgEmpty
         \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@CDmode
             \def\lst@bnext{\lst@BeginString{#1}}%
         \fi
         \lst@bnext}%
        \@empty
    \lst@CArg #3\relax\lst@CDef
        {}%
        {\let\lst@enext\lst@CArgEmpty
         \ifnum #1=\lst@mode
             \let\lst@bnext\lst@EndString
         \fi
         \lst@bnext}%
        \@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Keyword comments}
%
% \begin{aspect}{keywordcomments}
% includes both comment types and is possibly split into this and |dkcs|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords,comments]{keywordcomments}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginKC}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginKCS}
% Starting a keyword comment is easy, but: (1) The submacros are called
% outside of two group levels, and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@KCmode \lst@NewMode\lst@KCSmode
\gdef\lst@BeginKC{\aftergroup\aftergroup\aftergroup\lst@BeginKC@}%
\gdef\lst@BeginKC@{%
    \lst@ResetToken
    \lst@BeginComment\lst@KCmode{{\lst@commentstyle}\lst@modetrue}%
                     \@empty}%
\gdef\lst@BeginKCS{\aftergroup\aftergroup\aftergroup\lst@BeginKCS@}%
\gdef\lst@BeginKCS@{%
    \lst@ResetToken
    \lst@BeginComment\lst@KCSmode{{\lst@commentstyle}\lst@modetrue}%
                     \@empty}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% (2) we must ensure that the comment starts after printing the comment
% delimiter since it could be a keyword. We assign |\lst@BeginKC|[|S|] to
% |\lst@KCpost|, which is executed and reset in \hookname{PostOutput}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{PostOutput}{\lst@KCpost \global\let\lst@KCpost\@empty}
\global\let\lst@KCpost\@empty % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndKC}
% leaves the comment mode before the (temporaryly saved) comment delimiter is
% printed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@EndKC{\lst@SaveToken \lst@LeaveMode \lst@RestoreToken
    \let\lst@thestyle\lst@identifierstyle \lsthk@Output}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{keywordcomment}
% The delimiters must be identical here, thus we use |\lst@KCmatch|. Note the
% last argument |o| to |\lst@InstallKeywords|: The working test is installed
% in the \hookname{Output} hook and not in \hookname{DetectKeywords}.
% Otherwise we couldn't detect the ending delimiter since keyword detection is
% done if and only if mode changes are allowed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallKeywords{kc}{keywordcomment}{}\relax{}
    {\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@KCmode
         \edef\lst@temp{\the\lst@token}%
         \ifx\lst@temp\lst@KCmatch
             \lst@EndKC
         \fi
     \else
         \lst@ifmode\else
             \xdef\lst@KCmatch{\the\lst@token}%
             \global\let\lst@KCpost\lst@BeginKC
         \fi
     \fi}
    lo
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{keywordcommentsemicolon}
% The key simply stores the keywords. After a bug report by \lsthelper
% {Norbert~Eisinger}{2002/11/26}{keywordcommentsemicolon active after
% language change} the initialization in \hookname{SetLanguage} has been
% added.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{keywordcommentsemicolon}{}{\lstKV@ThreeArg{#1}%
    {\def\lst@KCAkeywordsB{##1}%
     \def\lst@KCAkeywordsE{##2}%
     \def\lst@KCBkeywordsB{##3}%
     \def\lst@KCkeywords{##1##2##3}}}
\lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{%
    \let\lst@KCAkeywordsB\@empty \let\lst@KCAkeywordsE\@empty
    \let\lst@KCBkeywordsB\@empty \let\lst@KCkeywords\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We define an appropriate semicolon if this keyword comment type is defined.
% Appropriate means that we leave any keyword comment mode if active.
% \lsthelper{Oldrich~Jedlicka}{2001/12/12}{keywordcomment(semicolon) fails}
% reported a bug and provided the fix, the two |\@empty|s.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\ifx\lst@KCkeywords\@empty\else
        \lst@DefSaveDef{`\;}\lsts@EKC
            {\lst@XPrintToken
             \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@KCmode \lst@EndComment\@empty \else
             \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@KCSmode \lst@EndComment\@empty
             \fi \fi
             \lsts@EKC}%
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The `working identifier' macros enter respectively leave comment mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@KCAWorkB{%
    \lst@ifmode\else \global\let\lst@KCpost\lst@BeginKC \fi}
\gdef\lst@KCBWorkB{%
    \lst@ifmode\else \global\let\lst@KCpost\lst@BeginKCS \fi}
\gdef\lst@KCAWorkE{\ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@KCmode \lst@EndKC \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we install the tests and initialize the given macros.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@ProvideFamily@@
    \lst@KCAkeywordsB@list\lst@KCAkeywordsB \lst@KC@also
    \lst@gKCAkeywordsB@list\lst@gKCAkeywordsB \lst@KCAWorkB
    {kcb}owo % prefix, other key, working procedure, Output hook
\lst@ProvideFamily@@
    \lst@KCAkeywordsE@list\lst@KCAkeywordsE \lst@KC@also
    \lst@gKCAkeywordsE@list\lst@gKCAkeywordsE \lst@KCAWorkE
    {kce}owo
\lst@ProvideFamily@@
    \lst@KCBkeywordsB@list\lst@KCBkeywordsB \lst@KC@also
    \lst@gKCBkeywordsB@list\lst@gKCBkeywordsB \lst@KCBWorkB
    {kcs}owo
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Export of identifiers}
%
% \begin{aspect}{index}
% \begin{macro}{\lstindexmacro}
% One more `keyword' class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{index}
\lst@InstallFamily w{index}{indexstyle}\lstindexmacro{indexstyle}
    {\csname\@lst @indexstyle#1\expandafter\endcsname
         \expandafter{\the\lst@token}}
    od
\lst@UserCommand\lstindexmacro#1{\index{{\ttfamily#1}}}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{aspect}
%
% \begin{aspect}{procnames}
% \begin{lstkey}{procnamestyle}
% \begin{lstkey}{procnamekeys}
% \begin{lstkey}{indexprocnames}
% The `idea' here is the usage of a global |\lst@ifprocname|, indicating a
% preceding `procedure keyword'. All the other is known stuff.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{procnames}
\gdef\lst@procnametrue{\global\let\lst@ifprocname\iftrue}
\gdef\lst@procnamefalse{\global\let\lst@ifprocname\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\lst@procnamefalse}
\lst@AddToHook{DetectKeywords}
    {\lst@ifprocname
         \let\lst@thestyle\lst@procnamestyle
         \lst@ifindexproc \csname\@lst @gindex@sty\endcsname \fi
         \lst@procnamefalse
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{procnamestyle}{}{\def\lst@procnamestyle{#1}}
\lst@Key{indexprocnames}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifindexproc}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\lst@ifindexproc \lst@indexproc \fi}
\gdef\lst@indexproc{%
    \@ifundefined{lst@indexstyle1}%
        {\@namedef{lst@indexstyle1}##1{}}%
        {}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The default definition of |\lst@indexstyle| above has been moved outside the
% hook after a bug report from \lsthelper{Ulrich~G.~Wortmann}{2002/01/22}
% {procnames doesn't work}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallKeywords w{procnamekeys}{}\relax{}
    {\global\let\lst@PNpost\lst@procnametrue}
    od
\lst@AddToHook{PostOutput}{\lst@PNpost\global\let\lst@PNpost\@empty}
\global\let\lst@PNpost\@empty % init
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \section{More aspects and keys}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{basicstyle}
% \begin{lstkey}{inputencoding}
% There is no better place to define these keys, I think.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
\lst@Key{basicstyle}\relax{\def\lst@basicstyle{#1}}
\lst@Key{inputencoding}\relax{\def\lst@inputenc{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\lst@basicstyle
     \ifx\lst@inputenc\@empty\else
         \@ifundefined{inputencoding}{}%
            {\inputencoding\lst@inputenc}%
     \fi}
\lst@AddToHookExe{EmptyStyle}
    {\let\lst@basicstyle\@empty
     \let\lst@inputenc\@empty}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% Michael Niedermair asked for a key like \keyname{inputencoding}.
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%
% \subsection{Styles and languages}
%
% \begin{aspect}{style}
% We begin with style definition and selection.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{style}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lststylefiles}
% This macro is defined if and only if it's undefined yet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{lststylefiles}
    {\lst@UserCommand\lststylefiles{lststy0.sty}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstdefinestyle}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@definestyle}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefStyle}
% are defined in terms of |\lst@DefStyle|, which is defined via
% |\lst@DefDriver|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstdefinestyle{\lst@DefStyle\iftrue}
\lst@UserCommand\lst@definestyle{\lst@DefStyle\iffalse}
\gdef\lst@DefStyle{\lst@DefDriver{style}{sty}\lstset}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The `empty' style calls the initial empty hook \hookname{EmptyStyle}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\@namedef{lststy@$}{\lsthk@EmptyStyle}
\lst@AddToHook{EmptyStyle}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{style}
% is an application of |\lst@LAS|. We just specify the hook and an empty
% argument as `pre' and `post' code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{style}\relax{%
    \lst@LAS{style}{sty}{[]{#1}}\lst@NoAlias\lststylefiles
        \lsthk@SetStyle
        {}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SetStyle}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
% \begin{aspect}{language}
% Now we deal with commands used in defining and selecting programming
% languages, in particular with aliases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{language}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstlanguagefiles}
% This macro is defined if and only if it's undefined yet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{lstdriverfiles}
    {\lst@UserCommand\lstlanguagefiles{lstlang0.sty}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstdefinelanguage}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@definelanguage}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefLang}
% are defined in terms of |\lst@DefLang|, which is defined via
% |\lst@DefDriver|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstdefinelanguage{\lst@DefLang\iftrue}
\lst@UserCommand\lst@definelanguage{\lst@DefLang\iffalse}
\gdef\lst@DefLang{\lst@DefDriver{language}{lang}\lstset}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we can provide the `empty' language.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lstdefinelanguage{}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{language}
% \begin{lstkey}{alsolanguage}
% is mainly an application of |\lst@LAS|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{language}\relax{\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}%
    {\lst@LAS{language}{lang}{[##1]{##2}}\lst@FindAlias\lstlanguagefiles
         \lsthk@SetLanguage
         {\lst@FindAlias[##1]{##2}%
          \let\lst@language\lst@malias
          \let\lst@dialect\lst@oalias}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Ditto, we simply don't execute |\lsthk@SetLanguage|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{alsolanguage}\relax{\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}%
    {\lst@LAS{language}{lang}{[##1]{##2}}\lst@FindAlias\lstlanguagefiles
         {}%
         {\lst@FindAlias[##1]{##2}%
          \let\lst@language\lst@malias
          \let\lst@dialect\lst@oalias}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SetLanguage}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstalias}
% Now we concentrate on aliases and default dialects.
% |\lsta@|\meta{language}|$|\meta{dialect} and |\lsta@|\meta{language} contain
% the aliases of a particular dialect respectively a complete language.
% We'll use a |$|-character to separate a language name from its dialect.
% Thanks to \lsthelper{Walter~E.~Brown}{2004/02/25}{\lstalias
% (+\lstdefinelanguage) fails} for reporting a problem with the argument
% delimiter `[' in a previous definition of |\lstalias@|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstalias{\@ifnextchar[\lstalias@\lstalias@@}
\gdef\lstalias@[#1]#2{\lstalias@b #2$#1}
\gdef\lstalias@b#1[#2]#3{\lst@NormedNameDef{lsta@#1}{#3$#2}}
\gdef\lstalias@@#1#2{\lst@NormedNameDef{lsta@#1}{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{defaultdialect}
% We simply store the dialect.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{defaultdialect}\relax
    {\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}{\lst@NormedNameDef{lstdd@##2}{##1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@FindAlias}
% Now we have to find a language. First we test for a complete language alias,
% then we set the default dialect if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@FindAlias[#1]#2{%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@oalias{#1}%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@malias{#2}%
    \@ifundefined{lsta@\lst@malias}{}%
        {\edef\lst@malias{\csname\@lst a@\lst@malias\endcsname}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\@empty\lst@oalias \@ifundefined{lstdd@\lst@malias}{}%
        {\edef\lst@oalias{\csname\@lst dd@\lst@malias\endcsname}}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we are ready for an alias of a single dialect.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \edef\lst@temp{\lst@malias $\lst@oalias}%
    \@ifundefined{lsta@\lst@temp}{}%
        {\edef\lst@temp{\csname\@lst a@\lst@temp\endcsname}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we again set the default dialect---for the case of a dialect alias.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \expandafter\lst@FindAlias@\lst@temp $}
\gdef\lst@FindAlias@#1$#2${%
    \def\lst@malias{#1}\def\lst@oalias{#2}%
    \ifx\@empty\lst@oalias \@ifundefined{lstdd@\lst@malias}{}%
        {\edef\lst@oalias{\csname\@lst dd@\lst@malias\endcsname}}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@RequireLanguages}
% This definition will be equivalent to |\lstloadlanguages|. We requested the
% given list of languages and load additionally required aspects.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@RequireLanguages#1{%
    \lst@Require{language}{lang}{#1}\lst@FindAlias\lstlanguagefiles
    \ifx\lst@loadaspects\@empty\else
        \lst@RequireAspects\lst@loadaspects
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstloadlanguages}
% is the same as |\lst@RequireLanguages|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\lstloadlanguages\lst@RequireLanguages
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Format definitions*}
%
% \begin{aspect}{formats}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{formats}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstformatfiles}
% This macro is defined if and only if it's undefined yet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{lstformatfiles}
    {\lst@UserCommand\lstformatfiles{lstfmt0.sty}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstdefineformat}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@defineformat}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DefFormat}
% are defined in terms of |\lst@DefFormat|, which is defined via
% |\lst@DefDriver|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstdefineformat{\lst@DefFormat\iftrue}
\lst@UserCommand\lst@defineformat{\lst@DefFormat\iffalse}
\gdef\lst@DefFormat{\lst@DefDriver{format}{fmt}\lst@UseFormat}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We provide the `empty' format.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lstdefineformat{}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{format}
% is an application of |\lst@LAS|. We just specify the hook as `pre' and an
% empty argument as  `post' code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{format}\relax{%
    \lst@LAS{format}{fmt}{[]{#1}}\lst@NoAlias\lstformatfiles
        \lsthk@SetFormat
        {}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SetFormat}{\let\lst@fmtformat\@empty}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%
% \paragraph{Helpers}
% Our goal is to define the yet unkown |\lst@UseFormat|. This definition
% will parse the user supplied format. We start with some general macros.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtSplit}
% splits the content of the macro |#1| at |#2| in the preceding characters
% |\lst@fmta| and the following ones |\lst@fmtb|. |\lst@if| is false if and
% only if |#1| doesn't contain |#2|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtSplit#1#2{%
    \def\lst@temp##1#2##2\relax##3{%
        \ifnum##3=\z@
            \ifx\@empty##2\@empty
                \lst@false
                \let\lst@fmta#1%
                \let\lst@fmtb\@empty
            \else
                \expandafter\lst@temp#1\relax\@ne
            \fi
        \else
            \def\lst@fmta{##1}\def\lst@fmtb{##2}%
        \fi}%
    \lst@true
    \expandafter\lst@temp#1#2\relax\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfNextCharWhitespace}
% is defined in terms of |\lst@IfSubstring|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@IfNextCharWhitespace#1#2#3{%
    \lst@IfSubstring#3\lst@whitespaces{#1}{#2}#3}
%    \end{macrocode}
% And here come all white space characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=12\catcode`\^^J=12\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\^^L=12\relax%
\lst@DefActive\lst@whitespaces{\ ^^I^^J^^M}% add ^^L
\global\let\lst@whitespaces\lst@whitespaces%
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtIfIdentifier}
% tests the first character of |#1|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtIfIdentifier#1{%
    \ifx\relax#1\@empty
        \expandafter\@secondoftwo
    \else
        \expandafter\lst@fmtIfIdentifier@\expandafter#1%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% against the `letters' |_|, |@|, |A|,\ldots,|Z| and |a|,\ldots,|z|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtIfIdentifier@#1#2\relax{%
    \let\lst@next\@secondoftwo
    \ifnum`#1=`_\else
    \ifnum`#1<64\else
    \ifnum`#1<91\let\lst@next\@firstoftwo\else
    \ifnum`#1<97\else
    \ifnum`#1<123\let\lst@next\@firstoftwo\else
    \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
    \lst@next}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn}
% is required for the optional \meta{exceptional characters}.
% The implementation is easy---refer section \ref{iSubstringTests}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn#1{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty \expandafter\@secondoftwo \else
                         \def\lst@next{\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn@{#1}}%
                         \expandafter\lst@next\fi}
\gdef\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn@#1#2#3#4{%
    \def\lst@temp##1#4##2##3\relax{%
        \ifx \@empty##2\expandafter\@secondoftwo
                 \else \expandafter\@firstoftwo \fi}%
    \lst@temp#1#4\@empty\relax{#2}{#3}#4}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtCDef}
% We need derivations of |\lst@CDef| and |\lst@CDefX|: we have to test the
% next character against the sequence |#5| of exceptional characters.
% These tests are inserted here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtCDef#1{\lst@fmtCDef@#1}
\gdef\lst@fmtCDef@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
    \lst@CDefIt#1{#2}{#3}%
               {\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn{#5}{#4#2#3}{#6#4#2#3#7}}%
               #4%
               {}{}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtCDefX}
% The same but `drop input'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtCDefX#1{\lst@fmtCDefX@#1}
\gdef\lst@fmtCDefX@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
    \let#4#1%
    \ifx\@empty#2\@empty
        \def#1{\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn{#5}{#4}{#6#7}}%
    \else \ifx\@empty#3\@empty
        \def#1##1{%
            \ifx##1#2%
                \def\lst@next{\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn{#5}{#4##1}%
                                                      {#6#7}}%
            \else
                 \def\lst@next{#4##1}%
            \fi
            \lst@next}%
    \else
        \def#1{%
            \lst@IfNextCharsArg{#2#3}%
                {\lst@fmtIfNextCharIn{#5}{\expandafter#4\lst@eaten}%
                                         {#6#7}}%
                {\expandafter#4\lst@eaten}}%
    \fi \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{The parser}
% applies |\lst@fmtSplit| to cut a format definition into items, items into
% `input' and `output', and `output' into `pre' and 'post'. This should be
% clear if you are in touch with format definitions.
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@UseFormat}
% Now we can start with the parser.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@UseFormat#1{%
    \def\lst@fmtwhole{#1}%
    \lst@UseFormat@}
\gdef\lst@UseFormat@{%
    \lst@fmtSplit\lst@fmtwhole,%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We assign the rest of the format definition, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\lst@fmtwhole\lst@fmtb
    \ifx\lst@fmta\@empty\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space split the item at the equal sign, and work on the item.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@fmtSplit\lst@fmta=%
        \ifx\@empty\lst@fmta\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{TODO}
% Insert |\let\lst@arg\@empty| |\expandafter\lst@XConvert\lst@fmtb\@nil|
% |\let\lst@fmtb\lst@arg|.
% \end{TODO}
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \expandafter\lstKV@XOptArg\expandafter[\expandafter]%
                \expandafter{\lst@fmtb}\lst@UseFormat@b
        \fi
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we process the next item if the rest is not empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\lst@fmtwhole\@empty\else
        \expandafter\lst@UseFormat@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We make |\lst@fmtc| contain the preceding characters as a braced argument.
% To add more arguments, we first split the replacement tokens at the control
% sequence |\string|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@UseFormat@b[#1]#2{%
    \def\lst@fmtc{{#1}}\lst@lExtend\lst@fmtc{\expandafter{\lst@fmta}}%
    \def\lst@fmtb{#2}%
    \lst@fmtSplit\lst@fmtb\string
%    \end{macrocode}
% We append an empty argument or |\lst@fmtPre| with `|\string|-preceding'
% tokens as argument. We do the same for the tokens after |\string|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\@empty\lst@fmta
        \lst@lAddTo\lst@fmtc{{}}%
    \else
        \lst@lExtend\lst@fmtc{\expandafter
            {\expandafter\lst@fmtPre\expandafter{\lst@fmta}}}%
    \fi
    \ifx\@empty\lst@fmtb
        \lst@lAddTo\lst@fmtc{{}}%
    \else
        \lst@lExtend\lst@fmtc{\expandafter
            {\expandafter\lst@fmtPost\expandafter{\lst@fmtb}}}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Eventually we extend |\lst@fmtformat| appropriately. Note that |\lst@if|
% still indicates whether the replacement tokens contain |\string|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \expandafter\lst@UseFormat@c\lst@fmtc}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@UseFormat@c#1#2#3#4{%
    \lst@fmtIfIdentifier#2\relax
    {\lst@fmtIdentifier{#2}%
     \lst@if\else \PackageWarning{Listings}%
         {Cannot drop identifier in format definition}%
     \fi}%
    {\lst@if
         \lst@lAddTo\lst@fmtformat{\lst@CArgX#2\relax\lst@fmtCDef}%
     \else
         \lst@lAddTo\lst@fmtformat{\lst@CArgX#2\relax\lst@fmtCDefX}%
     \fi
     \lst@DefActive\lst@fmtc{#1}%
     \lst@lExtend\lst@fmtformat{\expandafter{\lst@fmtc}{#3}{#4}}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{\lst@fmtformat}
\global\let\lst@fmtformat\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{The formatting}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtPre}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtPre#1{%
    \lst@PrintToken
    \begingroup
    \let\newline\lst@fmtEnsureNewLine
    \let\space\lst@fmtEnsureSpace
    \let\indent\lst@fmtIndent
    \let\noindent\lst@fmtNoindent
    #1%
    \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtPost}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtPost#1{%
    \global\let\lst@fmtPostOutput\@empty
    \begingroup
    \def\newline{\lst@AddTo\lst@fmtPostOutput\lst@fmtEnsureNewLine}%
    \def\space{\aftergroup\lst@fmtEnsurePostSpace}%
    \def\indent{\lst@AddTo\lst@fmtPostOutput\lst@fmtIndent}%
    \def\noindent{\lst@AddTo\lst@fmtPostOutput\lst@fmtNoindent}%
    \aftergroup\lst@PrintToken
    #1%
    \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\global\let\lst@fmtPostOutput\@empty}
\lst@AddToHook{PostOutput}
    {\lst@fmtPostOutput \global\let\lst@fmtPostOutput\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtEnsureSpace}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtEnsurePostSpace}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtEnsureSpace{%
    \lst@ifwhitespace\else \expandafter\lst@ProcessSpace \fi}
\gdef\lst@fmtEnsurePostSpace{%
    \lst@IfNextCharWhitespace{}{\lst@ProcessSpace}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{fmtindent}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtIndent}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtNoindent}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{fmtindent}{20pt}{\def\lst@fmtindent{#1}}
\newdimen\lst@fmtcurrindent
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\global\lst@fmtcurrindent\z@}
\gdef\lst@fmtIndent{\global\advance\lst@fmtcurrindent\lst@fmtindent}
\gdef\lst@fmtNoindent{\global\advance\lst@fmtcurrindent-\lst@fmtindent}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtEnsureNewLine}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtEnsureNewLine{%
    \global\advance\lst@newlines\@ne
    \global\advance\lst@newlinesensured\@ne
    \lst@fmtignoretrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToAtTop\lst@DoNewLines{%
    \ifnum\lst@newlines>\lst@newlinesensured
        \global\advance\lst@newlines-\lst@newlinesensured
    \fi
    \global\lst@newlinesensured\z@}
\newcount\lst@newlinesensured % global
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\global\lst@newlinesensured\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtignoretrue{\let\lst@fmtifignore\iftrue}
\gdef\lst@fmtignorefalse{\let\lst@fmtifignore\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\lst@fmtignorefalse}
\lst@AddToHook{Output}{\lst@fmtignorefalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtUseLostSpace}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtUseLostSpace{%
    \lst@ifnewline \kern\lst@fmtcurrindent \global\lst@lostspace\z@
    \else
        \lst@OldOLS
    \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\lst@true
     \ifx\lst@fmtformat\@empty \ifx\lst@fmt\@empty \lst@false \fi\fi
     \lst@if
        \let\lst@OldOLS\lst@OutputLostSpace
        \let\lst@OutputLostSpace\lst@fmtUseLostSpace
        \let\lst@ProcessSpace\lst@fmtProcessSpace
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{TODO}
% This `lost space' doesn't use |\lst@alloverstyle| yet!
% \end{TODO}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtProcessSpace}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtProcessSpace{%
    \lst@ifletter
        \lst@Output
        \lst@fmtifignore\else
            \lst@AppendOther\lst@outputspace
        \fi
    \else \lst@ifkeepspaces
        \lst@AppendOther\lst@outputspace
    \else \ifnum\lst@newlines=\z@
        \lst@AppendSpecialSpace
    \else \ifnum\lst@length=\z@
            \global\advance\lst@lostspace\lst@width
            \global\advance\lst@pos\m@ne
        \else
            \lst@AppendSpecialSpace
        \fi
    \fi \fi \fi
    \lst@whitespacetrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \paragraph{Formatting identifiers}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@fmtIdentifier}
% We install a (keyword) test for the `format identifiers'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallTest{f}
    \lst@fmt@list\lst@fmt \lst@gfmt@list\lst@gfmt
    \lst@gfmt@wp
    wd
\gdef\lst@fmt@list{\lst@fmt\lst@gfmt}\global\let\lst@fmt\@empty
\gdef\lst@gfmt@list{\lst@fmt\lst@gfmt}\global\let\lst@gfmt\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% The working procedure expands |\lst@fmt$|\meta{string} (and defines
% |\lst@PrintToken| to do nothing).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@gfmt@wp{%
    \begingroup \let\lst@UM\@empty
    \let\lst@PrintToken\@empty
    \csname\@lst @fmt$\the\lst@token\endcsname
    \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This control sequence is probably defined as `working identifier'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@fmtIdentifier#1#2#3#4{%
    \lst@DefOther\lst@fmta{#2}\edef\lst@fmt{\lst@fmt,\lst@fmta}%
    \@namedef{\@lst @fmt$\lst@fmta}{#3#4}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\lst@fmt$|\meta{identifier} expands to a |\lst@fmtPre|/|\lst@fmtPost|
% sequence defined by |#2| and |#3|.
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Line numbers}
%
% \begin{aspect}{labels}
% \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}{1997/04/24}{line numbers} asked for line numbers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{labels}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{numbers}
% Depending on the argument we define |\lst@PlaceNumber| to print the line
% number.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{numbers}{none}{%
    \let\lst@PlaceNumber\@empty
    \lstKV@SwitchCases{#1}%
    {none&\\%
     left&\def\lst@PlaceNumber{\llap{\normalfont
                \lst@numberstyle{\thelstnumber}\kern\lst@numbersep}}\\%
     right&\def\lst@PlaceNumber{\rlap{\normalfont
                \kern\linewidth \kern\lst@numbersep
                \lst@numberstyle{\thelstnumber}}}%
    }{\PackageError{Listings}{Numbers #1 unknown}\@ehc}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{numberstyle}
% \begin{lstkey}{numbersep}
% \begin{lstkey}{stepnumber}
% \begin{lstkey}{numberblanklines}
% \begin{lstkey}{numberfirstline}
% Definition of the keys.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{numberstyle}{}{\def\lst@numberstyle{#1}}
\lst@Key{numbersep}{10pt}{\def\lst@numbersep{#1}}
\lst@Key{stepnumber}{1}{\def\lst@stepnumber{#1\relax}}
\lst@AddToHook{EmptyStyle}{\let\lst@stepnumber\@ne}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{numberblanklines}{true}[t]
    {\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifnumberblanklines}
\lst@Key{numberfirstline}{f}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifnumberfirstline}
\gdef\lst@numberfirstlinefalse{\let\lst@ifnumberfirstline\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{firstnumber}
% We select the first number according to the argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{firstnumber}{auto}{%
    \lstKV@SwitchCases{#1}%
    {auto&\let\lst@firstnumber\@undefined\\%
     last&\let\lst@firstnumber\c@lstnumber
    }{\def\lst@firstnumber{#1\relax}}}
\lst@AddToHook{PreSet}{\let\lst@advancenumber\z@}
\lst@AddToHook{PreInit}
    {\ifx\lst@firstnumber\@undefined
         \let\lst@firstnumber\lst@firstline
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SetFirstNumber}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SaveFirstNumber}
% \lsthelper{Boris~Veytsman}{1998/03/25}{continue line numbering: a.c b.c a.c}
% proposed to continue line numbers according to listing names. We define the
% label number of the first printing line here. A bug reported by
% \lsthelper{Jens~Schwarzer}{2001/05/29}{wrong line numbering of lstlisting
% with first>1} has been removed by replacing |\@ne| by |\lst@firstline|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@SetFirstNumber{%
    \ifx\lst@firstnumber\@undefined
        \@tempcnta 0\csname\@lst no@\lst@intname\endcsname\relax
        \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@ \@tempcnta\lst@firstline
                       \else \lst@nololtrue \fi
        \advance\@tempcnta\lst@advancenumber
        \edef\lst@firstnumber{\the\@tempcnta\relax}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The current label is stored in|\lstno@|\meta{name}. If the name is empty,
% we use a space instead, which leaves |\lstno@| undefined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@SaveFirstNumber{%
    \expandafter\xdef
        \csname\@lst no\ifx\lst@intname\@empty @ \else @\lst@intname\fi
        \endcsname{\the\c@lstnumber}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\c@lstnumber}
% This counter keeps the current label number. We use it as current label to
% make line numbers referenced by |\ref|. This was proposed by
% \lsthelper{Boris~Veytsman}{1998/03/25}{make line numbers referenced via
% \label and \ref}. We now use |\refstepcounter| to do the job---thanks to a
% bug report from \lsthelper{Christian~Gudrian}{2000/11/13}{\ref{lst:line}
% jumps to top of listing and not to the line}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{lstnumber}% \global
\global\c@lstnumber\@ne % init
\renewcommand*\thelstnumber{\@arabic\c@lstnumber}
\lst@AddToHook{EveryPar}
    {\global\advance\c@lstnumber\lst@advancelstnum
     \global\advance\c@lstnumber\m@ne \refstepcounter{lstnumber}%
     \lst@SkipOrPrintLabel}%
\global\let\lst@advancelstnum\@ne
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that the counter advances \emph{before} the label is printed and not
% afterwards. Otherwise we have wrong references---reported by
% \lsthelper{Gregory~Van~Vooren}{1999/06/04}{reference one unit too large}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\def\@currentlabel{\thelstnumber}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The label number is initialized and we ensure correct line numbers for
% continued listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}
    {\global\c@lstnumber\lst@firstnumber
     \global\advance\c@lstnumber\lst@advancenumber
     \global\advance\c@lstnumber-\lst@advancelstnum
     \ifx \lst@firstnumber\c@lstnumber
         \global\advance\c@lstnumber-\lst@advancelstnum
     \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{ExitVars}
    {\global\advance\c@lstnumber\lst@advancelstnum}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Walter~E.~Brown}{2001/05/22}{pdftex 3.14159-14f warning:
% destination with the same identifier} reported problems with pdftex and
% \packagename{hyperref}. A bad default of |\theHlstlabel| was the reason.
% \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2001/11/08}{pdftex warning: destination with
% the same identifier} found another bug which was due to the localization
% of |\lst@neglisting|. He also provided the following fix, replacing
% |\thelstlisting| with the |\ifx| \ldots\ |\fi| construction.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
    \def\theHlstnumber{\ifx\lst@@caption\@empty \lst@neglisting
                                          \else \thelstlisting \fi
                       .\thelstnumber}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@skipnumbers}
% There are more things to do. We calculate how many lines must skip their
% label. The formula is
%	$$|\lst@skipnumbers|=
%		\textrm{\emph{first printing line}}\bmod|\lst@stepnumber|.$$
% Note that we use a nonpositive representative for |\lst@skipnumbers|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\lst@skipnumbers % \global
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\ifnum \z@>\lst@stepnumber
         \let\lst@advancelstnum\m@ne
         \edef\lst@stepnumber{-\lst@stepnumber}%
     \fi
     \ifnum \z@<\lst@stepnumber
         \global\lst@skipnumbers\lst@firstnumber
         \global\divide\lst@skipnumbers\lst@stepnumber
         \global\multiply\lst@skipnumbers-\lst@stepnumber
         \global\advance\lst@skipnumbers\lst@firstnumber
         \ifnum\lst@skipnumbers>\z@
             \global\advance\lst@skipnumbers -\lst@stepnumber
         \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% If |\lst@stepnumber| is zero, no line numbers are printed:
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \else
         \let\lst@SkipOrPrintLabel\relax
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SkipOrPrintLabel}
% But default is this. We use the fact that |\lst@skipnumbers| is nonpositive.
% The counter advances every line and if that counter is zero, we print a line
% number and decrement the counter by |\lst@stepnumber|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@SkipOrPrintLabel{%
    \ifnum\lst@skipnumbers=\z@
        \global\advance\lst@skipnumbers-\lst@stepnumber\relax
        \lst@PlaceNumber
        \lst@numberfirstlinefalse
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the first line of a listing should get a number, it gets it here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@ifnumberfirstline
            \lst@PlaceNumber
            \lst@numberfirstlinefalse
        \fi
    \fi
    \global\advance\lst@skipnumbers\@ne}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{OnEmptyLine}{%
    \lst@ifnumberblanklines\else \ifnum\lst@skipnumbers=\z@
        \global\advance\lst@skipnumbers-\lst@stepnumber\relax
    \fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Line shape and line breaking}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@parshape}
% We define a default version of |\lst@parshape| for the case that the
% \aspectname{lineshape} aspect is not loaded. We use this parshape every line
% (in fact every paragraph). Furthermore we must repeat the parshape if we
% close a group level---or the shape is forgotten.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
\def\lst@parshape{\parshape\@ne \z@ \linewidth}
\lst@AddToHookAtTop{EveryLine}{\lst@parshape}
\lst@AddToHookAtTop{EndGroup}{\lst@parshape}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{aspect}{lineshape}
% Our first aspect in this section.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{lineshape}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{xleftmargin}
% \begin{lstkey}{xrightmargin}
% \begin{lstkey}{resetmargins}
% \begin{lstkey}{linewidth}
% Usual stuff.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{xleftmargin}{\z@}{\def\lst@xleftmargin{#1}}
\lst@Key{xrightmargin}{\z@}{\def\lst@xrightmargin{#1}}
\lst@Key{resetmargins}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifresetmargins}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The margins become zero if we make an exact box around the listing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{BoxUnsafe}{\let\lst@xleftmargin\z@
                          \let\lst@xrightmargin\z@}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{%
    \let\lst@xleftmargin\z@ \let\lst@xrightmargin\z@
    \let\lst@ifresetmargins\iftrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Added above hook after bug report from \lsthelper{Magnus~Lewis-Smith}
%{1999/08/06}{|\lstinline| indented} and \lsthelper{Jos\'e~Romildo~Malaquias}
%{2000/08/22}{|\lstinline| indented (resetmargins)} respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{linewidth}\linewidth{\def\lst@linewidth{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{PreInit}{\linewidth\lst@linewidth\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@parshape}
% The definition itself is easy.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@parshape{%
    \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We calculate the line width and (inner/outer) indent for a listing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\lst@ifresetmargins
         \advance\linewidth\@totalleftmargin
         \advance\linewidth\rightmargin
         \@totalleftmargin\z@
     \fi
     \advance\linewidth-\lst@xleftmargin
     \advance\linewidth-\lst@xrightmargin
     \advance\@totalleftmargin\lst@xleftmargin\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{lineskip}
% The introduction of this key is due to communication with
% \lsthelper{Andreas~Bartelt}{1997/09/11}{problem with redefed \parskip;
% \lstlineskip introduced}. Version 1.0 implements this feature by
% redefining |\baselinestretch|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{lineskip}{\z@}{\def\lst@lineskip{#1\relax}}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\parskip\z@
     \ifdim\z@=\lst@lineskip\else
         \@tempdima\baselineskip
         \advance\@tempdima\lst@lineskip
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following three lines simulate the `bad' |\divide| |\@tempdima|
% |\strip@pt| |\baselineskip| |\relax|. Thanks to \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}
% {2002/04/10}{bad use of \strip@pt} for the bug report.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \multiply\@tempdima\@cclvi
         \divide\@tempdima\baselineskip\relax
         \multiply\@tempdima\@cclvi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \edef\baselinestretch{\strip@pt\@tempdima}%
         \selectfont
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{breaklines}
% \begin{lstkey}{breakindent}
% \begin{lstkey}{breakautoindent}
% \begin{lstkey}{breakatwhitespace}
% \begin{lstkey}{prebreak}
% \begin{lstkey}{postbreak}
% As usual we have no problems in announcing more keys.
% \keyname{breakatwhitespace} is due to \lsthelper{Javier~Bezos}{2003/09/23}
% {breaklines breaks at odd places}. Unfortunately a previous definition of
% that key was wrong as \lsthelper{Franz~Rinnerthaler}{2004/03/12}
% {breakatwhitespace has no effect} and \lsthelper{Ulrike~Fischer}{2004/07/11}
% {breakatwhitespace has no effect} reported.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{breaklines}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifbreaklines}
\lst@Key{breakindent}{20pt}{\def\lst@breakindent{#1}}
\lst@Key{breakautoindent}{t}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifbreakautoindent}
\lst@Key{breakatwhitespace}{false}[t]%
    {\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifbreakatwhitespace}
\lst@Key{prebreak}{}{\def\lst@prebreak{#1}}
\lst@Key{postbreak}{}{\def\lst@postbreak{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We assign some different macros and (if necessary) suppress ``underfull
% |\hbox|'' messages (and use different pretolerance):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
    {\lst@ifbreaklines
         \hbadness\@M \pretolerance\@M 
         \@rightskip\@flushglue \rightskip\@rightskip % \raggedright
         \leftskip\z@skip \parindent\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% A |\raggedright| above has been replaced by setting the values by hand after
% a bug report from \lsthelper{Morten~H\o gholm}{2004/09/06}{ltugboat.cls and
% listings}.
%
% We use the normal parshape and the calculated |\lst@breakshape| (see below).
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \def\lst@parshape{\parshape\tw@ \@totalleftmargin\linewidth
                           \lst@breakshape}%
     \else
         \let\lst@discretionary\@empty
     \fi}
\lst@AddToHook{OnNewLine}
    {\lst@ifbreaklines \lst@breakNewLine \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@discretionary}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@spacekern}
% Here comes the whole magic: We set a discretionary break after each `output
% unit'. However we redefine |\space| to be used inside |\discretionary| and
% use \hookname{EveryLine} hook. After a bug report by \lsthelper{Carsten~Hamm}
% {2002/04/19}{wrong frame rules with breaklines and xleftmargin>0pt} I've
% added |\kern-\lst@xleftmargin|, which became |\kern-\@totalleftmargin| after
% a bug report by \lsthelper{Christian~Kaiser}{2002/12/13}{wrong frame inside
% itemize with breaklines=true}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@discretionary{%
    \lst@ifbreakatwhitespace
        \lst@ifwhitespace \lst@@discretionary \fi
    \else
        \lst@@discretionary
    \fi}%
\gdef\lst@@discretionary{%
    \discretionary{\let\space\lst@spacekern\lst@prebreak}%
                  {\llap{\lsthk@EveryLine
                   \kern\lst@breakcurrindent \kern-\@totalleftmargin}%
                   \let\space\lst@spacekern\lst@postbreak}{}}
\lst@AddToHook{PostOutput}{\lst@discretionary}
\gdef\lst@spacekern{\kern\lst@width}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{ALTERNATIVE}
% |\penalty\@M \hskip\z@ plus 1fil \penalty0\hskip\z@ plus-1fil| \emph{before}
% each `output unit' (i.e.~before |\hbox{...}| in the output macros) also break
% the lines as desired. But we wouldn't have |prebreak| and |postbreak|.
% \end{ALTERNATIVE}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@breakNewLine}
% We use \keyname{breakindent}, and additionally the current line indention
% (coming from white spaces at the beginning of the line) if `auto indent' is
% on.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@breakNewLine{%
    \@tempdima\lst@breakindent\relax
    \lst@ifbreakautoindent \advance\@tempdima\lst@lostspace \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we calculate the margin and line width of the wrapped part \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@tempdimc-\@tempdima \advance\@tempdimc\linewidth
                          \advance\@tempdima\@totalleftmargin
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space and store it in |\lst@breakshape|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \xdef\lst@breakshape{\noexpand\lst@breakcurrindent \the\@tempdimc}%
    \xdef\lst@breakcurrindent{\the\@tempdima}}
\global\let\lst@breakcurrindent\z@ % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% The initialization of |\lst@breakcurrindent| has been added after a bug
% report by \lsthelper{Alvaro~Herrera}{2002/12/09}{`undefined control
% sequence \lst@breakcurrindent' with fancyvrb and breaklines}.
% \begin{TODO}
% We could speed this up by allocating two global dimensions.
% \end{TODO}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@breakshape}
% \lsthelper{Andreas~Deininger}{2000/08/25}{`breaklines,first>1' leads to
% ``undefined control sequence'' error} reported a problem which is resolved
% by providing a default break shape.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@breakshape{\@totalleftmargin \linewidth}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@breakProcessOther}
% is the same as |\lst@ProcessOther| except that it also outputs the current
% token string. This inserts a potential linebreak point.
% Only the closing parenthesis uses this macro yet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@breakProcessOther#1{\lst@ProcessOther#1\lst@OutputOther}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}
    {\lst@ifbreaklines \lst@Def{`)}{\lst@breakProcessOther)}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% A bug reported by \lsthelper{Gabriel~Tauro}{2001/04/18}{unexpected `)' if
% the character appears before first printed line} has been removed by using
% |\lst@ProcessOther| instead of |\lst@AppendOther|.
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Frames}
%
% \begin{aspect}{frames}
% Another aspect.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[lineshape]{frames}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{framexleftmargin}
% \begin{lstkey}{framexrightmargin}
% \begin{lstkey}{framextopmargin}
% \begin{lstkey}{framexbottommargin}
% These keys just save the argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{framexleftmargin}{\z@}{\def\lst@framexleftmargin{#1}}
\lst@Key{framexrightmargin}{\z@}{\def\lst@framexrightmargin{#1}}
\lst@Key{framextopmargin}{\z@}{\def\lst@framextopmargin{#1}}
\lst@Key{framexbottommargin}{\z@}{\def\lst@framexbottommargin{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{backgroundcolor}
% \lsthelper{Ralf~Imh\"auser}{2000/01/08}{coloured background} inspired the
% key \keyname{backgroundcolor}. All keys save the argument, and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{backgroundcolor}{}{\def\lst@bkgcolor{#1}}
\lst@Key{fillcolor}{}{\def\lst@fillcolor{#1}}
\lst@Key{rulecolor}{}{\def\lst@rulecolor{#1}}
\lst@Key{rulesepcolor}{}{\def\lst@rulesepcolor{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space some have default settings if they are empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{%
    \ifx\lst@fillcolor\@empty
        \let\lst@fillcolor\lst@bkgcolor
    \fi
    \ifx\lst@rulesepcolor\@empty
        \let\lst@rulesepcolor\lst@fillcolor
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{rulesep}
% \begin{lstkey}{framerule}
% \begin{lstkey}{framesep}
% \begin{lstkey}{frameshape}
% Another set of keys, which mainly save their respective argument.
% \keyname{frameshape} capitalizes all letters, and checks whether at least one
% round corner is specified. Eventually we define |\lst@frame| to be empty if
% and only if there is no frameshape.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{rulesep}{2pt}{\def\lst@rulesep{#1}}
\lst@Key{framerule}{.4pt}{\def\lst@framerulewidth{#1}}
\lst@Key{framesep}{3pt}{\def\lst@frametextsep{#1}}
\lst@Key{frameshape}{}{%
    \let\lst@xrulecolor\@empty
    \lstKV@FourArg{#1}%
    {\uppercase{\def\lst@frametshape{##1}}%
     \uppercase{\def\lst@framelshape{##2}}%
     \uppercase{\def\lst@framershape{##3}}%
     \uppercase{\def\lst@framebshape{##4}}%
     \let\lst@ifframeround\iffalse
     \lst@IfSubstring R\lst@frametshape{\let\lst@ifframeround\iftrue}{}%
     \lst@IfSubstring R\lst@framebshape{\let\lst@ifframeround\iftrue}{}%
     \def\lst@frame{##1##2##3##4}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{frameround}
% \begin{lstkey}{frame}
% We have to do some conversion here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{frameround}\relax
    {\uppercase{\def\lst@frameround{#1}}%
     \expandafter\lstframe@\lst@frameround ffff\relax}
\global\let\lst@frameround\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% In case of an verbose argument, we use the |trbl|-subset replacement.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{frame}\relax{%
    \let\lst@xrulecolor\@empty
    \lstKV@SwitchCases{#1}%
    {none&\let\lst@frame\@empty\\%
     leftline&\def\lst@frame{l}\\%
     topline&\def\lst@frame{t}\\%
     bottomline&\def\lst@frame{b}\\%
     lines&\def\lst@frame{tb}\\%
     single&\def\lst@frame{trbl}\\%
     shadowbox&\def\lst@frame{tRBl}%
            \def\lst@xrulecolor{\lst@rulesepcolor}%
            \def\lst@rulesep{\lst@frametextsep}%
    }{\def\lst@frame{#1}}%
    \expandafter\lstframe@\lst@frameround ffff\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Adding |t|, |r|, |b|, and |l| in case of their upper case versions makes
% later tests easier.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lstframe@#1#2#3#4#5\relax{%
    \lst@IfSubstring T\lst@frame{\edef\lst@frame{t\lst@frame}}{}%
    \lst@IfSubstring R\lst@frame{\edef\lst@frame{r\lst@frame}}{}%
    \lst@IfSubstring B\lst@frame{\edef\lst@frame{b\lst@frame}}{}%
    \lst@IfSubstring L\lst@frame{\edef\lst@frame{l\lst@frame}}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We now check top and bottom frame rules, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\lst@frametshape\@empty \let\lst@framebshape\@empty
    \lst@frameCheck
        ltr\lst@framelshape\lst@frametshape\lst@framershape #4#1%
    \lst@frameCheck
        LTR\lst@framelshape\lst@frametshape\lst@framershape #4#1%
    \lst@frameCheck
        lbr\lst@framelshape\lst@framebshape\lst@framershape #3#2%
    \lst@frameCheck
        LBR\lst@framelshape\lst@framebshape\lst@framershape #3#2%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space look for round corners \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\lst@ifframeround\iffalse
    \lst@IfSubstring R\lst@frametshape{\let\lst@ifframeround\iftrue}{}%
    \lst@IfSubstring R\lst@framebshape{\let\lst@ifframeround\iftrue}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% and define left and right frame shape.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\lst@framelshape\@empty \let\lst@framershape\@empty
    \lst@IfSubstring L\lst@frame
        {\def\lst@framelshape{YY}}%
        {\lst@IfSubstring l\lst@frame{\def\lst@framelshape{Y}}{}}%
    \lst@IfSubstring R\lst@frame
        {\def\lst@framershape{YY}}%
        {\lst@IfSubstring r\lst@frame{\def\lst@framershape{Y}}{}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now comes the macro used to define top and bottom frame shape.
% It extends the macro |#5|.
% The last two arguments show whether left and right corners are round.
% |#4| and |#6| are temporary macros.
% |#1#2#3| are the three characters we test for.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameCheck#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
    \lst@IfSubstring #1\lst@frame
        {\if #7T\def#4{R}\else \def#4{Y}\fi}%
        {\def#4{N}}%
    \lst@IfSubstring #3\lst@frame
        {\if #8T\def#6{R}\else \def#6{Y}\fi}%
        {\def#6{N}}%
    \lst@IfSubstring #2\lst@frame{\edef#5{#5#4Y#6}}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For text style listings all frames are deactivated -- added after a bug
% report by \lsthelper{Stephen~Reindl}{2002/06/04}{frames not deactivated
% for text style listings}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}
   {\let\lst@frame\@empty
    \let\lst@frametshape\@empty
    \let\lst@framershape\@empty
    \let\lst@framebshape\@empty
    \let\lst@framelshape\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameMakeVBox}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameMakeBoxV#1#2#3{%
    \setbox#1\hbox{%
      \color@begingroup \lst@rulecolor
      \llap{\setbox\z@\hbox{\vrule\@width\z@\@height#2\@depth#3%
                            \lst@frameL}%
            \rlap{\lst@frameBlock\lst@rulesepcolor{\wd\z@}%
                                                  {\ht\z@}{\dp\z@}}%
            \box\z@
            \ifx\lst@framelshape\@empty
                \kern\lst@frametextsep\relax
            \else
                \lst@frameBlock\lst@fillcolor\lst@frametextsep{#2}{#3}%
            \fi
            \kern\lst@framexleftmargin}%
      \rlap{\kern-\lst@framexleftmargin
                    \@tempdima\linewidth
            \advance\@tempdima\lst@framexleftmargin
            \advance\@tempdima\lst@framexrightmargin
            \lst@frameBlock\lst@bkgcolor\@tempdima{#2}{#3}%
            \ifx\lst@framershape\@empty
                \kern\lst@frametextsep\relax
            \else
                \lst@frameBlock\lst@fillcolor\lst@frametextsep{#2}{#3}%
            \fi
            \setbox\z@\hbox{\vrule\@width\z@\@height#2\@depth#3%
                            \lst@frameR}%
            \rlap{\lst@frameBlock\lst@rulesepcolor{\wd\z@}%
                                                  {\ht\z@}{\dp\z@}}%
            \box\z@}%
      \color@endgroup}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameBlock}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameBlock#1#2#3#4{%
    \color@begingroup
      #1%
      \setbox\z@\hbox{\vrule\@height#3\@depth#4%
                      \ifx#1\@empty \@width\z@ \kern#2\relax
                              \else \@width#2\relax \fi}%
      \box\z@
    \color@endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameR}
% typesets right rules.
% We only need to iterate through |\lst@framershape|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameR{%
    \expandafter\lst@frameR@\lst@framershape\relax
    \kern-\lst@rulesep}
\gdef\lst@frameR@#1{%
    \ifx\relax#1\@empty\else
        \if #1Y\lst@framevrule \else \kern\lst@framerulewidth \fi
        \kern\lst@rulesep
        \expandafter\lst@frameR@b
    \fi}
\gdef\lst@frameR@b#1{%
    \ifx\relax#1\@empty
    \else
        \if #1Y\color@begingroup
               \lst@xrulecolor
               \lst@framevrule
               \color@endgroup
        \else
               \kern\lst@framerulewidth
        \fi
        \kern\lst@rulesep
        \expandafter\lst@frameR@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameL}
% Ditto left rules.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameL{%
    \kern-\lst@rulesep
    \expandafter\lst@frameL@\lst@framelshape\relax}
\gdef\lst@frameL@#1{%
    \ifx\relax#1\@empty\else
        \kern\lst@rulesep
        \if#1Y\lst@framevrule \else \kern\lst@framerulewidth \fi
        \expandafter\lst@frameL@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameH}
% This is the central macro used to draw top and bottom frame rules.
% The first argument is either |T| or |B| and the second contains the shape.
% We use |\@tempcntb| as size counter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameH#1#2{%
    \global\let\lst@framediml\z@ \global\let\lst@framedimr\z@
    \setbox\z@\hbox{}\@tempcntb\z@
    \expandafter\lst@frameH@\expandafter#1#2\relax\relax\relax
            \@tempdimb\lst@frametextsep\relax
    \advance\@tempdimb\lst@framerulewidth\relax
            \@tempdimc-\@tempdimb
    \advance\@tempdimc\ht\z@
    \advance\@tempdimc\dp\z@
    \setbox\z@=\hbox{%
      \lst@frameHBkg\lst@fillcolor\@tempdimb\@firstoftwo
      \if#1T\rlap{\raise\dp\@tempboxa\box\@tempboxa}%
       \else\rlap{\lower\ht\@tempboxa\box\@tempboxa}\fi
      \lst@frameHBkg\lst@rulesepcolor\@tempdimc\@secondoftwo
      \advance\@tempdimb\ht\@tempboxa
      \if#1T\rlap{\raise\lst@frametextsep\box\@tempboxa}%
       \else\rlap{\lower\@tempdimb\box\@tempboxa}\fi
      \rlap{\box\z@}%
    }}
\gdef\lst@frameH@#1#2#3#4{%
    \ifx\relax#4\@empty\else
        \lst@frameh \@tempcntb#1#2#3#4%
        \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
        \expandafter\lst@frameH@\expandafter#1%
    \fi}
\gdef\lst@frameHBkg#1#2#3{%
    \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
        \kern-\lst@framexleftmargin
        #3{\kern-\lst@framediml\relax}{\@tempdima\z@}%
        \ifdim\lst@framediml>\@tempdimb
            #3{\@tempdima\lst@framediml \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb
               \lst@frameBlock\lst@rulesepcolor\@tempdima\@tempdimb\z@}%
              {\kern-\lst@framediml
               \advance\@tempdima\lst@framediml\relax}%
        \fi
        #3{\@tempdima\z@
           \ifx\lst@framelshape\@empty\else
               \advance\@tempdima\@tempdimb
           \fi
           \ifx\lst@framershape\@empty\else
               \advance\@tempdima\@tempdimb
           \fi}%
          {\ifdim\lst@framedimr>\@tempdimb
              \advance\@tempdima\lst@framedimr\relax
           \fi}%
        \advance\@tempdima\linewidth
        \advance\@tempdima\lst@framexleftmargin
        \advance\@tempdima\lst@framexrightmargin
        \lst@frameBlock#1\@tempdima#2\z@
        #3{\ifdim\lst@framedimr>\@tempdimb
               \@tempdima-\@tempdimb
               \advance\@tempdima\lst@framedimr\relax
               \lst@frameBlock\lst@rulesepcolor\@tempdima\@tempdimb\z@
           \fi}{}%
        }}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameh}
% This is the low-level macro used to draw top and bottom frame rules.
% It \emph{adds} one rule plus corners to box 0.
% The first parameter gives the size of the corners and the second is either
% |T| or |B|.
% |#3#4#5| is a left-to-right description of the frame and is in
% $\{$\texttt{Y,N,R}$\}\times\{$\texttt{Y,N}$\}\times\{$\texttt{Y,N,R}$\}$.
% We move to the correct horizontal position, set the left corner, the
% horizontal line, and the right corner.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameh#1#2#3#4#5{%
    \lst@frameCalcDimA#1%
    \lst@ifframeround \@getcirc\@tempdima \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \setbox\z@\hbox{%
      \begingroup
      \setbox\z@\hbox{%
        \kern-\lst@framexleftmargin
        \color@begingroup
        \ifnum#1=\z@ \lst@rulecolor \else \lst@xrulecolor \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\lst@frameCorner| gets four arguments:
% |\llap|, |TL| or |BL|, the corner type $\in\{$\texttt{Y,N,R}$\}$, and the
% size |#1|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@frameCornerX\llap{#2L}#3#1%
        \ifdim\lst@framediml<\@tempdimb
            \xdef\lst@framediml{\the\@tempdimb}%
        \fi
        \begingroup
        \if#4Y\else \let\lst@framerulewidth\z@ \fi
                \@tempdima\lst@framexleftmargin
        \advance\@tempdima\lst@framexrightmargin
        \advance\@tempdima\linewidth
        \vrule\@width\@tempdima\@height\lst@framerulewidth \@depth\z@
        \endgroup
        \lst@frameCornerX\rlap{#2R}#5#1%
        \ifdim\lst@framedimr<\@tempdimb
            \xdef\lst@framedimr{\the\@tempdimb}%
        \fi
        \color@endgroup}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \if#2T\rlap{\raise\dp\z@\box\z@}%
       \else\rlap{\lower\ht\z@\box\z@}\fi
      \endgroup
      \box\z@}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameCornerX}
% typesets a single corner and returns |\@tempdimb|, the width of the corner.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameCornerX#1#2#3#4{%
    \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\csname\@lst @frame\if#3RR\fi #2\endcsname}%
    \@tempdimb\wd\@tempboxa
    \if #3R%
        #1{\box\@tempboxa}%
    \else
        \if #3Y\expandafter#1\else
               \@tempdimb\z@ \expandafter\vphantom \fi
        {\box\@tempboxa}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameCalcDimA}
% calculates an all over width; used by |\lst@frameh| and |\lst@frameInit|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameCalcDimA#1{%
            \@tempdima\lst@rulesep
    \advance\@tempdima\lst@framerulewidth
    \multiply\@tempdima#1\relax
    \advance\@tempdima\lst@frametextsep
    \advance\@tempdima\lst@framerulewidth
    \multiply\@tempdima\tw@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameInit}
% First we look which frame types we have on the left and on the right.
% We speed up things if there are no vertical rules.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\lst@frameInit}
\newbox\lst@framebox
\gdef\lst@frameInit{%
    \ifx\lst@framelshape\@empty \let\lst@frameL\@empty \fi
    \ifx\lst@framershape\@empty \let\lst@frameR\@empty \fi
    \def\lst@framevrule{\vrule\@width\lst@framerulewidth\relax}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We adjust values to round corners if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@ifframeround
        \lst@frameCalcDimA\z@ \@getcirc\@tempdima
        \@tempdimb\@tempdima \divide\@tempdimb\tw@
        \advance\@tempdimb -\@wholewidth
        \edef\lst@frametextsep{\the\@tempdimb}%
        \edef\lst@framerulewidth{\the\@wholewidth}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@frameCalcDimA\@ne \@getcirc\@tempdima
        \@tempdimb\@tempdima \divide\@tempdimb\tw@
        \advance\@tempdimb -\tw@\@wholewidth
        \advance\@tempdimb -\lst@frametextsep
        \edef\lst@rulesep{\the\@tempdimb}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@frameMakeBoxV\lst@framebox{\ht\strutbox}{\dp\strutbox}%
    \def\lst@framelr{\copy\lst@framebox}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we typeset the rules (+ corners).
% We possibly need to insert negative |\vskip| to remove space between
% preceding text and top rule.
% \begin{TODO}
% Use |\vspace| instead of |\vskip|?
% \end{TODO}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\lst@frametshape\@empty\else
        \lst@frameH T\lst@frametshape
        \ifvoid\z@\else
            \par\lst@parshape
            \@tempdima-\baselineskip \advance\@tempdima\ht\z@
            \ifdim\prevdepth<\@cclvi\p@\else
                \advance\@tempdima\prevdepth
            \fi
            \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@
                \vskip\@tempdima\vskip\lineskip
            \fi
            \noindent\box\z@\par
            \lineskiplimit\maxdimen \lineskip\z@
        \fi
        \lst@frameSpreadV\lst@framextopmargin
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\parshape\lst@parshape| ensures that the top rules correctly indented.
% The bug was reported by \lsthelper{Marcin~Kasperski}{1999/04/28}{top rules
% indented right inside itemize}.
%
% We typeset left and right rules every line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{EveryLine}{\lst@framelr}
\global\let\lst@framelr\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameExit}
% The rules at the bottom.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{DeInit}
    {\ifx\lst@framebshape\@empty\else \lst@frameExit \fi}
\gdef\lst@frameExit{%
    \lst@frameSpreadV\lst@framexbottommargin
    \lst@frameH B\lst@framebshape
    \ifvoid\z@\else
        \everypar{}\par\lst@parshape\nointerlineskip\noindent\box\z@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameSpreadV}
% sets rules for vertical spread.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameSpreadV#1{%
    \ifdim\z@=#1\else
        \everypar{}\par\lst@parshape\nointerlineskip\noindent
        \lst@frameMakeBoxV\z@{#1}{\z@}%
        \box\z@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameTR}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameBR}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameBL}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameTL}
% These macros make a vertical and horizontal rule.
% The implicit argument |\@tempdima| gives the size of two corners and is
% provided by |\lst@frameh|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameTR{%
    \vrule\@width.5\@tempdima\@height\lst@framerulewidth\@depth\z@
    \kern-\lst@framerulewidth
    \raise\lst@framerulewidth\hbox{%
        \vrule\@width\lst@framerulewidth\@height\z@\@depth.5\@tempdima}}
\gdef\lst@frameBR{%
    \vrule\@width.5\@tempdima\@height\lst@framerulewidth\@depth\z@
    \kern-\lst@framerulewidth
    \vrule\@width\lst@framerulewidth\@height.5\@tempdima\@depth\z@}
\gdef\lst@frameBL{%
    \vrule\@width\lst@framerulewidth\@height.5\@tempdima\@depth\z@
    \kern-\lst@framerulewidth
    \vrule\@width.5\@tempdima\@height\lst@framerulewidth\@depth\z@}
\gdef\lst@frameTL{%
    \raise\lst@framerulewidth\hbox{%
        \vrule\@width\lst@framerulewidth\@height\z@\@depth.5\@tempdima}%
    \kern-\lst@framerulewidth
    \vrule\@width.5\@tempdima\@height\lst@framerulewidth\@depth\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameRoundT}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameRoundB}
% are helper macros to typeset round corners. We set height and depth to
% the visible parts of the circle font.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameRoundT{%
    \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt\char\@tempcnta}%
    \ht\@tempboxa\lst@framerulewidth
    \box\@tempboxa}
\gdef\lst@frameRoundB{%
    \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt\char\@tempcnta}%
    \dp\@tempboxa\z@
    \box\@tempboxa}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameRTR}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameRBR}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameRBL}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@frameRTL}
% The round corners.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@frameRTR{%
    \hb@xt@.5\@tempdima{\kern-\lst@framerulewidth
                           \kern.5\@tempdima \lst@frameRoundT \hss}}
\gdef\lst@frameRBR{%
    \hb@xt@.5\@tempdima{\kern-\lst@framerulewidth
    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \kern.5\@tempdima \lst@frameRoundB \hss}}
\gdef\lst@frameRBL{%
    \advance\@tempcnta\tw@ \lst@frameRoundB
    \kern-.5\@tempdima}
\gdef\lst@frameRTL{%
    \advance\@tempcnta\thr@@\lst@frameRoundT
    \kern-.5\@tempdima}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Macro use for make}
%
% \begin{aspect}{make}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@makemode}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifmakekey}
% If we've entered the special mode for Make, we save whether the last
% identifier has been a first order keyword.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{make}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@NewMode\lst@makemode
\lst@AddToHook{Output}{%
    \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@makemode
        \ifx\lst@thestyle\lst@gkeywords@sty
            \lst@makekeytrue
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@makekeytrue{\let\lst@ifmakekey\iftrue}
\gdef\lst@makekeyfalse{\let\lst@ifmakekey\iffalse}
\global\lst@makekeyfalse % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{makemacrouse}
% adjusts the character table if necessary
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{makemacrouse}f[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifmakemacrouse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeSCT}
% If `macro use' is on, the opening |$(| prints preceding characters, enters
% the special mode and merges the two characters with the following output.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@MakeSCT{%
    \lst@ifmakemacrouse
        \lst@ReplaceInput{$(}{%
            \lst@PrintToken
            \lst@EnterMode\lst@makemode{\lst@makekeyfalse}%
            \lst@Merge{\lst@ProcessOther\$\lst@ProcessOther(}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The closing parenthesis tests for the mode and either processes |)| as usual
% or outputs it right here (in keyword style if a keyword was between |$(| and
% |)|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@ReplaceInput{)}{%
            \ifnum\lst@mode=\lst@makemode
                \lst@PrintToken
                \begingroup
                    \lst@ProcessOther)%
                    \lst@ifmakekey
                        \let\lst@currstyle\lst@gkeywords@sty
                    \fi
                    \lst@OutputOther
                \endgroup
                \lst@LeaveMode
            \else
                \expandafter\lst@ProcessOther\expandafter)%
            \fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \keyname{makemacrouse} is off then both |$(| are just `others'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \else
        \lst@ReplaceInput{$(}{\lst@ProcessOther\$\lst@ProcessOther(}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \section{Typesetting a listing}
%
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
% \begin{macro}{\lst@lineno}
% \begin{lstkey}{print}
% \begin{lstkey}{firstline}
% \begin{lstkey}{lastline}
% \begin{lstkey}{linerange}
% The `current line' counter and three keys.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\lst@lineno % \global
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\global\lst@lineno\@ne}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{print}{true}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifprint}
\lst@Key{firstline}\relax{\def\lst@firstline{#1\relax}}
\lst@Key{lastline}\relax{\def\lst@lastline{#1\relax}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{PreSet}
    {\let\lst@firstline\@ne \def\lst@lastline{9999999\relax}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following code is just copied from the current development version.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{linerange}\relax{\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}{%
    \def\lst@interrange{##1}\def\lst@linerange{##2,}}}
\lst@AddToHook{PreSet}{\def\lst@firstline{1\relax}%
                       \let\lst@linerange\@empty}
\lst@AddToHook{Init}
{\ifx\lst@linerange\@empty
     \edef\lst@linerange{{\lst@firstline}-{\lst@lastline},}%
 \fi
 \lst@GetLineInterval}%
\def\lst@GetLineInterval{\expandafter\lst@GLI\lst@linerange\@nil}
\def\lst@GLI#1,#2\@nil{\def\lst@linerange{#2}\lst@GLI@#1--\@nil}
\def\lst@GLI@#1-#2-#3\@nil{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
        \let\lst@firstline\@ne
    \else
        \def\lst@firstline{#1\relax}%
    \fi
    \ifx\@empty#2\@empty
        \def\lst@lastline{9999999\relax}%
    \else
        \ifx -#2%
            \let\lst@lastline\lst@firstline
        \else
            \def\lst@lastline{#2\relax}%
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{nolol}
% is just a key here. We'll use it below, of course.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{nolol}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifnolol}
\def\lst@nololtrue{\let\lst@ifnolol\iftrue}
\let\lst@ifnolol\iffalse % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%
% \subsection{Floats, boxes and captions}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{captionpos}
% \begin{lstkey}{abovecaptionskip}
% \begin{lstkey}{belowcaptionskip}
% \begin{lstkey}{label}
% \begin{lstkey}{title}
% \begin{lstkey}{caption}
% Some keys and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{captionpos}{t}{\def\lst@captionpos{#1}}
\lst@Key{abovecaptionskip}\smallskipamount{\def\lst@abovecaption{#1}}
\lst@Key{belowcaptionskip}\smallskipamount{\def\lst@belowcaption{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}{2000/01/10}{key: title} proposed \keyname{title}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{label}\relax{\def\lst@label{#1}}
\lst@Key{title}\relax{\def\lst@title{#1}\let\lst@caption\relax}
\lst@Key{caption}\relax{\lstKV@OptArg[{#1}]{#1}%
    {\def\lst@caption{##2}\def\lst@@caption{##1}}%
     \let\lst@title\@empty}
\lst@AddToHookExe{TextStyle}
    {\let\lst@caption\@empty \let\lst@@caption\@empty
     \let\lst@title\@empty \let\lst@label\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\thelstlisting}
% \begin{macro}{\lstlistingname}
% \ldots\space and how the caption numbers look like. I switched to
% |\@ifundefined| (instead of |\ifx| |\@undefined|) after an error report from
% \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1999/07/26}{incompatible if hyperref loaded before
% listings}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{thechapter}
    {\newcounter{lstlisting}
     \renewcommand\thelstlisting{\@arabic\c@lstlisting}}
    {\newcounter{lstlisting}[chapter]
     \renewcommand\thelstlisting
         {\ifnum \c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi \@arabic\c@lstlisting}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstlistingname{Listing}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption}
% Before defining this macro, we ensure that some other control sequences
% exist---\lsthelper{Adam~Prugel-Bennett}{2001/02/19}{\abovecaptionskip
% undefined in slides.cls} reported problems with the slides document class.
% In particular we allocate above- and belowcaption skip registers and define
% |\@makecaption|, which is an exact copy of the definition in the article
% class. To respect the LPPL: you should have a copy of this class on your
% \TeX\ system or you can obtain a copy from the CTAN, e.g.~from the ftp-server
% \texttt{ftp.dante.de}.
%
% Axel Sommerfeldt proposed a couple of improvements regarding captions and
% titles. The first is to separate the definitions of the skip registers and
% |\@makecaption|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{abovecaptionskip}
{\newskip\abovecaptionskip
 \newskip\belowcaptionskip}{}
\@ifundefined{@makecaption}
{\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
   \vskip\abovecaptionskip
   \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}%
   \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
     #1: #2\par
   \else
     \global \@minipagefalse
     \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
   \fi
   \vskip\belowcaptionskip}%
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The introduction of |\fnum@lstlisting| is also due to Axel. Previously the
% replacement text was used directly in |\lst@MakeCaption|. A |\noindent| has
% been moved elsewhere and became |\@parboxrestore| after a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Frank~Mittelbach}{2004/02/13}{Re: Info: Inkompatibilit\"at
% zwischen caption und listings}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\fnum@lstlisting{%
  \lstlistingname
  \ifx\lst@@caption\@empty\else~\thelstlisting\fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Captions are set only for display style listings -- thanks to
% \lsthelper{Peter~L\"offler}{2004/04/24}{pdfTeX warning (dest): name{figure.1}
% has been referenced but does not exist} for reporting the bug and to
% \lsthelper{Axel~Sommerfeldt}{2004/02/27}{Re: caption + listings + hyperref}
% for analyzing the bug.
% We |\refstepcounter| the listing counter if and only if |\lst@@caption| is
% not empty. Otherwise we ensure correct hyper-references,
% see |\lst@HRefStepCounter| below. We do this once a listing, namely at the
% top.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MakeCaption#1{%
  \lst@ifdisplaystyle
    \ifx #1t%
        \ifx\lst@@caption\@empty\expandafter\lst@HRefStepCounter \else
                                \expandafter\refstepcounter
        \fi {lstlisting}%
        \ifx\lst@label\@empty\else \label{\lst@label}\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following code has been moved here from the \hookname{Init} hook after
% a bug report from \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}{2003/06/11}{pagebreak between
% caption and listing}. Moreover the initialization of |\lst@name| et al have
% been inserted here after a bug report from \lsthelper{Werner~Struckmann}
% {2003/06/25}{undefined control sequence \lst@name}.
% We make a `lol' entry if the name is neither empty nor a single space. But
% we test |\lst@|(|@|)|caption| and |\lst@ifnolol| first.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \let\lst@arg\lst@intname \lst@ReplaceIn\lst@arg\lst@filenamerpl
        \global\let\lst@name\lst@arg \global\let\lstname\lst@name
        \lst@ifnolol\else
            \ifx\lst@@caption\@empty
                \ifx\lst@caption\@empty
                    \ifx\lst@intname\@empty \else \def\lst@temp{ }%
                    \ifx\lst@intname\lst@temp \else
                        \addcontentsline{lol}{lstlisting}\lst@name
                    \fi\fi
                \fi
            \else
                \addcontentsline{lol}{lstlisting}%
                    {\protect\numberline{\thelstlisting}\lst@@caption}%
            \fi
         \fi
     \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% We make a caption if and only if the caption is not empty and the user
% requested a caption at |#1| $\in\{\mathtt t,\mathtt b\}$. To disallow
% pagebreaks between caption (or title) and a listing, we redefine the
% primitive |\vskip| locally to insert |\nobreak|s. Note that we allow
% pagebreaks in front of a `top-caption' and after a `bottom-caption'.
% \begin{TODO}
% This redefinition is a brute force method. Is there a better one?
% \end{TODO}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\lst@caption\@empty\else
        \lst@IfSubstring #1\lst@captionpos
            {\begingroup \let\@@vskip\vskip
             \def\vskip{\afterassignment\lst@vskip \@tempskipa}%
             \def\lst@vskip{\nobreak\@@vskip\@tempskipa\nobreak}%
             \par\@parboxrestore\normalsize\normalfont % \noindent (AS)
             \ifx #1t\allowbreak \fi
             \ifx\lst@title\@empty
                 \lst@makecaption\fnum@lstlisting\lst@caption % (AS)
             \else
                 \lst@maketitle\lst@title % (AS)
             \fi
             \ifx #1b\allowbreak \fi
             \endgroup}{}%
    \fi
  \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% I've inserted |\normalsize| after a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Andreas~Matthias}{2000/01/04}{caption affected by basicstyle}
% and moved it in front of |\@makecaption| after receiving another from
% \lsthelper{Sonja~Weidmann}{2000/02/01}{listings and caption packages
% not compatible}.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle}
% Axel proposed the first definition. The other two are default definitions.
% They may be adjusted to make \packagename{listings} compatible with other
% packages and classes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@makecaption{\@makecaption}
\def\lst@maketitle{\@makecaption\lst@title@dropdelim}
\def\lst@title@dropdelim#1{\ignorespaces}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following \packagename{caption}(\packagename{2}) support comes also from
% Axel.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifundefined{captionlabelfalse}{}{%
  \def\lst@maketitle{\captionlabelfalse\@makecaption\@empty}}%
\@ifundefined{caption@startrue}{}{%
  \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@HRefStepCounter}
% This macro sets the listing number to a negative value since the user
% shouldn't refer to such a listing. If the \packagename{hyperref} package
% is present, we use `lstlisting' (argument from above) to hyperref to.
% The groups have been added to prevent other packages (namely
% \packagename{tabularx}) from reading the locally changed counter
% and writing it back globally. Thanks to \lsthelper{Michael~Niedermair}
% {2001/09/18}{strange numbering of listings} for the report. Unfortunately
% this localization led to another bug, see |\theHlstnumber|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@HRefStepCounter#1{%
    \begingroup
    \c@lstlisting\lst@neglisting
    \advance\c@lstlisting\m@ne \xdef\lst@neglisting{\the\c@lstlisting}%
    \ifx\hyper@refstepcounter\@undefined\else
        \hyper@refstepcounter{#1}%
    \fi
    \endgroup}
\gdef\lst@neglisting{\z@}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{boxpos}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@boxtrue}
% sets the vertical alignment of the (possibly) used box respectively indicates
% that a box is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{boxpos}{c}{\def\lst@boxpos{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@boxtrue{\let\lst@ifbox\iftrue}
\let\lst@ifbox\iffalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{float}
% \begin{lstkey}{floatplacement}
% Matthias Zenger asked for double-column floats, so I've inserted some code.
% We first check for a star \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{float}\relax[\lst@floatplacement]{%
    \lstKV@SwitchCases{#1}%
    {true&\let\lst@floatdefault\lst@floatplacement
          \let\lst@float\lst@floatdefault\\%
     false&\let\lst@floatdefault\relax
           \let\lst@float\lst@floatdefault
    }{\def\lst@next{\@ifstar{\let\lst@beginfloat\@dblfloat
                             \let\lst@endfloat\end@dblfloat
                             \lst@KFloat}%
                            {\let\lst@beginfloat\@float
                             \let\lst@endfloat\end@float
                             \lst@KFloat}}
      \edef\lst@float{#1}%
      \expandafter\lst@next\lst@float\relax}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ and define |\lst@float|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@KFloat#1\relax{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
        \let\lst@float\lst@floatplacement
    \else
        \def\lst@float{#1}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The setting |\lst@AddToHook{PreSet}{\let\lst@float\relax}| has been
% changed on request of \lsthelper{Tanguy~Fautr\'e}{2004/02/02}{listings
% not following float directive?}. This also led to some adjustments above.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{floatplacement}{tbp}{\def\lst@floatplacement{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{PreSet}{\let\lst@float\lst@floatdefault}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{\let\lst@float\relax}
\let\lst@floatdefault\relax % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\lst@doendpe| is set according to |\lst@float| -- thanks to
% \lsthelper{Andreas~Schmidt}{2004/05/15}{wrong spacing when a floating listing
% follows \section} and \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2004/05/18}{dito}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{DeInit}{%
    \ifx\lst@float\relax
        \global\let\lst@doendpe\@doendpe
    \else
        \global\let\lst@doendpe\@empty
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The float type |\ftype@lstlisting| is set according to whether the
% \packagename{float} package is loaded and whether \texttt{figure} and
% \texttt{table} floats are defined. This is done at |\begin{document}| to
% make the code independent of the order of package loading.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifundefined{c@float@type}%
    {\edef\ftype@lstlisting{\ifx\c@figure\@undefined 1\else 4\fi}}
    {\edef\ftype@lstlisting{\the\c@float@type}%
     \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
%
% \subsection{Init and EOL}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{aboveskip}
% \begin{lstkey}{belowskip}
% We define and initialize these keys and prevent extra spacing for `inline'
% listings (in particular if \packagename{fancyvrb} interface is active,
% problem reported by \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1999/08/03}{wrong spacing}).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{aboveskip}\medskipamount{\def\lst@aboveskip{#1}}
\lst@Key{belowskip}\medskipamount{\def\lst@belowskip{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}
    {\let\lst@aboveskip\z@ \let\lst@belowskip\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{everydisplay}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifdisplaystyle}
% Some things depend on display-style listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{everydisplay}{}{\def\lst@EveryDisplay{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{\let\lst@ifdisplaystyle\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{DisplayStyle}{\let\lst@ifdisplaystyle\iftrue}
\let\lst@ifdisplaystyle\iffalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@Init}
% Begin a float if requested.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@Init#1{%
    \begingroup
    \ifx\lst@float\relax\else
        \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\lst@beginfloat{lstlisting}[\lst@float]}%
        \expandafter\@tempa
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% In restricted horizontal \TeX\ mode we switch to |\lst@boxtrue|.
% In that case we make appropriate box(es) around the listing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifhmode\ifinner \lst@boxtrue \fi\fi
    \lst@ifbox
        \lsthk@BoxUnsafe
        \hbox to\z@\bgroup
             $\if t\lst@boxpos \vtop
        \else \if b\lst@boxpos \vbox
        \else \vcenter \fi\fi
        \bgroup \par\noindent
    \else
        \lst@ifdisplaystyle
            \lst@EveryDisplay
            \par\penalty-50\relax
            \vspace\lst@aboveskip
        \fi
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Moved |\vspace| after |\par|---or we can get an empty line atop listings.
% Bug reported by \lsthelper{Jim~Hefferon}{1999/08/27}{empty line before
% listings with |\lstinputlisting|}.
%
% Now make the top caption.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \normalbaselines
    \abovecaptionskip\lst@abovecaption\relax
    \belowcaptionskip\lst@belowcaption\relax
    \lst@MakeCaption t%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Some initialization.
% I removed |\par\nointerlineskip| |\normalbaselines| after bug report from
% \lsthelper{Jim~Hefferon}{1999/08/23}{bad vertical space after lstlisting}.
% He reported the same problem as Aidan Philip Heerdegen (see below), but I
% immediately saw the bug here since Jim used |\parskip|$\,\neq0$.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lsthk@PreInit \lsthk@Init
    \lst@ifdisplaystyle
        \global\let\lst@ltxlabel\@empty
        \if@inlabel
            \lst@ifresetmargins
                \leavevmode
            \else
                \xdef\lst@ltxlabel{\the\everypar}%
                \lst@AddTo\lst@ltxlabel{%
                    \global\let\lst@ltxlabel\@empty
                    \everypar{\lsthk@EveryLine\lsthk@EveryPar}}%
            \fi
        \fi
        \everypar\expandafter{\lst@ltxlabel
                              \lsthk@EveryLine\lsthk@EveryPar}%
    \else
        \everypar{}\let\lst@NewLine\@empty
    \fi
    \lsthk@InitVars \lsthk@InitVarsBOL
%    \end{macrocode}
% The end of line character chr(13)=|^^M| controls the processing, see the
% definition of |\lst@MProcessListing| below.
% The argument |#1| is either |\relax| or |\lstenv@backslash|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@Let{13}\lst@MProcessListing
    \let\lst@Backslash#1%
    \lst@EnterMode{\lst@Pmode}{\lst@SelectCharTable}%
    \lst@InitFinalize}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note: From version 0.19 on `listing processing' is implemented as an internal
% mode, namely a mode with special character table. Since a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Fermin~Reig}{2002/09/04}{bad top frame inside figure+centering}
% |\rightskip| and the others are reset via \hookname{PreInit} and not via
% \hookname{InitVars}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@InitFinalize\@empty % init
\lst@AddToHook{PreInit}
    {\rightskip\z@ \leftskip\z@ \parfillskip=\z@ plus 1fil
     \let\par\@@par}
\lst@AddToHook{EveryLine}{}% init
\lst@AddToHook{EveryPar}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{showlines}
% lets the user control whether empty lines at the end of a listing are
% printed. But you know that if you've read the User's guide.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{showlines}f[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowlines}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@DeInit}
% Output the remaining characters and update all things. First I missed to
% to use |\lst@ifdisplaystyle| here, but then \lsthelper{KP~Gores}{2001/07/11}
% {\csname{par} after each \lstinline} reported a problem.
% The |\everypar| has been put behind |\lsthk@ExitVars| after a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Michael~Niedermair}{2002/05/14}{listings.sty und caption} and
% I've added |\normalbaselines| after a bug report by \lsthelper{Georg~Rehm}
% {2002/05/14}{listings.sty und lange captions} and |\normalcolor| after a
% report by \lsthelper{Walter~E.~Brown}{2004/03/01}{captions at bottom of
% listings inherit color from basicstyle}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@DeInit{%
    \lst@XPrintToken \lst@EOLUpdate
    \global\advance\lst@newlines\m@ne
    \lst@ifshowlines
        \lst@DoNewLines
    \else
        \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\lst@DoNewLines}%
    \fi
    \lst@ifdisplaystyle \par\removelastskip \fi
    \lsthk@ExitVars\everypar{}\lsthk@DeInit\normalbaselines\normalcolor
%    \end{macrocode}
% Place the bottom caption.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@MakeCaption b%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Close the boxes if necessary and make a rule to get the right width.
% I added the |\par\nointerlineskip| (and removed |\nointerlineskip| later
% again) after receiving a bug report from \lsthelper{Aidan~Philip~Heerdegen}
% {1999/07/23}{wrong vertical spacing}. |\everypar{}| is due to a bug report
% from \lsthelper{Sonja~Weidmann}{2000/02/01}{listings and caption packages
% not compatible}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@ifbox
        \egroup $\hss \egroup
        \vrule\@width\lst@maxwidth\@height\z@\@depth\z@
    \else
        \lst@ifdisplaystyle
            \par\penalty-50\vspace\lst@belowskip
        \fi
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% End the float if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\lst@float\relax\else
        \expandafter\lst@endfloat
    \fi
    \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@maxwidth}
% is to be allocated, initialized and updated.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\lst@maxwidth % \global
\lst@AddToHook{InitVars}{\global\lst@maxwidth\z@}
\lst@AddToHook{InitVarsEOL}
    {\ifdim\lst@currlwidth>\lst@maxwidth
         \global\lst@maxwidth\lst@currlwidth
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EOLUpdate}
% What do you think this macro does?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@EOLUpdate{\lsthk@EOL \lsthk@InitVarsEOL}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MProcessListing}
% This is what we have to do at EOL while processing a listing.
% We output all remaining characters and update the variables.
% If we've reached the last line, we check whether there is a next line
% interval to input or not.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MProcessListing{%
    \lst@XPrintToken \lst@EOLUpdate \lsthk@InitVarsBOL
    \global\advance\lst@lineno\@ne
    \ifnum \lst@lineno>\lst@lastline
        \lst@ifdropinput \lst@LeaveMode \fi
        \ifx\lst@linerange\@empty
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@EndProcessListing
        \else
            \lst@interrange
            \lst@GetLineInterval
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@SkipToFirst
        \fi
    \else
        \expandafter\lst@BOLGobble
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndProcessListing}
% Default definition is |\endinput|.
% This works for |\lstinputlisting|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@EndProcessListing\endinput
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{gobble}
% The key sets the number of characters to gobble each line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{gobble}{0}{\def\lst@gobble{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BOLGobble}
% If the number is positive, we set a temporary counter and start a loop.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BOLGobble{%
    \ifnum\lst@gobble>\z@
        \@tempcnta\lst@gobble\relax
        \expandafter\lst@BOLGobble@
	\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% A nonpositive number terminates the loop (by not continuing).
% Note: This is not the macro just used in |\lst@BOLGobble|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BOLGobble@@{%
    \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@
        \expandafter\lst@BOLGobble@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we gobble a backslash, we have to look whether this backslash ends an
% environment. Whether the coming characters equal e.g.~|end{lstlisting}|,
% we either end the environment or insert all just eaten characters after the
% `continue loop' macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@BOLGobble@@{%
    \lst@IfNextChars\lstenv@endstring{\lstenv@End}%
    {\advance\@tempcnta\m@ne \expandafter\lst@BOLGobble@@\lst@eaten}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now comes the loop: if we read |\relax|, EOL or FF, the next operation is
% exactly the same token. Note that for FF (and tabs below) we test against
% a macro which contains |\lst@ProcessFormFeed|. This was a bug analyzed by
% \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2002/04/16}{Re: first experience ...}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BOLGobble@#1{%
    \let\lst@next#1%
    \ifx \lst@next\relax\else
    \ifx \lst@next\lst@MProcessListing\else
    \ifx \lst@next\lst@processformfeed\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Otherwise we use one of the two submacros.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx \lst@next\lstenv@backslash
        \let\lst@next\lstenv@BOLGobble@@
    \else
        \let\lst@next\lst@BOLGobble@@
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we really gobble characters. A tabulator decreases the temporary counter
% by |\lst@tabsize| (and deals with remaining amounts, if necessary), \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifx #1\lst@processtabulator
            \advance\@tempcnta-\lst@tabsize\relax
            \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@
                \lst@length-\@tempcnta \lst@PreGotoTabStop
            \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space whereas any other character decreases the counter by one.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \else
            \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
        \fi
    \fi \fi \fi \fi
    \lst@next}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@processformfeed{\lst@ProcessFormFeed}
\def\lst@processtabulator{\lst@ProcessTabulator}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{List of listings}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{name}
% \begin{macro}{\lstname}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@name}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@intname}
% Each pretty-printing command values |\lst@intname| before setting any keys.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{name}\relax{\def\lst@intname{#1}}
\lst@AddToHookExe{PreSet}{\global\let\lst@intname\@empty}
\lst@AddToHook{PreInit}{%
    \let\lst@arg\lst@intname \lst@ReplaceIn\lst@arg\lst@filenamerpl
    \global\let\lst@name\lst@arg \global\let\lstname\lst@name}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Use of |\lst@ReplaceIn| removes a bug first reported by
% \lsthelper{Magne~Rudshaug}{1998/01/09}{_ and list of listings}.
% Here is the replacement list.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@filenamerpl{_\textunderscore $\textdollar -\textendash}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\l@lstlisting}
% prints one `lol' line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\l@lstlisting#1#2{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1}{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstlistlistingname}
% contains simply the header name.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstlistlistingname{Listings}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstlistoflistings}
% We make local adjustments and call |\tableofcontents|. This way,
% redefinitions of that macro (e.g.~without any |\MakeUppercase| inside)
% also take effect on the list of listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstlistoflistings{\bgroup
    \let\contentsname\lstlistlistingname
    \let\lst@temp\@starttoc \def\@starttoc##1{\lst@temp{lol}}%
    \tableofcontents \egroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For KOMA-script classes, we define it a la KOMA thanks to a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Tino~Langer}{2003/11/01}{koma-script's listsleft option does not
% affect lol}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackageloaded{scrlfile}
{\newcommand*\lol@heading{\float@listhead{\lstlistlistingname}}
 \renewcommand*\lstlistoflistings{%
   \begingroup%
     \if@twocolumn
       \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
     \else
       \@restonecolfalse
     \fi
     \lol@heading%
     \@parskipfalse\@parskip@indent%
     \@starttoc{lol}%
     \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi
   \endgroup}%
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Inline listings}\label{iInlineListings}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstinline}
% In addition to |\lsthk@PreSet|, we use |boxpos=b| and flexiblecolumns.
% I've inserted |\leavevmode| after bug report from \lsthelper{Michael~Weber}
% {1999/12/16}{wrong spacing in list environments}. \lsthelper{Olivier~Lecarme}
% {2001/07/30}{inconsistent `break' when \lstinline is used inside caption}
% reported a problem which has gone after removing |\let| |\lst@newlines|
% |\@empty| (now |\lst@newlines| is a counter!). Unfortunately I don't know
% the reason for inserting this code some time ago! At the end of the macro we
% check the delimiter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\lstinline[1][]{%
    \leavevmode\bgroup % \hbox\bgroup --> \bgroup
      \def\lst@boxpos{b}%
      \lsthk@PreSet\lstset{flexiblecolumns,#1}%
      \lsthk@TextStyle
      \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\afterassignment\lst@InlineG \let\@let@token}%
                         \lstinline@}
\def\lstinline@#1{%
    \lst@Init\relax
    \lst@IfNextCharActive{\lst@InlineM#1}{\lst@InlineJ#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{}% init
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddToHook{SelectCharTable}{\lst@inlinechars}
\global\let\lst@inlinechars\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InlineM}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InlineJ}
% treat the cases of `normal' inlines and inline listings inside an argument.
% In the first case the given character ends the inline listing and EOL within
% such a listing immediately ends it and produces an error message.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InlineM#1{\gdef\lst@inlinechars{%
    \lst@Def{`#1}{\lst@DeInit\egroup\global\let\lst@inlinechars\@empty}%
    \lst@Def{13}{\lst@DeInit\egroup \global\let\lst@inlinechars\@empty
        \PackageError{Listings}{lstinline ended by EOL}\@ehc}}%
    \lst@inlinechars}
%    \end{macrocode}
% In the other case we get all characters up to |#1|, make these characters
% active, execute (typeset) them and end the listing (all via temporary macro).
% That's all about it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InlineJ#1{%
    \def\lst@temp##1#1{%
        \let\lst@arg\@empty \lst@InsideConvert{##1}\lst@arg
        \lst@DeInit\egroup}%
    \lst@temp}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InlineG}
% is experimental.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InlineG{%
    \lst@Init\relax
    \lst@IfNextCharActive{\lst@InlineM\}}%
                         {\let\lst@arg\@empty \lst@InlineGJ}}
\def\lst@InlineGJ{\futurelet\@let@token\lst@InlineGJTest}
\def\lst@InlineGJTest{%
    \ifx\@let@token\egroup
        \afterassignment\lst@InlineGJEnd
        \expandafter\let\expandafter\@let@token
    \else
        \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
            \let\lst@next\lst@InlineGJReadSp
        \else
            \let\lst@next\lst@InlineGJRead
        \fi
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \fi}
\def\lst@InlineGJEnd{\lst@arg\lst@DeInit\egroup}
\def\lst@InlineGJRead#1{%
    \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@arg~}%
    \lst@InlineGJ}
\def\lst@InlineGJReadSp#1{%
    \lccode`\~=`\ \lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@arg~}%
    \lst@InlineGJ#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{The input command}\label{iTheInputCommand}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakePath}
% \begin{lstkey}{inputpath}
% The macro appends a slash to a path if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MakePath#1{\ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else\lst@MakePath@#1/\@nil/\fi}
\def\lst@MakePath@#1/{#1/\lst@MakePath@@}
\def\lst@MakePath@@#1/{%
    \ifx\@nil#1\expandafter\@gobble
         \else \ifx\@empty#1\else #1/\fi \fi
    \lst@MakePath@@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we can empty the path or use |\lst@MakePath|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{inputpath}{}{\edef\lst@inputpath{\lst@MakePath{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstinputlisting}
% inputs the listing or asks the user for a new file name.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstinputlisting{%
    \begingroup \lst@setcatcodes \lst@inputlisting}
\newcommand\lst@inputlisting[2][]{%
    \endgroup
    \def\lst@set{#1}%
    \IfFileExists{\lst@inputpath#2}%
        {\expandafter\lst@InputListing\expandafter{\lst@inputpath#2}}%
        {\filename@parse{\lst@inputpath#2}%
         \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\lst@MissingFileError
             {\filename@area\filename@base}%
             {\ifx\filename@ext\relax tex\else\filename@ext\fi}}%
         \reserved@a}%
    \lst@doendpe \@newlistfalse \ignorespaces}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We use |\lst@doendpe| to remove indention at the beginning of the next
% line---except there is an empty line after |\lstinputlisting|. Bug was
% reported by \lsthelper{David~John~Evans}{1999/06/08}{indention after
% listings} and \lsthelper{David~Carlisle}{1999/06/08}{LaTeX `display
% environment' code} pointed me to the solution.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MissingFileError}
% is a derivation of \LaTeX's |\@missingfileerror|. The parenthesis have been
% added after \lsthelper{Heiko~Oberdiek}{2003/01/14}{File `Makefile.tex' not
% found} reported about a problem discussed on TEX-D-L.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MissingFileError#1#2{%
    \typeout{^^J! Package Listings Error: File `#1(.#2)' not found.^^J%
        ^^JType X to quit or <RETURN> to proceed,^^J%
        or enter new name. (Default extension: #2)^^J}%
    \message{Enter file name: }%
    {\endlinechar\m@ne \global\read\m@ne to\@gtempa}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typing |x| or |X| exits.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\@gtempa\@empty \else
        \def\reserved@a{x}\ifx\reserved@a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
        \def\reserved@a{X}\ifx\reserved@a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% In all other cases we try the new file name.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \filename@parse\@gtempa
        \edef\filename@ext{%
            \ifx\filename@ext\relax#2\else\filename@ext\fi}%
        \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\IfFileExists %
                {\filename@area\filename@base.\filename@ext}%
            {\noexpand\lst@InputListing %
                {\filename@area\filename@base.\filename@ext}}%
            {\noexpand\lst@MissingFileError
                {\filename@area\filename@base}{\filename@ext}}}%
        \expandafter\reserved@a %
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@ifdraft}
% makes use of |\lst@ifprint|. \lsthelper{Enrico~Straube}{2002/02/12}
% {de.comp.text.tex: listings und draft Modus} requested the final option.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@ifdraft\iffalse
\DeclareOption{draft}{\let\lst@ifdraft\iftrue}
\DeclareOption{final}{\let\lst@ifdraft\iffalse}
\lst@AddToHook{PreSet}
    {\lst@ifdraft
         \let\lst@ifprint\iffalse
         \@gobbletwo\fi\fi
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@InputListing}
% The one and only argument is the file name, but we have the `implicit'
% argument |\lst@set|. Note that |\lst@Init| takes |\relax| as argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@InputListing#1{%
    \begingroup
      \lsthk@PreSet \gdef\lst@intname{#1}%
      \expandafter\lstset\expandafter{\lst@set}%
      \lsthk@DisplayStyle
      \catcode\active=\active
      \lst@Init\relax \let\lst@gobble\z@
      \lst@SkipToFirst
      \lst@ifprint \def\lst@next{\input{#1}}%
             \else \let\lst@next\@empty \fi
      \lst@next
      \lst@DeInit
    \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The line |\catcode\active=\active|, which makes the CR-character active,
% has been added after a bug report by \lsthelper{Rene~H.~Larsen}{2002/04/15}
% {\lstinputlistings and texcl conflict}.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@SkipToFirst}
% The end of line character either processes the listing or is responsible for
% dropping lines up to first printing line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@SkipToFirst{%
    \ifnum \lst@lineno<\lst@firstline
%    \end{macrocode}
% We drop the input and redefine the end of line characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@BeginDropInput\lst@Pmode
        \lst@Let{13}\lst@MSkipToFirst
        \lst@Let{10}\lst@MSkipToFirst
    \else
        \expandafter\lst@BOLGobble
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@MSkipToFirst}
% We just look whether to drop more lines or to leave the mode which restores
% the definition of chr(13) and chr(10).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@MSkipToFirst{%
    \global\advance\lst@lineno\@ne
    \ifnum \lst@lineno=\lst@firstline
        \lst@LeaveMode \global\lst@newlines\z@
        \lsthk@InitVarsBOL
        \expandafter\lst@BOLGobble
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{The environment}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Low-level processing}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@DroppedWarning}
% gives a warning if characters have been dropped.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@DroppedWarning{%
    \ifx\lst@dropped\@undefined\else
        \PackageWarning{Listings}{Text dropped after begin of listing}%
    \fi}
\let\lst@dropped\@undefined % init
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@Process}
% We execute `|\lstenv@ProcessM|' or |\lstenv@ProcessJ| according to whether we
% find an active EOL or a nonactive |^^J|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\^^M\lowercase{%
\gdef\lstenv@Process#1{%
    \ifx~#1%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We make no extra |\lstenv@ProcessM| definition since there is nothing to do
% at all if we've found an active EOL.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lstenv@DroppedWarning \let\lst@next\lst@SkipToFirst
    \else\ifx^^J#1%
        \lstenv@DroppedWarning \let\lst@next\lstenv@ProcessJ
    \else
        \let\lst@dropped#1\let\lst@next\lstenv@Process
    \fi \fi
    \lst@next}
}\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@ProcessJ}
% Now comes the horrible scenario: a listing inside an argument. We've
% already worked in section \ref{iApplicationsTo} for this. Here we must get
% all characters up to `end environment'. We distinguish the cases `command
% fashion' and `true environment'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@ProcessJ{%
    \let\lst@arg\@empty
    \ifx\@currenvir\lstenv@name
        \expandafter\lstenv@ProcessJEnv
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% The first case is pretty simple: The code is terminated by
% |\end|\meta{name of environment}. Thus we expand that control sequence
% before defining a temporary macro, which gets the listing and does all
% the rest. Back to the definition of |\lstenv@ProcessJ| we call the
% temporary macro after expanding |\fi|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\def\expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter##1%
            \csname end\lstenv@name\endcsname
                {\lst@InsideConvert{##1}\lstenv@ProcessJ@}%
        \expandafter\lst@temp
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We must append an active backslash and the `end string' to |\lst@arg|. So all
% (in fact most) other processing won't notice that the code has been inside
% an argument. But the EOL character is chr(10)=|^^J| now and not chr(13).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\\\lowercase{%
\gdef\lstenv@ProcessJ@{%
    \lst@lExtend\lst@arg
        {\expandafter\ \expandafter~\lstenv@endstring}%
    \catcode10=\active \lst@Let{10}\lst@MProcessListing
%    \end{macrocode}
% We execute |\lst@arg| to typeset the listing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@SkipToFirst \lst@arg}
}\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@ProcessJEnv}
% The `true environment' case is more complicated. We get all characters up to
% an |\end| and the following argument. If that equals |\lstenv@name|, we have
% found the end of environment and start typesetting.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@ProcessJEnv#1\end#2{\def\lst@temp{#2}%
    \ifx\lstenv@name\lst@temp
        \lst@InsideConvert{#1}%
        \expandafter\lstenv@ProcessJ@
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Otherwise we append the characters including the eaten |\end| and the eaten
% argument to current |\lst@arg|. And we look for the end of environment again.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \lst@InsideConvert{#1\\end\{#2\}}%
        \expandafter\lstenv@ProcessJEnv
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@backslash}
% Coming to a backslash we either end the listing or process a backslash and
% insert the eaten characters again.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@backslash{%
    \lst@IfNextChars\lstenv@endstring
        {\lstenv@End}%
        {\expandafter\lsts@backslash \lst@eaten}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@End}
% This macro has just been used and terminates a listing environment:
% We call the `end environment' macro using |\end| or as a command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@End{%
    \ifx\@currenvir\lstenv@name
        \edef\lst@next{\noexpand\end{\lstenv@name}}%
    \else
        \def\lst@next{\csname end\lstenv@name\endcsname}%
    \fi
    \lst@next}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{lstnewenvironment}}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstnewenvironment}
% Now comes the main command. We define undefined environments only. On the
% parameter text |#1#2#| (in particular the last sharp) see the paragraph
% following example 20.5 on page 204 of `The \TeX book'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UserCommand\lstnewenvironment#1#2#{%
    \@ifundefined{#1}%
        {\let\lst@arg\@empty
         \lst@XConvert{#1}\@nil
         \expandafter\lstnewenvironment@\lst@arg{#1}{#2}}%
        {\PackageError{Listings}{Environment `#1' already defined}\@eha
         \@gobbletwo}}
\def\@tempa#1#2#3{%
\gdef\lstnewenvironment@##1##2##3##4##5{%
    \begingroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% A lonely `end environment' produces an error.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \global\@namedef{end##2}{\lstenv@Error{##2}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The `main' environment macro defines the environment name for later use and
% calls a submacro getting all arguments. We open a group and make EOL active.
% This ensures |\@ifnextchar[| not to read characters of the listing---it reads
% the active EOL instead.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \global\@namedef{##2}{\def\lstenv@name{##2}%
        \begingroup \lst@setcatcodes \catcode\active=\active
        \csname##2@\endcsname}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The submacro is defined via |\new@command|. We misuse |\l@ngrel@x| to make
% the definition |\global| and refine \LaTeX's |\@xargdef|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\l@ngrel@x\global
    \let\@xargdef\lstenv@xargdef
    \expandafter\new@command\csname##2@\endcsname##3%
%    \end{macrocode}
% First we execute |##4|=\meta{begin code}. Then follows the definition of
% the terminating string (|end{lstlisting}| or |endlstlisting|, for example):
%    \begin{macrocode}
        {\lsthk@PreSet ##4%
         \ifx\@currenvir\lstenv@name
             \def\lstenv@endstring{#1#2##1#3}%
         \else
             \def\lstenv@endstring{#1##1}%
         \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% We redefine (locally) `end environment' since ending is legal now.
% Note that the redefinition also works inside a \TeX\ comment line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \@namedef{end##2}{\lst@DeInit ##5\endgroup
                          \lst@doendpe \@ignoretrue}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\lst@doendpe| again removes the indention problem.
%
% Finally we start the processing. The |\lst@EndProcessListing| assignment
% has been moved in front of |\lst@Init| after a bug report by
% \lsthelper{Andreas~Deininger}{2002/11/11}{Compiling just stops}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \lsthk@DisplayStyle
         \let\lst@EndProcessListing\lstenv@SkipToEnd
         \lst@Init\lstenv@backslash
         \lst@ifprint
             \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lstenv@Process
         \else
             \expandafter\lstenv@SkipToEnd
         \fi
         \lst@insertargs}%
    \endgroup}%
}
\let\lst@arg\@empty \lst@XConvert{end}\{\}\@nil
\expandafter\@tempa\lst@arg
\let\lst@insertargs\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@xargdef}
% This is a derivation of \LaTeX's |\@xargdef|. We expand the submacro's name,
% use |\gdef| instead of |\def|, and hard code a kind of |\@protected@testopt|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@xargdef#1{
    \expandafter\lstenv@xargdef@\csname\string#1\endcsname#1}
\def\lstenv@xargdef@#1#2[#3][#4]#5{%
  \@ifdefinable#2{%
       \gdef#2{%
          \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
            \expandafter\lstenv@testopt
          \else
            \@x@protect#2%
          \fi
          #1%
          {#4}}%
       \@yargdef
          #1%
           \tw@
           {#3}%
           {#5}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@testopt}
% The difference between this macro and |\@testopt| is that we temporaryly
% reset the catcode of the EOL character |^^M| to read the optional argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\lstenv@testopt#1#2{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\catcode\active5\relax \lstenv@testopt@#1}%
               {#1[{#2}]}}
\def\lstenv@testopt@#1[#2]{%
    \catcode\active\active
    #1[#2]}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@SkipToEnd}
% We use the temporary definition
% \begin{itemize}\item[]
%    |\long\def\lst@temp##1\|\meta{content of \textup{\cs{lstenv@endstring}}}|{\lstenv@End}|
% \end{itemize}
% which gobbles all characters up to the end of environment and finishes it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\\\lowercase{%
\gdef\lstenv@SkipToEnd{%
    \long\expandafter\def\expandafter\lst@temp\expandafter##\expandafter
        1\expandafter~\lstenv@endstring{\lstenv@End}%
    \lst@temp}
}\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstenv@Error}
% is called by a lonely `end environment'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstenv@Error#1{\PackageError{Listings}{Extra \string\end#1}%
    {I'm ignoring this, since I wasn't doing a \csname#1\endcsname.}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@TestEOLChar}
% Here we test for the two possible EOL characters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\^^M\lowercase{%
\gdef\lst@TestEOLChar#1{%
    \def\lst@insertargs{#1}%
    \ifx ~#1\@empty \else
    \ifx^^J#1\@empty \else
        \global\let\lst@intname\lst@insertargs
        \let\lst@insertargs\@empty
    \fi \fi}
}\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{environment}{lstlisting}
% The awkward work is done, the definition is quite easy now. We test whether
% the user has given the name argument, set the keys, and deal with
% continued line numbering.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lstnewenvironment{lstlisting}[2][]
    {\lst@TestEOLChar{#2}%
     \lstset{#1}%
     \csname\@lst @SetFirstNumber\endcsname}
    {\csname\@lst @SaveFirstNumber\endcsname}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
%
% \section{Documentation support}
%
% \begin{syntax}
% \item[0.19]
%   |\begin{lstsample}|\marg{point list}\marg{left}\marg{right}
%
%   \leavevmode\hspace*{-\leftmargini}|\end{lstsample}|
%
%       Roughly speaking all material in between this environment is executed
%       `on the left side' and typeset verbatim on the right. \meta{left} is
%       executed before the left side is typeset, and similarly \meta{right}
%       before the right-hand side.
%
%       \meta{point list} is used as argument to the \keyname{point} key.
%       This is a special key used to highlight the keys in the examples.
%
% \item[1.0]
%   |\begin{lstxsample}|\marg{point list}
%
%   \leavevmode\hspace*{-\leftmargini}|\end{lstxsample}|
%
%       The material in between is (a) added to the left side of the next
%       \texttt{lstsample} environment and (b) typeset verbatim using the
%       whole line width.
%
% \item[0.21] |\newdocenvironment|\marg{name}\marg{short name}\marg{begin code}\marg{end code}
%
%       The \meta{name} environment can be used in the same way as `macro'.
%       The provided(!) definitions
%           |\Print|\meta{short name}|Name|
%       and |\SpecialMain|\meta{short name}|Index|
%       control printing in the margin and indexing as the defaults
%       |\PrintMacroName| and |\SpecialMainIndex| do.
%
%       This command is used to define the `aspect' and `lstkey' environments.
%
%\item[0.21] \texttt{macroargs} environment
%
%       This `enumerate' environment uses as labels `|#1| =', `|#2| =',
%       and so on.
%
% \item \texttt{TODO} environment
% \item \texttt{ALTERNATIVE} environment
% \item \texttt{REMOVED} environment
% \item \texttt{OLDDEF} environment
%
%       These environments enclose comments on `to do's', alternatives and
%       removed or old definitions.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lstscanlanguages|\meta{list macro}\marg{input files}\marg{don't input}
%
%       scans \marg{input files}$\setminus$\marg{don't input} for language
%       definitions. The available languages are stored in \meta{list macro}
%       using the form \meta{language}|(|\meta{dialtect}|),|.
%
% \item[0.21] |\lstprintlanguages|\meta{list macro}
%
%       prints the languages in two column format.
% \end{syntax}
% and a lot of more simple commands.
%
%
% \subsection{Required packages}
%
% Most of the `required' packages are optional.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc>
\let\lstdoc@currversion\fileversion
\RequirePackage[writefile]{listings}[2004/09/07]
\newif\iffancyvrb \IfFileExists{fancyvrb.sty}{\fancyvrbtrue}{}
\newif\ifcolor \IfFileExists{color.sty}{\colortrue}{}
\lst@false
\newif\ifhyper
\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}
    {}
    {\ifnum\pdfoutput>\z@ \lst@true \fi}
\@ifundefined{VTeXversion}
    {}
    {\ifnum\OpMode>\z@ \lst@true \fi}
\lst@if \IfFileExists{hyperref.sty}{\hypertrue}{}\fi
\newif\ifalgorithmic \IfFileExists{algorithmic.sty}{\algorithmictrue}{}
\newif\iflgrind \IfFileExists{lgrind.sty}{\lgrindtrue}{}
\iffancyvrb \RequirePackage{fancyvrb}\fi
\ifhyper \RequirePackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}\else
    \def\href#1{\texttt}\fi
\ifcolor \RequirePackage{color}\fi
\ifalgorithmic \RequirePackage{algorithmic}\fi
\iflgrind \RequirePackage{lgrind}\fi
\RequirePackage{nameref}
\RequirePackage{url}
\renewcommand\ref{\protect\T@ref}
\renewcommand\pageref{\protect\T@pageref}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsection{Environments for notes}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BeginRemark}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@EndRemark}
% We begin with two simple definitions \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BeginRemark#1{%
    \begin{quote}\topsep0pt\let\small\footnotesize\small#1:}
\def\lst@EndRemark{\end{quote}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{environment}{TODO}
% \begin{environment}{ALTERNATIVE}
% \begin{environment}{REMOVED}
% \begin{environment}{OLDDEF}
% \ldots\space used to define some environments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{TODO}
    {\lst@BeginRemark{To do}}{\lst@EndRemark}
\newenvironment{ALTERNATIVE}
    {\lst@BeginRemark{Alternative}}{\lst@EndRemark}
\newenvironment{REMOVED}
    {\lst@BeginRemark{Removed}}{\lst@EndRemark}
\newenvironment{OLDDEF}
    {\lst@BeginRemark{Old definition}}{\lst@EndRemark}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}\end{environment}\end{environment}\end{environment}
%
% \begin{environment}{advise}
% \begin{macro}{\advisespace}
% The environment uses |\@listi|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\advise{\par\list\labeladvise
    {\advance\linewidth\@totalleftmargin
     \@totalleftmargin\z@
     \@listi
     \let\small\footnotesize \small\sffamily
     \parsep \z@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\z@
     \topsep6\p@ \@plus1\p@\@minus2\p@
     \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}}
\let\endadvise\endlist
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\advisespace{\hbox{}\qquad}
\def\labeladvise{$\to$}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{environment}{syntax}
% \begin{macro}{\syntaxbreak}
% \begin{macro}{\syntaxnewline}
% \begin{macro}{\syntaxor}
% This environment uses |\list| with a special |\makelabel|, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{syntax}
   {\list{}{\itemindent-\leftmargin
    \def\makelabel##1{\hss\lst@syntaxlabel##1,,,,\relax}}}
   {\endlist}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ which is defined here. The comma separated items are placed as
% needed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@syntaxlabel#1,#2,#3,#4\relax{%
    \llap{\scriptsize\itshape#3}%
    \def\lst@temp{#2}%
    \expandafter\lst@syntaxlabel@\meaning\lst@temp\relax
    \rlap{\hskip-\itemindent\hskip\itemsep\hskip\linewidth
          \llap{\ttfamily\lst@temp}\hskip\labelwidth
          \def\lst@temp{#1}%
          \ifx\lst@temp\lstdoc@currversion#1\fi}}
\def\lst@syntaxlabel@#1>#2\relax
    {\edef\lst@temp{\zap@space#2 \@empty}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\syntaxnewline{\newline\hbox{}\kern\labelwidth}
\newcommand*\syntaxor{\qquad or\qquad}
\newcommand*\syntaxbreak
    {\hfill\kern0pt\discretionary{}{\kern\labelwidth}{}}
\let\syntaxfill\hfill
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\alternative}
% iterates down the list and inserts vertical rule(s).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\alternative#1{\lst@true \alternative@#1,\relax,}
\def\alternative@#1,{%
    \ifx\relax#1\@empty
        \expandafter\@gobble
    \else
        \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else
            \lst@if \lst@false \else $\vert$\fi
            \textup{\texttt{#1}}%
        \fi
    \fi
    \alternative@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Extensions to \textsf{doc}}
%
% \begin{macro}{\m@cro@}
% We need a slight modification of \packagename{doc}'s internal macro.
% The former argument |#2| has become |#3|. This change is not marked below.
% The second argument is now \meta{short name}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\m@cro@#1#2#3{\endgroup \topsep\MacroTopsep \trivlist
  \edef\saved@macroname{\string#3}%
  \def\makelabel##1{\llap{##1}}%
  \if@inlabel
    \let\@tempa\@empty \count@\macro@cnt
    \loop \ifnum\count@>\z@
      \edef\@tempa{\@tempa\hbox{\strut}}\advance\count@\m@ne \repeat
    \edef\makelabel##1{\llap{\vtop to\baselineskip
                               {\@tempa\hbox{##1}\vss}}}%
    \advance \macro@cnt \@ne
  \else  \macro@cnt\@ne  \fi
  \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\item[%
     #1%
       \noexpand\PrintMacroName
     \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% The next line has been modified.
%    \begin{macrocode}
       \expandafter\noexpand\csname Print#2Name\endcsname % MODIFIED
     \fi
     {\string#3}]}%
  \@tempa
  \global\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne
   #1%
      \SpecialMainIndex{#3}\nobreak
      \DoNotIndex{#3}%
   \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Ditto.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \csname SpecialMain#2Index\endcsname{#3}\nobreak % MODIFIED
   \fi
  \global\advance\c@CodelineNo\m@ne
  \ignorespaces}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\macro}
% \begin{macro}{\environment}
% These two definitions need small adjustments due to the modified |\m@cro@|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\macro{\begingroup
   \catcode`\\12
   \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iftrue {Macro}}% MODIFIED
\def\environment{\begingroup
   \catcode`\\12
   \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iffalse {Env}}% MODIFIED
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\newdocenvironment}
% This command simply makes definitions similar to `environment' and provides
% the printing and indexing commands.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\newdocenvironment#1#2#3#4{%
    \@namedef{#1}{#3\begingroup \catcode`\\12\relax
                  \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ \iffalse {#2}}%
    \@namedef{end#1}{#4\endmacro}%
    \@ifundefined{Print#2Name}{\expandafter
        \let\csname Print#2Name\endcsname\PrintMacroName}{}%
    \@ifundefined{SpecialMain#2Index}{\expandafter
        \let\csname SpecialMain#2Index\endcsname\SpecialMainIndex}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{environment}{aspect}
% \begin{macro}{\PrintAspectName}
% \begin{macro}{\SpecialMainAspectIndex}
% The environment and its `print' and `index' commands.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdocenvironment{aspect}{Aspect}{}{}
\def\PrintAspectName#1{}
\def\SpecialMainAspectIndex#1{%
    \@bsphack
    \index{aspects:\levelchar\protect\aspectname{#1}\encapchar main}%
    \@esphack}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{environment}
%
% \begin{environment}{lstkey}
% \begin{macro}{\PrintKeyName}
% \begin{macro}{\SpecialMainKeyIndex}
% One more environment with its `print' and `index' commands.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdocenvironment{lstkey}{Key}{}{}
\def\PrintKeyName#1{\strut\keyname{#1}\ }
\def\SpecialMainKeyIndex#1{%
    \@bsphack
    \index{keys\levelchar\protect\keyname{#1}\encapchar main}%
    \@esphack}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\labelargcount}
% \begin{environment}{macroargs}
% We just allocate a counter and use \LaTeX's |\list| to implement this
% environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{argcount}
\def\labelargcount{\texttt{\#\arabic{argcount}}\hskip\labelsep$=$}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\macroargs{\list\labelargcount
    {\usecounter{argcount}\leftmargin=2\leftmargin
     \parsep \z@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\z@
     \topsep4\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus2\p@
     \itemsep\z@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\z@
     \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}}
\def\endmacroargs{\endlist\@endparenv}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}\end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{The \texttt{lstsample} environment}
%
% \begin{environment}{lstsample}
% We store the verbatim part and write the source code also to file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@RequireAspects{writefile}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\lst@samplebox
\lstnewenvironment{lstsample}[3][]
    {\global\let\lst@intname\@empty
     \gdef\lst@sample{#2}%
     \setbox\lst@samplebox=\hbox\bgroup
         \setkeys{lst}{language={},style={},tabsize=4,gobble=5,%
             basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,basewidth=0.51em,point={#1}}
         #3%
         \lst@BeginAlsoWriteFile{\jobname.tmp}}
    {\lst@EndWriteFile\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now |\lst@samplebox| contains the verbatim part.
% If it's too wide, we use atop and below instead of left and right.
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \ifdim \wd\lst@samplebox>.5\linewidth
         \begin{center}%
             \hbox to\linewidth{\box\lst@samplebox\hss}%
         \end{center}%
         \lst@sampleInput
     \else
         \begin{center}%
         \begin{minipage}{0.45\linewidth}\lst@sampleInput\end{minipage}%
         \qquad
         \begin{minipage}{0.45\linewidth}%
             \hbox to\linewidth{\box\lst@samplebox\hss}%
         \end{minipage}%
         \end{center}%
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The new keyword class \keyname{point}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallKeywords{p}{point}{pointstyle}\relax{keywordstyle}{}ld
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{environment}{lstxsample}
% Omitting |\lst@EndWriteFile| leaves the file open.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lstnewenvironment{lstxsample}[1][]
    {\begingroup
         \setkeys{lst}{belowskip=-\medskipamount,language={},style={},%
             tabsize=4,gobble=5,basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,%
             basewidth=0.51em,point={#1}}
         \lst@BeginAlsoWriteFile{\jobname.tmp}}
    {\endgroup
     \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@sampleInput}
% inputs the `left-hand' side.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@sampleInput{%
    \MakePercentComment\catcode`\^^M=10\relax
    \small\lst@sample
    {\setkeys{lst}{SelectCharTable=\lst@ReplaceInput{\^\^I}%
                                  {\lst@ProcessTabulator}}%
     \leavevmode \input{\jobname.tmp}}\MakePercentIgnore}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Miscellaneous}
%
% \paragraph{Sectioning and cross referencing}
% We begin with a redefinition paragraph.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
                                      {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
                                      {-1em}%
                                      {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We introduce |\lstref| which prints section number together with its name.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstref#1{\emph{\ref{#1} \nameref{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Moreover we adjust the table of contents.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@part[#1]#2{\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
    {\parindent\z@ \raggedright \interlinepenalty\@M
     \normalfont \huge \bfseries #2\markboth{}{}\par}%
    \nobreak\vskip 3ex\@afterheading}
\renewcommand*\l@section[2]{%
    \addpenalty\@secpenalty
    \addvspace{.25em \@plus\p@}%
    \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}%
    \begingroup
      \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
      \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
      \leavevmode
      \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
      \hskip -\leftskip
      #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
    \endgroup}
\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{0pt}{2.3em}}
\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{0pt}{3.2em}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Indexing}
% The `user' commands. |\rstyle| is defined below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ikeyname[1]{%
    \lstkeyindex{#1}{}%
    \lstaspectindex{#1}{}%
    \keyname{#1}}
\newcommand\ekeyname[1]{%
    \@bsphack
    \lstkeyindex{#1}{\encapchar usage}%
    \lstaspectindex{#1}{\encapchar usage}%
    \@esphack}
\newcommand\rkeyname[1]{%
    \@bsphack
    \lstkeyindex{#1}{\encapchar main}%
    \lstaspectindex{#1}{\encapchar main}%
    \@esphack{\rstyle\keyname{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\icmdname[1]{%
    \@bsphack
    \lstaspectindex{#1}{}%
    \@esphack\texttt{\string#1}}
\newcommand\rcmdname[1]{%
    \@bsphack
    \lstaspectindex{#1}{\encapchar main}%
    \@esphack\texttt{\rstyle\string#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% One of the two yet unknown `index'-macros is empty, the other looks up
% the aspect name for the given argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstaspectindex#1#2{%
    \global\@namedef{lstkandc@\string#1}{}%
    \@ifundefined{lstisaspect@\string#1}
        {\index{unknown\levelchar
                \protect\texttt{\protect\string\string#1}#2}}%
        {\index{\@nameuse{lstisaspect@\string#1}\levelchar
                \protect\texttt{\protect\string\string#1}#2}}%
}
\def\lstkeyindex#1#2{%
%    \index{key\levelchar\protect\keyname{#1}#2}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The key/command to aspect relation is defined near the top of this file using
% the following command. In future the package should read this information
% from the aspect files.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstisaspect[#1]#2{%
    \global\@namedef{lstaspect@#1}{#2}%
    \lst@AddTo\lst@allkeysandcmds{,#2}%
    \@for\lst@temp:=#2\do
    {\ifx\@empty\lst@temp\else
         \global\@namedef{lstisaspect@\lst@temp}{#1}%
     \fi}}
\gdef\lst@allkeysandcmds{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This relation is also good to print all keys and commands of a particular
% aspect \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstprintaspectkeysandcmds#1{%
    \lst@true
    \expandafter\@for\expandafter\lst@temp
    \expandafter:\expandafter=\csname lstaspect@#1\endcsname\do
    {\lst@if\lst@false\else, \fi \texttt{\lst@temp}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ or to check the reference. Note that we've defined
% |\lstkandc@|\meta{name} in |\lstaspectindex|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstcheckreference{%
   \@for\lst@temp:=\lst@allkeysandcmds\do
   {\ifx\lst@temp\@empty\else
        \@ifundefined{lstkandc@\lst@temp}
        {\typeout{\lst@temp\space not in reference guide?}}{}%
    \fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Unique styles}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\lst{\texttt{lst}}
\newcommand*\Cpp{C\texttt{++}}
\let\keyname\texttt
\let\keyvalue\texttt
\let\hookname\texttt
\newcommand*\aspectname[1]{{\normalfont\sffamily#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\packagename[1]{%
    {\leavevmode\text@command{#1}%
     \switchfontfamily\sfdefault\rmdefault
     \check@icl #1\check@icr
     \expandafter}}%
\renewcommand\packagename[1]{{\normalfont\sffamily#1}}
\def\switchfontfamily#1#2{%
    \begingroup\xdef\@gtempa{#1}\endgroup
    \ifx\f@family\@gtempa\fontfamily#2%
                    \else\fontfamily#1\fi
    \selectfont}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The color mainly for keys and commands in the reference guide.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifcolor
    \definecolor{darkgreen}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}
    \def\rstyle{\color{darkgreen}}
\else
    \let\rstyle\empty
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Commands for credits and helpers}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@emails{}
\newcommand*\lstthanks[2]
    {#1\lst@AddTo\lst@emails{,#1,<#2>}%
     \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\typeout{Missing email for #1}\fi}
\newcommand*\lsthelper[3]
    {{\let~\ #1}%
     \lst@IfOneOf#1\relax\lst@emails
     {}{\typeout{^^JWarning: Unknown helper #1.^^J}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Languages and styles}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lstdefinelanguage[doc]{Pascal}{%
  morekeywords={alfa,and,array,begin,boolean,byte,case,char,const,div,%
     do,downto,else,end,false,file,for,function,get,goto,if,in,%
     integer,label,maxint,mod,new,not,of,or,pack,packed,page,program,%
     procedure,put,read,readln,real,record,repeat,reset,rewrite,set,%
     text,then,to,true,type,unpack,until,var,while,with,write,writeln},%
  sensitive=false,%
  morecomment=[s]{(*}{*)},%
  morecomment=[s]{\{}{\}},%
  morestring=[d]{'}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lstdefinestyle{}
    {basicstyle={},%
     keywordstyle=\bfseries,identifierstyle={},%
     commentstyle=\itshape,stringstyle={},%
     numberstyle={},stepnumber=1,%
     pointstyle=\pointstyle}
\def\pointstyle{%
    {\let\lst@um\@empty \xdef\@gtempa{\the\lst@token}}%
    \expandafter\lstkeyindex\expandafter{\@gtempa}{}%
    \expandafter\lstaspectindex\expandafter{\@gtempa}{}%
    \rstyle}
\lstset{defaultdialect=[doc]Pascal,language=Pascal,style={}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsection{Scanning languages}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstscanlanguages}
% We modify some internal definitions and input the files.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstscanlanguages#1#2#3{%
    \begingroup
        \def\lst@DefDriver@##1##2##3##4[##5]##6{%
           \lst@false
           \lst@lAddTo\lst@scan{##6(##5),}%
           \begingroup
           \@ifnextchar[{\lst@XDefDriver{##1}##3}{\lst@DefDriver@@##3}}%
        \def\lst@XXDefDriver[##1]{}%
        \lst@InputCatcodes
        \def\lst@dontinput{#3}%
        \let\lst@scan\@empty
        \lst@for{#2}\do{%
            \lst@IfOneOf##1\relax\lst@dontinput
                {}%
                {\InputIfFileExists{##1}{}{}}}%
        \global\let\@gtempa\lst@scan
    \endgroup
    \let#1\@gtempa}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstprintlanguages}
% |\do| creates a box of width 0.5|\linewidth| or |\linewidth| depending
% on how wide the argument is. This leads to `two column' output.
% The other main thing is sorting the list and begin with the output.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lstprintlanguages#1{%
    \def\do##1{\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{##1\space\space}%
        \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa<.5\linewidth \wd\@tempboxa.5\linewidth
                                   \else \wd\@tempboxa\linewidth \fi
        \box\@tempboxa\allowbreak}%
    \begin{quote}
      \par\noindent
      \hyphenpenalty=\@M \rightskip=\z@\@plus\linewidth\relax
      \lst@BubbleSort#1%
      \expandafter\lst@NextLanguage#1\relax(\relax),%
    \end{quote}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We get and define the current language and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NextLanguage#1(#2),{%
    \ifx\relax#1\else
        \def\lst@language{#1}\def\lst@dialects{(#2),}%
        \expandafter\lst@NextLanguage@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space gather all available dialect of this language (note that the
% list has been sorted)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@NextLanguage@#1(#2),{%
    \def\lst@temp{#1}%
    \ifx\lst@temp\lst@language
        \lst@lAddTo\lst@dialects{(#2),}%
        \expandafter\lst@NextLanguage@
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% or begin to print this language with all its dialects. Therefor we sort the
% dialects
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \do{\lst@language
        \ifx\lst@dialects\lst@emptydialect\else
            \expandafter\lst@NormedDef\expandafter\lst@language
                \expandafter{\lst@language}%
            \space(%
            \lst@BubbleSort\lst@dialects
            \expandafter\lst@PrintDialects\lst@dialects(\relax),%
            )%
        \fi}%
        \def\lst@next{\lst@NextLanguage#1(#2),}%
        \expandafter\lst@next
    \fi}
\def\lst@emptydialect{(),}
%    \end{macrocode}
% and print the dialect with appropriate commas in between.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@PrintDialects(#1),{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty empty\else
        \lst@PrintDialect{#1}%
    \fi
    \lst@PrintDialects@}
\def\lst@PrintDialects@(#1),{%
    \ifx\relax#1\else
        , \lst@PrintDialect{#1}%
        \expandafter\lst@PrintDialects@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here we take care of default dialects.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@PrintDialect#1{%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@temp{#1}%
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\@lst dd@\lst@language\endcsname\lst@temp
        \texttt{\underbar{#1}}%
    \else
        \texttt{#1}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Bubble sort}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@IfLE}
% \meta{string 1}|\relax\@empty|\meta{string 2}|\relax\@empty|\marg{then}\meta{else}.
% If \meta{string 1} $\leq$ \meta{string 2}, we execute \meta{then} and
% \meta{else} otherwise.
% Note that this comparision is case insensitive.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@IfLE#1#2\@empty#3#4\@empty{%
    \ifx #1\relax
        \let\lst@next\@firstoftwo
    \else \ifx #3\relax
        \let\lst@next\@secondoftwo
    \else
        \lowercase{\ifx#1#3}%
            \def\lst@next{\lst@IfLE#2\@empty#4\@empty}%
        \else
            \lowercase{\ifnum`#1<`#3}\relax
                \let\lst@next\@firstoftwo
            \else
                \let\lst@next\@secondoftwo
            \fi
        \fi
    \fi \fi
    \lst@next}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@BubbleSort}
% is in fact a derivation of bubble sort.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BubbleSort#1{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\else
        \lst@false
%    \end{macrocode}
% We `bubble sort' the first, second, \ldots\ elements and \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\lst@BubbleSort@#1\relax,\relax,%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space then the second, third, \ldots\ elements until no elemets have
% been swapped.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\lst@BubbleSort@\expandafter,\lst@sorted
                                      \relax,\relax,%
        \let#1\lst@sorted
        \lst@if
            \def\lst@next{\lst@BubbleSort#1}%
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@next
        \fi
    \fi}
\def\lst@BubbleSort@#1,#2,{%
    \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
        \def\lst@sorted{#2,}%
        \def\lst@next{\lst@BubbleSort@@}%
    \else
        \let\lst@sorted\@empty
        \def\lst@next{\lst@BubbleSort@@#1,#2,}%
    \fi
    \lst@next}
%    \end{macrocode}
% But the bubbles rise only one step per call. Putting the elements at their
% top most place would be inefficient (since \TeX\ had to read much more
% parameters in this case).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lst@BubbleSort@@#1,#2,{%
    \ifx\relax#1\else
        \ifx\relax#2%
            \lst@lAddTo\lst@sorted{#1,}%
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@BubbleSort@@@
        \else
            \lst@IfLE #1\relax\@empty #2\relax\@empty
                          {\lst@lAddTo\lst@sorted{#1,#2,}}%
                {\lst@true \lst@lAddTo\lst@sorted{#2,#1,}}%
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\lst@BubbleSort@@
        \fi
    \fi}
\def\lst@BubbleSort@@@#1\relax,{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</doc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \section{Interfaces to other programs}
%
%
% \subsection{0.21 compatibility}
%
% \begin{aspect}{0.21}
% Some keys have just been renamed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*0.21>
\lst@BeginAspect{0.21}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{labelstyle}{}{\def\lst@numberstyle{#1}}
\lst@Key{labelsep}{10pt}{\def\lst@numbersep{#1}}
\lst@Key{labelstep}{0}{%
    \ifnum #1=\z@ \KV@lst@numbers{none}%
            \else \KV@lst@numbers{left}\fi
    \def\lst@stepnumber{#1\relax}}
\lst@Key{firstlabel}\relax{\def\lst@firstnumber{#1\relax}}
\lst@Key{advancelabel}\relax{\def\lst@advancenumber{#1\relax}}
\let\c@lstlabel\c@lstnumber
\lst@AddToHook{Init}{\def\thelstnumber{\thelstlabel}}
\newcommand*\thelstlabel{\@arabic\c@lstlabel}
%    \end{macrocode}
% A |\let| in the second last line has been changed to |\def| after a bug
% report by \lsthelper{Venkatesh~Prasad~Ranganath}{2002/08/31}{Undefined
% control sequence \thelstnumber with 0.21-option}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{first}\relax{\def\lst@firstline{#1\relax}}
\lst@Key{last}\relax{\def\lst@lastline{#1\relax}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{framerulewidth}{.4pt}{\def\lst@framerulewidth{#1}}
\lst@Key{framerulesep}{2pt}{\def\lst@rulesep{#1}}
\lst@Key{frametextsep}{3pt}{\def\lst@frametextsep{#1}}
\lst@Key{framerulecolor}{}{\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}%
    {\ifx\@empty##2\@empty
         \let\lst@rulecolor\@empty
     \else
         \ifx\@empty##1\@empty
             \def\lst@rulecolor{\color{##2}}%
         \else
             \def\lst@rulecolor{\color[##1]{##2}}%
         \fi
     \fi}}
\lst@Key{backgroundcolor}{}{\lstKV@OptArg[]{#1}%
    {\ifx\@empty##2\@empty
         \let\lst@bkgcolor\@empty
     \else
         \ifx\@empty##1\@empty
             \def\lst@bkgcolor{\color{##2}}%
         \else
             \def\lst@bkgcolor{\color[##1]{##2}}%
         \fi
     \fi}}
\lst@Key{framespread}{\z@}{\def\lst@framespread{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{PreInit}
    {\@tempdima\lst@framespread\relax \divide\@tempdima\tw@
     \edef\lst@framextopmargin{\the\@tempdima}%
     \let\lst@framexrightmargin\lst@framextopmargin
     \let\lst@framexbottommargin\lst@framextopmargin
     \advance\@tempdima\lst@xleftmargin\relax
     \edef\lst@framexleftmargin{\the\@tempdima}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Harald~Harders}{1998/03/30}{inner- and outerspread} had the idea
% of two spreads (inner and outer). We either divide the dimension by two or
% assign the two dimensions to inner- and outerspread.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\lst@innerspread \newdimen\lst@outerspread
\lst@Key{spread}{\z@,\z@}{\lstKV@CSTwoArg{#1}%
    {\lst@innerspread##1\relax
     \ifx\@empty##2\@empty
         \divide\lst@innerspread\tw@\relax
         \lst@outerspread\lst@innerspread
     \else
         \lst@outerspread##2\relax
     \fi}}
\lst@AddToHook{BoxUnsafe}{\lst@outerspread\z@ \lst@innerspread\z@}
\lst@Key{wholeline}{false}[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifresetmargins}
\lst@Key{indent}{\z@}{\def\lst@xleftmargin{#1}}
\lst@AddToHook{PreInit}
    {\lst@innerspread=-\lst@innerspread
     \lst@outerspread=-\lst@outerspread
     \ifodd\c@page \advance\lst@innerspread\lst@xleftmargin
             \else \advance\lst@outerspread\lst@xleftmargin \fi
     \ifodd\c@page
         \edef\lst@xleftmargin{\the\lst@innerspread}%
         \edef\lst@xrightmargin{\the\lst@outerspread}%
     \else
         \edef\lst@xleftmargin{\the\lst@outerspread}%
         \edef\lst@xrightmargin{\the\lst@innerspread}%
     \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{defaultclass}\relax{\def\lst@classoffset{#1}}
\lst@Key{stringtest}\relax{}% dummy
\lst@Key{outputpos}\relax{\lst@outputpos#1\relax\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{stringspaces}\relax[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowstringspaces}
\lst@Key{visisblespaces}\relax[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowspaces}
\lst@Key{visibletabs}\relax[t]{\lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@ifshowtabs}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</0.21>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{\textsf{fancyvrb}}
%
% \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1998/07/26}{fancyvrb} asked whether
% \packagename{fancyvrb} and \packagename{listings} could work together.
%
% \begin{lstkey}{fancyvrb}
% We set the boolean and call a submacro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
\lst@Key{fancyvrb}\relax[t]{%
    \lstKV@SetIf{#1}\lst@iffancyvrb
    \lstFV@fancyvrb}
\ifx\lstFV@fancyvrb\@undefined
    \gdef\lstFV@fancyvrb{\lst@RequireAspects{fancyvrb}\lstFV@fancyvrb}
\fi
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{aspect}{fancyvrb}
% We end the job if \packagename{fancyvrb} is not present.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect{fancyvrb}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{FancyVerbFormatLine}
    {\typeout{^^J%
     ***^^J%
     *** `listings.sty' needs `fancyvrb.sty' right now.^^J%
     *** Please ensure its availability and try again.^^J%
     ***^^J}%
     \batchmode \@@end}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstFV@fancyvrb}
% We assign the correct |\FancyVerbFormatLine| macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lstFV@fancyvrb{%
    \lst@iffancyvrb
        \ifx\FancyVerbFormatLine\lstFV@FancyVerbFormatLine\else
            \let\lstFV@FVFL\FancyVerbFormatLine
            \let\FancyVerbFormatLine\lstFV@FancyVerbFormatLine
        \fi
    \else
        \ifx\lstFV@FVFL\@undefined\else
            \let\FancyVerbFormatLine\lstFV@FVFL
            \let\lstFV@FVFL\@undefined
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstFV@VerbatimBegin}
% We initialize things if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lstFV@VerbatimBegin{%
    \ifx\FancyVerbFormatLine\lstFV@FancyVerbFormatLine
        \lsthk@TextStyle \lsthk@BoxUnsafe
        \lsthk@PreSet
        \lst@activecharsfalse
        \let\normalbaselines\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{TODO}
% Is this |\let| bad?
% \end{TODO}
% I inserted |\lst@ifresetmargins|\ldots|\fi| after a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}{1999/11/18}{wrong fancyvrb frame}. The linewidth
% is saved and restored since a bug report by \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}
% {2003/07/04}{problem in list environments with fancyvrb=true}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\xdef\lstFV@RestoreData{\noexpand\linewidth\the\linewidth\relax}%
        \lst@Init\relax
        \lst@ifresetmargins \advance\linewidth-\@totalleftmargin \fi
\lstFV@RestoreData
        \everypar{}\global\lst@newlines\z@
        \lst@mode\lst@nomode \let\lst@entermodes\@empty
        \lst@InterruptModes
%    \end{macrocode}
% \lsthelper{Rolf~Niepraschk}{1998/11/25}{ligatures problem} reported a bug
% concerning ligatures to \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1998/11/27}{use |\@noligs|}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% D.G. modification begin - Nov. 25, 1998
        \let\@noligs\relax
%% D.G. modification end
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstFV@VerbatimEnd}
% A box and macro must exist after |\lst@DeInit|.
% We store them globally.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lstFV@VerbatimEnd{%
    \ifx\FancyVerbFormatLine\lstFV@FancyVerbFormatLine
        \global\setbox\lstFV@gtempboxa\box\@tempboxa
        \global\let\@gtempa\FV@ProcessLine
        \lst@mode\lst@Pmode
        \lst@DeInit
        \let\FV@ProcessLine\@gtempa
        \setbox\@tempboxa\box\lstFV@gtempboxa
        \par
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The |\par| has been added after a bug report by \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}
% {2002/04/10}{TeX is not in vertical mode when leaving "Verbatim"}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\lstFV@gtempboxa
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \noindent
% We insert |\lstFV@VerbatimBegin| and |\lstFV@VerbatimEnd| where necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@AddTo\FV@VerbatimBegin\lstFV@VerbatimBegin
\lst@AddToAtTop\FV@VerbatimEnd\lstFV@VerbatimEnd
\lst@AddTo\FV@LVerbatimBegin\lstFV@VerbatimBegin
\lst@AddToAtTop\FV@LVerbatimEnd\lstFV@VerbatimEnd
\lst@AddTo\FV@BVerbatimBegin\lstFV@VerbatimBegin
\lst@AddToAtTop\FV@BVerbatimEnd\lstFV@VerbatimEnd
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstFV@FancyVerbFormatLine}
% `@' terminates the argument of |\lst@FVConvert|.
% Moreover |\lst@ReenterModes| and |\lst@InterruptModes| encloses some code.
% This ensures that we have same group level at the beginning and at the end of
% the macro---even if the user begins but doesn't end a comment, which means
% one open group.
% Furthermore we use |\vtop| and reset |\lst@newlines| to allow line breaking.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lstFV@FancyVerbFormatLine#1{%
    \let\lst@arg\@empty \lst@FVConvert#1\@nil
    \global\lst@newlines\z@
    \vtop{\noindent\lst@parshape
          \lst@ReenterModes
          \lst@arg \lst@PrintToken\lst@EOLUpdate\lsthk@InitVarsBOL
          \lst@InterruptModes}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The |\lst@parshape| inside |\vtop| is due to a bug report from
% \lsthelper{Peter~Bartke}{1999/11/18}{wrong par indention with fancyvrb}.
% A |\leavevmode| became |\noindent|.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{fvcmdparams}
% \begin{lstkey}{morefvcmdparams}
% These keys adjust \lst@FVcmdparams, which will be used by the following
% conversion macro. The base set of commands and parameter numbers was
% provided by \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{2002/05/31}{init of fvcmdparams}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{fvcmdparams}%
    {\overlay\@ne}%
    {\def\lst@FVcmdparams{,#1}}
\lst@Key{morefvcmdparams}\relax{\lst@lAddTo\lst@FVcmdparams{,#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@FVConvert}
% We do conversion or \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@FVConvert{\@tempcnta\z@ \lst@FVConvertO@}%
\gdef\lst@FVConvertO@{%
    \ifcase\@tempcnta
        \expandafter\futurelet\expandafter\@let@token
        \expandafter\lst@FVConvert@@
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ we append arguments without conversion, argument by argument,
% |\@tempcnta| times.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\lst@FVConvertO@a
    \fi}
\gdef\lst@FVConvertO@a#1{%
    \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{{#1}}\advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
    \lst@FVConvertO@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Since |\@ifnextchar\bgroup| might fail, we have to use |\ifcat| here.
% Bug reported by \lsthelper{Denis~Girou}{1999/07/26}{fancyvrb=true + `second
% commandchar' other than \{ doesn't work}.
% However we don't gobble space tokens as |\@ifnextchar| does.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@FVConvert@@{%
    \ifcat\noexpand\@let@token\bgroup \expandafter\lst@FVConvertArg
                                \else \expandafter\lst@FVConvert@ \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Coming to such a catcode${}={}$1 character we convert the argument and add
% it together with group delimiters to |\lst@arg|.
% We also add |\lst@PrintToken|, which prints all collected characters before
% we forget them.
% Finally we continue the conversion.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@FVConvertArg#1{%
    {\let\lst@arg\@empty
     \lst@FVConvert#1\@nil
     \global\let\@gtempa\lst@arg}%
     \lst@lExtend\lst@arg{\expandafter{\@gtempa\lst@PrintToken}}%
     \lst@FVConvert}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@FVConvert@#1{%
    \ifx \@nil#1\else
       \if\relax\noexpand#1%
          \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{\lst@OutputLostSpace\lst@PrintToken#1}%
       \else
          \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@arg~}%
       \fi
       \expandafter\lst@FVConvert
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Having no |\bgroup|, we look whether we've found the end of the input, and
% convert one token ((non)active character or control sequence).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@FVConvert@#1{%
    \ifx \@nil#1\else
       \if\relax\noexpand#1%
          \lst@lAddTo\lst@arg{\lst@OutputLostSpace\lst@PrintToken#1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here we check for registered commands with arguments and set the value of
% |\@tempcnta| as required.
%    \begin{macrocode}
          \def\lst@temp##1,#1##2,##3##4\relax{%
              \ifx##3\@empty \else \@tempcnta##2\relax \fi}%
          \expandafter\lst@temp\lst@FVcmdparams,#1\z@,\@empty\relax
       \else
          \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\lst@lAddTo\lst@arg~}%
       \fi
       \expandafter\lst@FVConvertO@
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{Omega support}
%
% \begingroup
% $\Omega$ support looks easy---I hope it works at least in some cases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{ocp}{}
    {\lst@AddToHook{OutputBox}%
         {\let\lst@ProcessLetter\@firstofone
          \let\lst@ProcessDigit\@firstofone
          \let\lst@ProcessOther\@firstofone}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \subsection{\textsf{LGrind}}
%
% \begin{aspect}{lgrind}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGGetNames}
% is used to extract the language names from |\lst@arg| (the
% \packagename{LGrind} definition).
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords,comments,strings,language]{lgrind}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGGetNames#1:#2\relax{%
    \lst@NormedDef\lstlang@{#1}\lst@ReplaceInArg\lstlang@{|,}%
    \def\lst@arg{:#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGGetValue}
% returns in |\lst@LGvalue| the value of capability |#1| given by the list
% |\lst@arg|. If |#1| is not found, we have |\lst@if|=|\iffalse|.
% Otherwise it is true and the ``cap=value'' pair is removed from the list.
% First we test for |#1| and
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGGetValue#1{%
    \lst@false
    \def\lst@temp##1:#1##2##3\relax{%
        \ifx\@empty##2\else \lst@LGGetValue@{#1}\fi}
    \expandafter\lst@temp\lst@arg:#1\@empty\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% remove the pair if necessary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGGetValue@#1{%
    \lst@true
    \def\lst@temp##1:#1##2:##3\relax{%
        \@ifnextchar=\lst@LGGetValue@@{\lst@LGGetValue@@=}##2\relax
        \def\lst@arg{##1:##3}}%
    \expandafter\lst@temp\lst@arg\relax}
\gdef\lst@LGGetValue@@=#1\relax{\def\lst@LGvalue{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGGetComment}
% stores the comment delimiters (enclosed in braces) in |#2| if comment of type
% |#1| is present and not a comment line. Otherwise |#2| is empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGGetComment#1#2{%
    \let#2\@empty
    \lst@LGGetValue{#1b}%
    \lst@if
        \let#2\lst@LGvalue
        \lst@LGGetValue{#1e}%
        \ifx\lst@LGvalue\lst@LGEOL
            \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,commentline={#2}}%
            \let#2\@empty
        \else
            \edef#2{{#2}{\lst@LGvalue}}%
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGGetString}
% does the same for string delimiters, but it doesn't `return' any value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGGetString#1#2{%
    \lst@LGGetValue{#1b}%
    \lst@if
        \let#2\lst@LGvalue
        \lst@LGGetValue{#1e}%
        \ifx\lst@LGvalue\lst@LGEOL
            \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,morestringizer=[l]{#2}}%
        \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% we must check for |\e|, i.e.~whether we have to use \texttt doubled or
% \texttt backslashed stringizer.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \ifx #2\lst@LGvalue
                \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,morestringizer=[d]{#2}}%
            \else
                \edef\lst@temp{\lst@LGe#2}%
                \ifx \lst@temp\lst@LGvalue
                    \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,morestringizer=[b]{#2}}%
                \else
                    \PackageWarning{Listings}%
                    {String #2...\lst@LGvalue\space not supported}%
                \fi
            \fi
        \fi
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGDefLang}
% defines the language given by |\lst@arg|, the definition part, and
% |\lst@language@|, the language name. First we remove unwanted stuff from
% |\lst@arg|, e.g.~we replace |:\ :| by |:|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGDefLang{%
    \lst@LGReplace
    \let\lstlang@\empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Get the keywords and values of friends.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@LGGetValue{kw}%
    \lst@if
        \lst@ReplaceInArg\lst@LGvalue{{ },}%
        \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,keywords={\lst@LGvalue}}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@LGGetValue{oc}%
    \lst@if
        \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,sensitive=f}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@LGGetValue{id}%
    \lst@if
        \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,alsoletter=\lst@LGvalue}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we get the comment delimiters and use them as single or double comments
% according to whether there are two or four delimiters.
% Note that |\lst@LGGetComment| takes care of comment lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@LGGetComment a\lst@LGa
    \lst@LGGetComment c\lst@LGc
    \ifx\lst@LGa\@empty
        \ifx\lst@LGc\@empty\else
            \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,singlecomment=\lst@LGc}%
        \fi
    \else
        \ifx\lst@LGc\@empty
            \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,singlecomment=\lst@LGa}%
        \else
            \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,doublecomment=\lst@LGc\lst@LGa}%
        \fi
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we parse the stringizers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@LGGetString s\lst@LGa
    \lst@LGGetString l\lst@LGa
%    \end{macrocode}
% We test for the continuation capability and
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@LGGetValue{tc}%
    \lst@if
        \edef\lstlang@{\lstlang@,lgrindef=\lst@LGvalue}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% define the language.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \expandafter\xdef\csname\@lst LGlang@\lst@language@\endcsname
        {\noexpand\lstset{\lstlang@}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we inform the user of all ignored capabilities.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \lst@ReplaceInArg\lst@arg{{: :}:}\let\lst@LGvalue\@empty
    \expandafter\lst@LGDroppedCaps\lst@arg\relax\relax
    \ifx\lst@LGvalue\@empty\else
        \PackageWarningNoLine{Listings}{Ignored capabilities for
            \space `\lst@language@' are\MessageBreak\lst@LGvalue}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGDroppedCaps}
% just drops a previous value and appends the next capabilty name to
% |\lst@LGvalue|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGDroppedCaps#1:#2#3{%
    \ifx#2\relax
        \lst@RemoveCommas\lst@LGvalue
    \else
        \edef\lst@LGvalue{\lst@LGvalue,#2#3}%
        \expandafter\lst@LGDroppedCaps
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGReplace}
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGe}
% We replace `escaped \verb!:^$|!' by catcode 11 versions, and other strings
% by some kind of short versions (which is necessary to get the above
% definitions work).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\catcode`\/=0
\lccode`\z=`\:\lccode`\y=`\^\lccode`\x=`\$\lccode`\v=`\|
\catcode`\\=12\relax
/lowercase{%
/gdef/lst@LGReplace{/lst@ReplaceInArg/lst@arg
    {{\:}{z }{\^}{y}{\$}{x}{\|}{v}{ \ }{ }{:\ :}{:}{\ }{ }{\(}({\)})}}
/gdef/lst@LGe{\e}
}
/endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lst@LGRead}
% reads one language definition and defines the language if the correct one
% is found.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\lst@LGRead#1\par{%
    \lst@LGGetNames#1:\relax
    \def\lst@temp{endoflanguagedefinitions}%
    \ifx\lstlang@\lst@temp
        \let\lst@next\endinput
    \else
        \expandafter\lst@IfOneOf\lst@language@\relax\lstlang@
            {\lst@LGDefLang \let\lst@next\endinput}%
            {\let\lst@next\lst@LGRead}%
    \fi
    \lst@next}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{lgrindef}
% We only have to request the language and
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{lgrindef}\relax{%
    \lst@NormedDef\lst@language@{#1}%
    \begingroup
    \@ifundefined{lstLGlang@\lst@language@}%
        {\everypar{\lst@LGRead}%
         \catcode`\\=12\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\%=12%
         \catcode`\#=14\catcode`\$=12\catcode`\^=12\catcode`\_=12\relax
         \input{\lstlgrindeffile}%
        }{}%
    \endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% select it or issue an error message.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@ifundefined{lstLGlang@\lst@language@}%
        {\PackageError{Listings}%
         {LGrind language \lst@language@\space undefined}%
         {The language is not loadable. \@ehc}}%
        {\lsthk@SetLanguage
         \csname\@lst LGlang@\lst@language@\endcsname}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lstlgrindeffile}
% contains just the file name.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{lstlgrindeffile}
    {\lst@UserCommand\lstlgrindeffile{lgrindef.}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \subsection{\textsf{hyperref}}
%
% \begin{aspect}{hyper}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*misc>
\lst@BeginAspect[keywords]{hyper}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{lstkey}{hyperanchor}
% \begin{lstkey}{hyperlink}
% determine the macro to set an anchor and a link, respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@Key{hyperanchor}\hyper@@anchor{\let\lst@hyperanchor#1}
\lst@Key{hyperlink}\hyperlink{\let\lst@hyperlink#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{lstkey}\end{lstkey}
% Again, the main thing is a special working procedure. First we extract the
% contents of |\lst@token| and get a free macro name for this current character
% string (using prefix |lstHR@| and a number as suffix). Then we make this
% free macro equivalent to |\@empty|, so it is not used the next time.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@InstallKeywords{h}{hyperref}{}\relax{}
    {\begingroup
         \let\lst@UM\@empty \xdef\@gtempa{\the\lst@token}%
     \endgroup
     \lst@GetFreeMacro{lstHR@\@gtempa}%
     \global\expandafter\let\lst@freemacro\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\@tempcnta| is the suffix of the free macro. We use it here to refer to
% the last occurence of the same string. To do this, we redefine the output
% macro |\lst@alloverstyle| to set an anchor \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
     \@tempcntb\@tempcnta \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne
     \edef\lst@alloverstyle##1{%
         \let\noexpand\lst@alloverstyle\noexpand\@empty
         \noexpand\smash{\raise\baselineskip\hbox
             {\noexpand\lst@hyperanchor{lst.\@gtempa\the\@tempcnta}%
                                       {\relax}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\space and a link to the last occurence (if there is any).
%    \begin{macrocode}
         \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@ ##1\else
             \noexpand\lst@hyperlink{lst.\@gtempa\the\@tempcntb}{##1}%
         \fi}%
    }
    od
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@EndAspect
%</misc>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{aspect}
%
%
% \section{Epilogue}
%
% \begingroup
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% Each option adds the aspect name to |\lst@loadaspects| or removes it from that data macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption*{\expandafter\lst@ProcessOption\CurrentOption\relax}
\def\lst@ProcessOption#1#2\relax{%
    \ifx #1!%
        \lst@DeleteKeysIn\lst@loadaspects{#2}%
    \else
        \lst@lAddTo\lst@loadaspects{,#1#2}%
    \fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following aspects are loaded by default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{lst@loadaspects}
  {\def\lst@loadaspects{strings,comments,escape,style,language,%
      keywords,labels,lineshape,frames,emph,index}%
  }{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We load the patch file, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\InputIfFileExists{lstpatch.sty}{}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ process the options, \ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lst@ifsavemem\iffalse
\DeclareOption{savemem}{\let\lst@ifsavemem\iftrue}
\DeclareOption{noaspects}{\let\lst@loadaspects\@empty}
\ProcessOptions
%    \end{macrocode}
% \ldots\ and load the aspects.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@RequireAspects\lst@loadaspects
\let\lst@loadaspects\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% If present we select the empty style and language.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lst@UseHook{SetStyle}\lst@UseHook{EmptyStyle}
\lst@UseHook{SetLanguage}\lst@UseHook{EmptyLanguage}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally we load the configuration files.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\InputIfFileExists{listings.cfg}{}{}
\InputIfFileExists{lstlocal.cfg}{}{}
%<info>\lst@ReportAllocs
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \section{History}
% \begingroup\small
% Only major changes are listed here. Introductory version numbers of commands
% and keys are in the sources of the guides, which makes this history fairly
% short.
% \renewcommand\labelitemi{--}
% \begin{itemize}
% \item[0.1] from 1996/03/09
%   \item test version to look whether package is possible or not
% \item[0.11] from 1996/08/19
%\iffalse
%   \item additional blank option (= language)
%\fi
%   \item improved alignment
% \item[0.12] from 1997/01/16
%   \item nearly `perfect' alignment
% \item[0.13] from 1997/02/11
%\iffalse
%   \item additional languages: Eiffel, Fortran 90, Modula-2, Pascal XSC
%\fi
%   \item load on demand: language specific macros moved to driver files
%   \item comments are declared now and not implemented for each language again
%         (this makes the \TeX\ sources easier to read)
% \item[0.14] from 1997/02/18
%   \item User's guide rewritten, Implementation guide uses macro environment
%   \item (non) case sensitivity implemented and multiple string types,
%         i.e.~Modula-2 handles both string types: quotes and double quotes
%\iffalse
%   \item comment declaration is user-accessible
%   \item package compatible to \verb!german.sty!
%\fi
% \item[0.15] from 1997/04/18
%\iffalse
%   \item additional languages: Java, Turbo Pascal
%\fi
%   \item package renamed from \packagename{listing} to \packagename{listings}
%         since the first already exists
% \item[0.16] from 1997/06/01
%\iffalse
%   \item changed `$<$' to `$>$' in |\lst@SkipToFirst|
%   \item bug removed: |\lst@Init| must be placed before |\lst@SkipToFirst|
%\fi
%   \item listing environment rewritten
% \item[0.17] from 1997/09/29
%\iffalse
%   \item |\spreadlisting| works correct now (e.g.~page numbers don't move right)
%\fi
%   \item speed up things (quick `if parameter empty', all |\long| except one
%         removed, faster \verb!\lst@GotoNextTabStop!, etc.)
%   \item improved alignment of wide other characters (e.g.~$==$)
%\iffalse
%   \item many new languages: Ada, Algol, Cobol, Comal 80, Elan, Fortran 77,
%         Lisp, Logo, Matlab, Oberon, Perl, PL/I, Simula, SQL, \TeX
%\fi
% \item[pre-0.18] from 1998/03/24 (unpublished)
%\iffalse
%   \item bug concerning |\labelstyle| (becomes \keyname{numberstyle}) removed
%         (now oldstylenum example works)
%\fi
%   \item experimental implementation of character classes
% \item[0.19] from 1998/11/09
%   \item character classes and new \lst-aspects seem to be good
%   \item user interface uses \packagename{keyval} package
%   \item \packagename{fancyvrb} support
% \item[0.20] from 1999/07/12
%   \item new keyword detection mechanism
%   \item new aspects: \aspectname{writefile}, \aspectname{breaklines},
%         captions, \aspectname{html}
%\iffalse
%   \item improved \packagename{fancyvrb} support
%\fi
%   \item all aspects reside in a single file and the language drivers in
%         currently two files
% \item[0.21] 2000/08/23
%   \item completely new User's guide
%   \item experimental format definitions
%   \item keyword classes replaced by families
%   \item dynamic modes
% \item[1.0$\beta$] 2001/09/21
%   \item key names synchronized with \packagename{fancyvrb}
%   \item \aspectname{frames} aspect extended
%   \item new output concept (delaying and merging)
% \item[1.0] 2002/04/01
%   \item update of all documentation sections including Developer's guide
%   \item delimiters unified
% \item[1.1] 2003/06/21
%   \item bugfix-release with some new keys
% \item[1.2] 2004/02/13
%   \item bugfix-release with two new keys and new section \ref{rArbitraryLinerangeMarkers}
% \item[1.3] 2004/09/07
%   \item another bugfix-release with LPPL-1.3-compliance
% \end{itemize}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \Finale
%
\endinput